The URL can be used to link to this page

CONTRACT 6866 Public Works ContractAgreement No. 6866 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND SQUARE SIGNS LLC dba FRONT SIGNS MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW #23-04 This CONTRACT is entered into this 6th day of March, 2024, by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a general law city' and municipal corporation ("the City") and SQUARE SIGNS LLC dba FRONT SIGNS, a Limited Liability Corporation, ("the Contractor"). 1. WORK. A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the "Work"). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents; C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. D. "Contract Documents" means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. 2. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed Three Hundred Fort-seveta Tiior[sand Four Hundred Ei ht-oiiiie :Dollars and T�,ycn! L-Five cents $347,411 ), with a City -authorized contingency amount of Seventy Thousand dollars ($70,000.00), for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within Forty (40) working days (the "Contract Time.") I-D-1 Agreement No. 6866 B. The Contract rime will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and ii. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13. 5. THIRD PARTY CLAYA S. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third -party claim. 6. TAX-PA-YLlR IDE—N 1'fk�ICATION 1VUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 7. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work. 8. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENT'S. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. 9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits ofinsurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the I-D-2 Agreement No. 6866 Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 10.INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan„ insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of tyre City as to end results of the work only. 11. AUDIT OF RECORI)S. The. Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract, The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and prograrn service records 1:1or at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 12. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name andaddress as follows: The Cily The Contractor City of El Segundo -Public Works 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Attn: Cheryl Ebert, P.E. 310-524-2321 Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs 3520 Valhalla Drive Burbank, CA 91505 Attn: Gevorg Hambardzumyan, CEO 818-290-3269 Any such written communications by snail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof" in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whonn notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY_ This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 14. Ki'ERPRE" A'I40N. This Contract was drafted in, and wall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. I-D-3 Agreement No. 6866 15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows: A, This Contract; B. The Standard Specifications; and C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications. 16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 18. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 20. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. I-D-4 Agreement No. 6866 IN WI l NESS WHrREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. C F EL SEGUNDO Darrell George City Manager ATTES q Tracy eaver, City Clerk AS TO FORM: for Mark If Hensley City ortiey Insurance Reviewed by: !�j Vkj -2,,j I-D-5 SQUARE SIGNS LLC dba FRONT SIGNS Gevorg Hambard u , f an Chief Executive Officer Taxpayer ID No. 3 w Ll Contractor State License No.: 10 ) a Contractor City Business License No.: f Agreement No. 6866 PROPOSAL FOR THE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Date January 23 12024 Company Name: SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may affect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. Agreement No. 6866 I QtJAL E PLaOYMEN"I' CII?p )RTUNITY COMPLJI .NCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NDNC LLUSI N IIEC'L R TMN BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal, that this proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation inaking a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects Nir and witliout collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 6866 BID SCHEDULE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs BASE BID ITEMS Note: Bid Item work is elaborated in detail in the project plans and s ecilrcatiotis INO. DESCRIPTION UNIT QTY PRICE AMOUNT BASE BID ITEMS 1 Mobilization / demobilization LS 1 $19 316.82 $ 19 316.82 ' (maximum 5% of total bid) 2 General Site Demolition LS 1 $ 21,916.82 $ 21,916.82 General Site Condition — precise 3 grading, concrete work, decomposed LS 1 $ 21,905.57 $ 21,905.57 granite 4 Gateway Monument Sign LS 1 $207,633.32 $ 207,633.32 5 Site Electrical LS 1 $ 29,405.57 $ 29,405.57 6 Site Irrigation LS 1 $18,905.57 $ 18,905.57 7 Site Landscape LS 1 $ 23,405.57 $ 23,405.57 Miscellaneous improvements as ....... ....._..— 8 determined necessary by the LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 engineer. [NEXT PAGE FOR BID TOTAL] I-C-3a Agreement No. 6866 $ 347,489.25 TOTAL BID WRITTEN IN WORDS: Three hundred fourty-seven thousand four hundred eighty- nine dollars and twenty-five cents All work shall be per these specifications and attachments. Prevailing wage rates apply. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. ALTERNATIVE BID SCHEDULE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 ALTERNATIVE BID ITEMS Item Unit Total No. Description QTY Unit Price ($) ($) Bid Alternative 1 Electrical and Lighting $31,500 $31,500 1A (Replace sheets 18 and 19 with sheets 20 and 21 1 LS in plans). Design, procure, and install color changing 2A RGBW light system integrated into the 1 LS $8,386.50 $8,386.50 monument sign design. 3A Procure and install Irritrol MC-24 pedestal 1 LS $2,200 $2,200 mount controller, or equal. I-C-3b Agreement No. 6866 Company Name: SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) S uare Si ns Limited Liabili Com an If corporation, State of Incorporation (i,e., California) n/a Business Square Signs 1,LC dba Font: Signs Street Address 3520 Valhalla Drive, Burbank, CA 91505 Telephone No. 818 290 3269 Facsimile No. n/a State Contractor's License No. and Class 1053708, C45 Original Date Issued 05/17/2019 Expiration Date 05/31/2025 The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal: GEVORG HAMBARDZUMYAN, CEO, 3520 VALHALLA DRIVE, BURBANK, CA, 91505,. TEL.: 818 290 3269 The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: N/A All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: FRONT SIGNS I-C-4 Agreement No. 6866 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: Marina Ter-Ananyan Title: Project Manager I-C-5 Agreement No. 6866 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and seals of all aforenamed principals this day of 20_ BIDDER Subscribed and sworn to this NOTARY LIC day of 20 I-C-6 Agreement No. 6866 CALIFORNIA JURAT GOVERNMENT CODE § 8202 111MMIMIX �NC17100 `. R0 N?111478011 GIN %„dµft„r"Z131. ,.,° M,d� � � t� �x .� ��i.,�,,�w.�,9-s�h�,�'. v4. �..:, y�r ,� ,�,::101,1E S"kY A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California Countyof _ e Subscribed and sworn to (or affirmed) before me on this day of 1414in. -, 20 : �, by Date Month Year %�ct�bapdZ �w�� *my MOE AZARAN Notary Public - California LosAngeles County T.Commission k 2460205 (and (2) Comm. Expires Aug 21, 2027 Name(s) of Signer(s) proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) who appeared before me. Signature Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above S n ture of Notary Public Al -T &l Al Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document:.•.....r..._ Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Number of Pages: 3M?l RI! Na 02019 National Notary Association Agreement No. 6866 Bond No. CSBA-25954 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs , as BIDDER, and Everest Reinsurance Companv as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of Ten Percent of the Amount Bid DOLLARS ($10% ), which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this 22nd day of January , 2024 BIDDER* Souare Sions LLC dba Front Sirens vo R G SURETY* Everest' Rlnsurance 3520 Valhalla Drive Burbank. CA 9150E mom PO Box 70 Orane, CA L 0 7141 371-9653 1411 N. Batavia St., Suite 201 Subscribed and sworn to this day of , 20 NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-7 Agreement No. 6866 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange On 01/22/2024 ,before me, Melissa Ann Vaccaro Nota Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Adrian Lan cell who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal MELISSA N VACC R COMM.ia ( Notary Public -Cal a ORANGE COUNTY LL ""r fly Comm. Expires May 12 2026 ff Signature (Seal) � �'�`� Melissa Ann Vaccaro Agreement No. 6866 Bond No. CSBA-25954 POWER OF ATTORNEY EVEREST REINSURANCE COMPANY and EVEREST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company, corporations of the State of Delaware ("Company") having their principal offices located at Warren Corporate Center, 100 Everest Way, Warren, New Jersey, 07059, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint: Arturo Ayala, Daniel Huckabay, Adrian Langrell, Chelsea Liberatore, Frank Morones, R. Nappi, Shaunna Rozelle Ostrom, Ben Stong, Michael D. Stang, Benjamin Wolfe, Dwight Reilly its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact to make, execute, attest, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and deed, where required, any and all bonds and undertakings in the nature thereof, for the penal sum of no one ofwhich is in any event to exceed UNLIMITED, reserving for itself the full power of substitution and revocation. Such bonds and undertakings, when duly executed by the aforesaid Attorney(s)-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and Secretary of the Company and sealed with its corporate seal. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Company ("Board") on April 21, 2016: RESOLVED, that the President, any Executive Vice President, and any Senior Vice President are hereby appointed by the Board as authorized to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on behalf of the Company, any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts or obligations in surety or co -surety with others and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company be and that each of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such bonds, undertakings, contracts or obligations in surety or co -surety and attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the President, any Executive Vice President, and any Senior Vice President are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute, on behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings in surety or co -surety with others, and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company be, and that each of them is hereby authorized to attest the execution of any such power of attorney, and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signature of such officers named in the preceding resolutions and the corporate seal of the Company may be affixed to such powers of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undertaking, contract or obligation in surety or co -surety with others to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company have caused their corporate seals to be affixed hereto, and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers this 101h day of October 2023. 1� Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company s A7 rD Lp 1+r SEi L SEAL , 3955 By: Anthony Romano, Senior Vice President On this 229d of March 2023, before me personally came Anthony Romano, known to me, who, being duly sworn, did execute the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to the aforesaid instrument is such corporate seal and was affixed thereto; and that he executed said instrument by like order. LINDA ROBINS ' Notary Public, State of New York No 01ROG239736 Qualified in queens County y Term Expires April 25, 2027 Linda Robins, Notary Public I, Sylvia Semerdjian, Assistant Secretary of Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the bylaws and resolutions of said Corporation as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATION, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company, this 22nd day of Jmuary 2024 tits ra c�� a SEAT SEAL t" By: Sylvia Semerdjian, Assistant Secretary ES 00 01 04 16 Agreement No. 6866 Everest Reinsurance Company 461 5" Avenue — 4th Floor New York, N.Y. 10017 Due to logistical issues associated with the use of traditional seals during the COVID-19 pandemic, Everest Reinsurance Company ("Everest") has authorized its Attorney -in -Fact to affix Everest's corporate seal to any bond executed on behalf of Everest by any such Attorney -in - Fact by attaching this Addendum to said bond. To the extent this addendum is attached to a bond that is executed on behalf of Everest by its Attorney -in -Fact, Everest hereby agrees that the seal below shall be deemed affixed to said bond to the same extent as if its raised corporate seal was physically affixed to the face of the bond. Dated this 7th day of April 2020.. EVEREST REINSURANCE COMPANY L-37 Anthony Romano — Vice President & Global Head of Surety Agreement No. 6866 CALIFORNIA ACKNOWLEDGMENT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California 1 County of . I -a Jr On 1- '- e before me, Pop, Azilakv, Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer personally appeared . .......... ----- -- 6-evorl fi.4 M 6ard~Z.4 w , IJ Nome(s) of Signer(s) who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s)re subscribed to the within instrument and acknowiedged to me that e he/they executed the same in' is erltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by Der/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. " MOE AZARAN NotaryPublic -California € Los Angeles County Commission a 2460205 My Comm, Expires Aug 21, 2027 Place Notary Seal and/or Stamp Above I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature OPTIONAL of Notary Public Completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document. Description of Attached Document Title or Type of Document: _-<.."" Document Date: Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s) Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer - Title(s):.. ❑ Partner - ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing: Number of Pages: Signer's Name: ❑ Corporate Officer - Title(s):._............................... ❑ Partner - ❑ Limited ❑ General ❑ Individual ❑ Attorney in Fact ❑ Trustee ❑ Guardian or Conservator ❑ Other: Signer is Representing:......,,,,_—_ c <% r .r N.?; g:.k .121 ;sm nee "k2a ,✓xs ;y 020119 National Notary Association Agreement No. 6866 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is: 1053708 Class No.: C45 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 05/31 /2025 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed on 01/23 20 24, at BURBANK, CALIFORNIA (insert City and State where Declaration signed). _.�..................... Signature GEVORG HAMBARDZUMYAN Typed Name CEO Title SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS Company Name I-C-8 Agreement No. 6866 NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID (pursuant to Cal. Pub. Contract Code § 7106) The undersigned declares:. I am the CEO making the foregoing bid. SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA of FRONT SIGNS the party The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder that all statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on 01 /23/2024 [date], at BURBANK [city], _CA [state]." Dated this 23 day of 1LANUARY , 2024. GEVORG HAMBARDZUMYAN Name CEO Title Signature. �. I-C-9 Agreement No. 6866 Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: CEO SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS Business Name: Business Address: 3520 VALHALLA DRIVE BURBANK CA 91505 Telephone Number: 747 231 9924 P L� - Dated this 23 day of JANUARY 20 24 I-C-10 Agreement No. 6866 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: As detailed in Section 2-3 (Page II-B-3) of the General Provisions, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. Description of Subcontractor's Portion of FSuName ContractorWork Estimated or Address License No. Subcontracted $ Amount (Number and Street) NONE (City, Zip Code) .............. (Make copies of this page if additional space is needed) 01/23/2024 Signature of Bicfdler Date I-C-1 I Agreement No. 6866 D1 3J J►xy Company Name: SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or major subcontractor within the past five (5) years: 1. Project Title: Multi -facility signage Location: 2,21 Fairway Dr, Tahoe City, CA 96145 Tahoe City Public Utility District Name and address of owner Celeste Havener, 530.583.3796 Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Fabrication, Installation of 8 monument signs Contract amount: $ 128,897.83 Date completed: November 2023 Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ 128,897.83 Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? yes, revenue as an awarded bidder 2. Project Title: Fabricate and Install Valley Water Main Campus Signage Location: 5750 Almaden Expressway, San Jose CA 95118 Santa Clara Valley Water District, 5750 Almaden 12'�p17essway,, San Jose CA 95118 Name and address of owner Lowell Esposo, (408) 630-2944 Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Fabrication, Installation monument signs Contract amount: $ 87,020.00 Date completed: December 2023 Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ 87,020.00 Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? yes, revenue as an awarded bidder I-C-12 Agreement No. 6866 3. Project Title: City Hall Monument Signs Location: 1444 W Garvey Ave S, West Covina, CA 91790 City of West Covina, 1444 W Garvey Ave S, West Covina, CA 91790 Name and address of owner Mike Cresap, 909 224 8657 Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Fabrication and Installation of Monuments Signs for City Hall Contract amount: $ 120,236.85 _ Date completed: June 2022 Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ 120,236.85 4 Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Yes, revenue as an awarded bidder Project Title: District 56 Monument Signs Project Location: 8401 Laguna Palms Way, Elk Grove, CA 95758 City of Elk Grove, 8401 Laguna Palms Way, Elk Grove, CA 95758 Name and address of owner Travis Williams, 530-718-0267 Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Type of Work:. Fabrication and Installation of Monument Signs for the Disctrict 56 roject Contract amount: $ 83,075.25 Date completed: 03/01/2022 Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ 83,075.25 Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Project Title: LA County Welcome Monument Signs Location: Foothill Blvd and Pennsylvania Ave La Crescenta, CA 91214 Los Angeles County Public Works Name and address of owner Steven Gutierrez 626 300 3233 Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: I-C-13 Agreement No. 6866 Type of Work: Fabrication and Installation of a monument signs $25,440.00 12/09/2022 Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ $25,440,00 Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? yes, revenue as an awarded bidder Bidder may attach additional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: We work with the below broker for the bonds Mike Gregorian, ACJO Insurance Svc. Inc., 15306 Devonshire St #201, Mission Hills, CA 91345, I-C-14 Agreement No. 6866 11 1 IMMIEKI)ONVIXT910"U1311 MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: SQUARE SIGNS LLG DBA FRONT SIGNS Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. l Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes ❑ No FRI 2. If yes, explain the circumstances: 3. Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes M No ❑ Bidder's Signature GEVORG HAMBARDZUMYAN Name (Please Print) I-C-15 Agreement No. 6866 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: _ _ Limits T e of 1M�sul,rce, Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A: VII." Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires California Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of- state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will render the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." 01 /23/2024 Date Bidder's Signature I-C-16 Agreement No. 6866 C YOF ELSEGUNDO January 12, 2024 ADDENDUM NO. 1 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time is still Tuesday, January 30, 2024, at 11:00 am. Questions Received / City Responses 2. Regarding drawing CD-1 detail G: For BA-1 there is a callout for a ventilation gap on the letter edge that looks like it is exposed to the elements. Even though there are weep holes, unless this is sealed (which defeats the purpose for ventilation), it will eventually fill up with water when the weep hole become clogged with debris over time. Please let me know if there is a different understanding of this callout. City response: As noted the detail includes both base bid (BB) and bid alternate 1 (BAI). BA I, the LED strip lighting is mounted on the sign itself and exposed to water/wind. BB, the sign is illuminated from external lighting in grade and includes the aluminum frame which then encloses the BA1 lighting niche. In both cases, we have the weep hole to allow for discharge of rain (13A1) or condensation (BB). There is opportunity to refine to the design during the shop drawing review phase. 3. Will the city provide an electrical point of connection near the signs, or it is within the Contractor's scope to lay conduits from the nearest pole? Cityresponse: Refer to sheet E-101. The electrical point of connection and service to the sign is part of the base bid scope of work for the contractor. Page 1 of 2 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 6866 error ELSEGUNDO As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this Addendum with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non -responsive and subject to rejection. g Date: O1/12/2024 Signature: � Print Company Name: SQUARE SIGNS LLC DBA FRONT SIGNS Page 2 of 2 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 THE FINAL PREMIUM IS Agreement No. 6866 PREDICATED ON THE FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 423-04 Bond No. ES00007128 Bond Fee: $6,950.00 Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs ("PRINCIPAL") and __Everest National Insurance Compare _ , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of Three HUn�dred Forty-seven Thousand Four Hundred Eight-iiizie DOLLARS and twen -five cents ($347,489,25A, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 23-04) which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's I-E-1 Agreement No. 6866 completion and acceptance by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to correct its work against any defective work, labor, or materials, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; & A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void one (1) year following the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 6866 SIGNED AND SEALED this 11th day of Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs E G�1rro12G N0M'r uU M PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT S PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY 2024 I Insurance Company SURETY'S SECRETAR` Adrian Langrell Attorney -in -Fact PRINCIPAL'S MAILING SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: ADDRESS: Square Signs LLCwdba Front Signs Everest National Insurance Company 3520 Valhalla Drive _IT.- PO Box 70 ........ Burbank, CA 91505 .............. .._ Oran cle,mm CA 92856 NOTE, (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 6866 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validit of that document. -State of California County of Orange On 03/11/2024 before me, Melissa Ann Vaccaro Nota Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Adrian Langrell , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. MELISSA ANN VACCARO COMM. #2401942 t Notary Public -California w ORANGE COUNTY a My Comm. Expires May 12, 202'6 Signatur ' DN-� (Seal) Melissa Ann Vaccaro Agreement No. 6866 Ls' everesf Bond No. ES00007128 POWER OF ATTORNEY EVEREST REINSURANCE COMPANY and EVEREST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company, corporations of the State of Delaware ("Company") having their principal offices located at Warren Corporate Center, 100 Everest Way, Warren, New Jersey, 07059, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint: Arturo Ayala, Daniel Huckabay, Adrian Langrell, Chelsea Liberatore, Frank Morones, R. Nappi, Shaunna Rozelle Ostrom, Ben Stang, Michael D. Stang, Benjamin Wolfe, Dwight Reilly its true and lawful Attorney(s}in-fact to make, execute, attest, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and deed, where required, any and all bonds and undertakings in the nature thereof, for the penal sum of no one of which is in any event to exceed UNLIMITED, reserving for itself the full power of substitution and revocation. Such bonds and undertakings, when duty executed by the aforesaid Attorney(s)-in-fad shall be binding upon the Company as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and Secretary of the Company and sealed with its corporate seal. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Company ('Board") on April 21, 2016: RESOLVED, that the President, any Executive Vice President, and any Senior Vice President are hereby appointed by the Board as authorized to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on behalf of the Company, any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts or obligations in surety or co -surety with others and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company be and that each of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such bonds, undertakings, contracts or obligations in surety or co -surety and attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the President, any Executive Vice President, and any Senior Vice President are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute, on behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings in surety or co -surety with others, and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company be, and that each of them is hereby authorized to attest the execution of any such power of attorney, and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signature of such officers named in the preceding resolutions and the corporate seal of the Company may be affixed to such powers of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undertaking, contract or obligation in surety or co -surety with others to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company have caused their corporate seals to be affixed hereto, and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers this 101h day of October 2023. St I a oltLyt"`"ttr Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company � are � 1 SEAL SEAL ��. 19 73 W"qua - 1955 r M:M By: Anthony Romano, Senior Vice President On this 22^" of March 2023, before me personally came Anthony Romano, known to me, who, being duly sworn, did execute the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to the aforesaid instrument is such corporate seal and was affixed thereto; and that he executed said instrument by like order. LINDA ROBINS Notary Public, State of New York No U1R06239736 ✓ i Qualified in Queens County Term Expires April 25, 2027 Linda Robins, Notary Public I, Sylvia Semerdjian, Assistant Secretary of Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the bylaws and resolutions of said Corporation as set forth in said. Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATION, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company, this 111h day of March 2024 orary y trtSU;r i' SEAL SEAL iv s :97,t oas k tAw aY By: Sylvia Semerdjian, Assistant Secretary ES 00 01 04 16 Agreement No. 6866 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California. County of -i'1 before me On , Pa - (insert name and title of the office ) personally aDDeared G-,eV'tXC\ I I � o a)�- yd who roved to me on the basis o atisfacto evidence t�� m p ry o be the erson(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. *C. r'N8A /,, ® 5R7 �". Efi WITNESS my hand and official seal. vm Signature " ��e� '' (Seal) �,, ;' THE FINAL PREMIUM IS Agreement No. 6866 PREDICATED ON THE FINAL CONTRACT AMOUNT LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW #23-04 Bond No. ES00007128 Bond Fee: Included in Perf. Bond S uare Si ns LLC dba Front Si ns as principal ("PRINCIPAL") and Everett National Insurncay , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY') in the sum of Three Hundred Forty-seven d twenty-five cents ($47.4 q.2 ), lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument,. - This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04 ("Public Project"), the public works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 23-04), which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor I-F-1 Agreement No. 6866 thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 6866 SIGNED AND SEALED this 11th day of Square Signs LLC dba Front Signs GEVn2G H14IYUI?QI U 1Y PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: S� �s LLC dba Front Si n�__ 3520 Valhalla Drive Burbank CA 91505 2024 Insurance Company Adrian Langrell Attorney -in -Fact SURETY'sSECRETARY SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: Everest National Insurance Corn any PO Box 70 Orange, CA 92355 NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. I-F-3 Agreement No. 6866 ACKNOWLEDGMENT ............................... A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Orange ) On 03/11/2024 before me, Melissa Ann Vaccaro, Nota Public (insert name and title of the officer) personally appeared Adrian Lan rell I who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Meg u ANN vaccARo COMM. #2401942 M Notary Pubiic-California a ORANGE COUNTY a "� Icy Comm. Expires May 12, 2Q2�a' Signature ... W (Beall) Melissa Ann Vaccaro Agreement No. 6866 Bond No. ES00007128 1ii .Nr ,rw �k POWER OF ATTORNEY EVEREST REINSURANCE COMPANY and EVEREST NATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company, corporations of the State of Delaware ("Company") having their principal offices located at Warren Corporate Center, 100 Everest Way, Warren, New Jersey, 07059, do hereby nominate, constitute, and appoint: Arturo Ayala, Daniel Huckabay, Adrian Langrell, Chelsea Liberatore, Frank Morones, R. Nappi, Shaunna Rozelle Ostrom, Ben Stong, Michael D. Stong, Benjamin Wolfe, Dwight Reilly its true and lawful Attorneys) -in -fact to make, execute, attest, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as surety, and as its act and deed, where required, any and all bonds and undertakings in the nature thereof, for the penal sum of no one of which is in any event to exceed UNLIMITED, reserving for itself the full power of substitution and revocation. Such bonds and undertakings, when duly executed by the aforesaid Attorney(s)-in-fact shall be binding upon the Company as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds and undertakings were signed by the President and Secretary of the Company and sealed with its corporate seal. This Power of Attorney is granted and is signed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following Resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of Company ("Board") on April 21, 2016: RESOLVED, that the President, any Executive Vice President, and any Senior Vice President are hereby appointed by the Board as authorized to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on behalf of the Company, any and all bonds, undertakings, contracts or obligations in surety or co -surety with others and that the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company be and that each of them hereby is authorized to attest to the execution of any such bonds, undertakings, contracts or obligations in surety or co -surety and attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the President, any Executive Vice President, and any Senior Vice President are hereby authorized to execute powers of attorney qualifying the attorney named in the given power of attorney to execute, on behalf of the Company, bonds and undertakings in surety or co -surety with others, and that the Secretary orany Assistant Secretary of the Company be, and that each of them is hereby authorized to attest the execution of any such power of allomey, and to attach thereto the corporate seal of the Company. RESOLVED, FURTHER, that the signature of such officers named in the preceding resolutions and the corporate seal of the Company may be affixed to such powers of attorney or to any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such power of attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signatures or facsimile seal shall be thereafter valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond, undertaking, contract or obligation in surety or co -surety with others to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company have caused their corporate seals to be affixed hereto, and these presents to be signed by their duly authorized officers this 101" day of October 2023. — t«"�'� Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company SEAL SEAL i, aa7fQJ 19as yt r�a,aa�oAv�, ,' "c � �ItwN ��' "" ' �.�Ry-,•�--- a ,,'t By: Anthony Romano, Senior Vice President On this 22n" of March 2023, before me personally came Anthony Romano, known to me, who, being duly sworn, did execute the above instrument; that he knows the seal of said Company; that the seal affixed to the aforesaid instrument is such corporate seal and was affixed thereto; and that he executed said instrument by like order. LINDA ROBINS Notary Public, State of New York No 01R06239736 Qualified in Queens County Term Expires April 25, 2027 " Linda Robins, Notary Public I, Sylvia Semerdjian, Assistant Secretary of Everest Reinsurance Company and Everest National Insurance Company do hereby certify that I have compared the foregoing copy of the Power of Attorney and affidavit, and the copy of the Section of the bylaws and resolutions of said Corporation as set forth in said Power of Attorney, with the ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATION, and that the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the said originals, and that the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Company, this 111h day of March 2024 P SEAL P r SEAL ra 'CArtNaW�h"e By: Sylvia Semerdjian, Assistant Secretary ES 00 01 04 16 STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INSURANCE NQ 0 8 9 6 9 SAN FRANCISCO Amended Certificate of Authority THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT, Pursuant to the Insurance Code of the State of California, Everest National Insurance Company Of Delaware , organized under the laws of Delaware subject to its Articles of Incorporation or otherfundamental organizational documents, is hereby authorized to transactwithin the State, subject to all provisions of this Certificate, the following classes of insurance: Fire, Marine, Surety, Plate Glass, Liability, Workers' Compensation, Common Carrier Liability, Boiler and Machinery, Burglary, Sprinkler, Team and Vehicle, Automobile, Aircraft, and Miscellaneous as such classes are now or may hereafter be defined in the Insurance Laws of the State of California. THIS CERTIFICATE is expressly conditioned upon the holder hereof now and hereafter being in full compliance with all, and not in violation ofany, of the applicable laws and lawficl requirements made under authority of the laws of the State of California as long as such laws or requirements are in effect and applicable, and as such laws and requirements now are, or may hereafter be changed or amended. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, effective as of the 2nd day of November w,a 2011 , I have hereunto set my hand and caused my official seal to be affixed this 2nd day of November__ 2011 Dave Jones ......-•. '.rb'Y.rS¢r"��.'Ce rot+L•Tiigeinnvr , B Valerie J. Sarfaty for Nettie Hoge Do4 Chief Deputy NOTICE: a, US;aidon with rise S'ecreaury Of State nrest bc accoutpUshed as r^equt xed by the C"a bruia Corporations Code pronaptt'y after issuance of this C"ordfiicate of Authority. Bai ure to do so will he rr violation of bsanmce Code Smfioa 701 and ^.wild he grounds for revoking this Certificate of Authority pursuant to the convenants made in the application therefor and the conditions contained herein. ropw cn3 tal OSP 00 a9mi Agreement No. 6866 HUGH NGUYEN CLERK -RECORDER CERTIFICATE OF ADMITTED SURETY INSURER Certificate pursuant to 995.640(a) Code of Civil Procedure State of California County of Orange PROPERTY RECORDS BIRTH AND DEATH RECORDS MARRIAGE LICENSES/RECORDS PASSPORTS FICTITIOUS BUSINESS NAMES NOTARY REGISTRATION ORANGE COUNTY ARCHIVES I, Hugh Nguyen, County Clerk -Recorder of the County of Orange, State of California, in and for said County, DO HEREBY CERTIFY gVLRETNATIONA INSURAi" , COMPANY has been issued a Certificate of Authority as an Admitted Surety Insurer by the State of California Insurance Commissioner who authorized the Insurer to transact Surety Insurance in the State of California and that based on the records in this office, that authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled or suspended. In Testimony Whereof, I execute this certificate and have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said County on 03/11/2024. Hugh Nguyen, Orange County Clerk -Recorder _. Jo pi��p6ra. . Deputy ty l )°k-Recorder NORTH COUNTY BRANCH OFFICE ORANGE COUNTY OLD ORANGE COUNTY SOUTH COUNTY BRANCH OFFICE WELLS FARGO BUILDING COUNTY ADMINISTRATION SOUTH COURTHOUSE LAGUNA HILLS CIVIC CENTER 222 S. HARBOR BLVD., STE 110 601 N. ROSS STREET 211 W. SANTA ANA BLVD. ROOM 201 24031 EL TORO ROAD, SUITE 150 ANAHEIM, CALIFORNIA 92805 SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA 92701 SANTA ANA, CALIFORNIA 92701 LAGUNA HILLS, CALIFORNIA 92653 (714) 834-2500 ♦ FAX (714) 834-2675 0 WWW.00RECORDER.COM ♦ WWW.00ARCHIVES.COM Agreement No. 6866 ACKNOWLEDGMENT A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validlt of that document. State of C ifornia County of � Ay)� �) Onbefore me,�)C. (insert name and�Vlefthe offic r) personally appeared G avoy-('\ who proved to me on the basis of4atisfactory evidence to be the per on(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of Califorrni , �l t the foregoing o paragraph is true and correct. ^. ��t ., Mr s � •eyy�r' WITNESS my hand and official seal. 11 All Signature — (Seal) r Agreement No. 6866 t CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PLANS & SPECIFICATIONS •� MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUrMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT ENGINEERING DIVISION 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 310-524-2300 MANDATORY PRE -BID MEETING JANUARY 9, 2024 AT 10 AM IN CITY HALL COUNCIL CHAMBERS 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245 BIDS 1]►UE A.NUARY 30, 2024 AT 11:00 AM Agreement No. 6866 BIDS WILL BE RECEIVED UP TO THE HOUR OF 11:00 AM TUESDAY, JANUARY 30, 2024 IN THE OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK CITY HALL 350 MAIN STREET EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA 90245 AT WHICH TIME THEY WILL BE PUBLICLY OPENED Agreement No. 6866 SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS Contractors are required to review section 7-3 of the STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS, pages II-B-24 thru H-B-27 "LIABILITY INSURANCE". ONLY CONTRACTORS ABLE TO OBTAIN AND FURNISH THE REQUIRED COVERAGE AND ENDORSEMENT "ISO" FORMS SHOULD CONSIDER SUBMITTING A BID PACKAGE. The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain an Encroachment Perrnit from the City Public Works Department as well as any applicable Building/Safety Perrnit from the City Planning and Building Safety Department. The permits will be issued on a "no -fee" basis. The Contractor shall be responsible for calling the Building Safety Division for inspections. All noted deficiencies shall be corrected by the contractor. The project will not be accepted as complete until the contractor obtains a final sign -off from the Department of Planning, and Building Safety, Agreement No. 6866 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE SECTION I — LEGAL A. NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS I-A-1 TO A-3 I-B-1 TO B-8 B. BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS 1. DEFINITION I-B-1 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS I-B-2 1 ION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING 4. INTERPRE"I'A I-B-2 DOCUMENTS I-B-3 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS I-B-3 6. SUBCONTRACTORS I-B-3 7. ADDENDA I-B-3 8. PRE -BID CONFERENCE I-B-4 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS I-B-5 10. BID SECURITY MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID I-B-6 11. I-B-6 12. OPENING OF BIDS I-B-6 13. REJECTION OF BIDS I-B-7 14. AWARD I-C-1 TO C-17 C. PROPOSAL 1. PROPOSAL, FIRST PAGE I-C-1 I-C-3 2. BID SCHEDULES a. BASE BID b. ALTERNATIVE BID I-C-4 3. BIDDER'S INFORMATION BIDDER AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT 4. 5. PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND I_C_6 6. CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION I-C-8 7. NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION I-C-9 8. WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION I-C-10 9. DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS I-C-11 I-C-12 10. REFERENCES STATEMENT OF PAST DISQUALIFICATIONS 11. BIDDER'S 11. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS I-C-15 SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT I-D-1 TO D-5 D. CITY OF EL E. FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND I-E-1 TO E-3 F. MATERIAL AND LABOR BOND I-F-1 TO F-3 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION II - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAGE A. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS II-A-1 TO A-2 I, REGISTRATION OF CONTRACTORS 2. INSURANCE AND CITY BUSINESS LICENSE II-A-1 3. EMERGENCY INFORMATION II-A-1 4. FURNISHING OF WATER II-A-1 5. CALIFORNIA - OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY II -A -I AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION 6. SOUND CONTROL II-A-1 7. AIR POLLUTION CONTROL II-A-2 8. WORKER UNIFORMS II-A-2 II-A-2 B. GENERAL PROVISIONS II-13-1 TO B-35 0-0 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 0-1 GENERAL II-B-I 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS II-B-1 1-2 DEFINITIONS II-B-1 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS II-B-1 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS II-B-1 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID II-B-2 1-6.1 GENERAL II-B-2 1-6.2 ADDITIONAL RESPONSIBILITY II-B-3 1-7•2 CONTRACT BONDS II-B-4 II-B-4 2-0 SCOPE OF WORK 2-1.1 ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE II-B-4 2-1.2 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF CONTRACT II-B-4 DOCUMENTS II-B-4 2-2 PERMITS 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY II-B-4 2-3.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS II-B-5 2-10 DISPUTED WORK II-B-S II-B-6 3-0 CONTROL OF THE WORK 3-7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS II-B-6 3-7.1 GENERAL II-B-6 3-7.2 PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS II-B-7 3-7.3 ACCURACY URAC" OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3-10 SURVEYING II-B-7 3-10.3 SURVEY SERVICE II-B-8 3-10.3.1 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING II-B-8 II-B-8 3-10.3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT II-B-8 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) PAGE 3-12.1 CLEANUP AND DUST CONTROL II-B-8 3-12.1.1 GENERAL II-B-9 1I-B-9 3-12.1.2 WATERING II-B-9 3-12.6 WATER POLLUTION CONTROL 3-12.7 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF II-B-10 EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS 3-12.8 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY 3-12.8.1 TRAFFIC AND ACCESS II-B-10 3-12.8.2 STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, AND 11-13-11 BARRICADES 3-12.8.3 PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC 3-13 COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE II B-12 3-13.1 GENERAL GUARANTY II-B-12 4-0 CONTROL OF MATERIALS II-B-13 4-3 INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS II-B-13 4-3.1 GENERAL II-B-13 4-6 TRADE NAMES II-B-13 4-6.1 TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS II-B-13 5-0 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES II-B-14 II-B-14 5-3 LABOR 5-3.2 PREVAILING WAGES II-B-14 5-3.3 RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSPECTION 5-4 LIABILITY INSURANCE II B-1II-B-15 6 5-4.1 GENERAL 5-4.2 INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE II-B-1 5-7.4.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL II-B-18 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK II-B-20 6-0 6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND II-B-20 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK 6-1.1 CONTRACT SCHEDULE II-B-20 6-1.2 CONTENT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE 6-1.3 EFFECT OF CONTRACT SCHEDULE II-B-2o 6-1.4 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME 6-3.3 WORK DAYS AND WORKING HOURS II-B-22 6-3.4 NIGHT WORK II-B-22 II-B-23 6-3.5 WEEKEND AND HOLIDAY WORK 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME II-B-23 6-4.1 GENERAL II-B-23 II-B-23 6-4.2 EXTENSIONS OF TIME PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR 6-4.3 6-4.4 WRITTEN NOTICE AND REPORT II-B 24 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION II — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued) 6-7 DEFAULTBY CONTRACTOR 6-7.1 GENERAL 6-7.2 TERMINATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL OVER THE WORK 6-7.3 SURETY'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL 6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 6-9.1 FAILURE TO COMPLETE THE WORK ON TIME 6-11 DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE 6-11.1 GENERAL 6-11.2 FORM 6-11.3 CLAIMS SUBMITTED TO ENGINEER 6-11.4 CLAIMS IS PREREQUISITE TO OTHER REMEDY 6-11.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS 6-11.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION 6-11.7 MEDIATION 6-11.8 ARBITRATION 6-11.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING 6-11.10 APPEAL TO SUPERIOR COURT; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 6-11.11 AB 626 CLAIMS; PROCESS PAGE II-B-24 II-B-24 II-B-24 II-B-25 II-B-25 II-B-25 II-B-26 II-B-26 II-B-26 II-B-28 II-B-28 II-B-28 II-B-29 II-B-29 II-B-29 II-B-30 II-B-3 0 II-B-30 7-0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK 7-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS 7-3.3 DELIVERED MATERIALS 7-4.2.3 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS 7-4.3 MARK UP 7-4.4 DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR II-B-31 II-B-31 II-B-31 -32 II-B-33 II-B-33 II-B-33 100-1 TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY II-B-34 402-0 UTILITIES 402-2 PROTECTION II-B-34 402-2.1 INCORRECT LOCATION OF UTILITIES 402-4 RELOCATION II-B-34 402-4.1 RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION II-B-34 402-5 DELAYS 402-5.1 CALCULATING IDLE TIME II-B-34 II-B-3 5 iv Agreement No. 6866 SECTION III - SPECIAL PROVISIONS SECTION IV - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SECTION V - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ATTACHMENTS PAGE III-A-1 TO III-A-12 PAGE IV-A-1 TO A-5 PAGE V-A-1 TO V-A-215 APPENDIX A - CONSTRUCTION AND DEBRIS RECYCLING FORMS APPENDIX B - MAIN ST. / IMPERIAL HWY. MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PLANS APPENDIX C - CONCEPTUAL RENDERING FOR REFERENCE ONLY APPENDIX D - SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON (SCE) DESIGN PLANS v Agreement No. 6866 NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS FOR THE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 The City of El Segundo is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk's office, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California 90245, until 11:00 A.M. on: TUESDAY, JANUARY 30, 2024 at which time they will be publicly opened. Bids will not be accepted after that time. As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a public works project ("Project") which consists of furnishing all supervision, materials, labor tools and incidentals and related work, as required in the specifications, plans and contract documents for the following project: "Main Street / Imperial Highway Monument Sign Project", on file with the City's Public Works Department. Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specifications No. PW 23- 04 as adopted by the E1 Segundo City Council on March 7, 2023 which is filed with the Public Works Department. Copies of the Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents and Engineer's estimate are available from the Engineering Division of the Public Works Department, City of El Segundo, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, California, 90245. Plans And Specifications are alternately available electronically via I1[t Is:/1W'VVW.eISCOL idtove ii iiilent/de,)artmt nth/ �iblic works/recL�iest m_9rc_t1Vc r1Q5 i i A A pre -bid meeting is scheduled for Tuesday, January 9, 2024 at 10 am, at the City Hall Council Chambers, 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245. Bidders' attendance at this meeting is mandatory. Questions regarding the bid shall be submitted by 5pm on January 9, 2024 to htt:r/wwv°.elseanda.or r/�rve°n�catd itmtn�cnttublic-rvorksi�e° tnet-pul1lic- works-bid The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the attached Bidding Instructions. This project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County. The contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each job site. Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently I-A-1 Agreement No. 6866 located at http://www.dir.ca.gov. Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code §§ 1725.5 and 1771.4 to be nonresponsive. The contractor to whom the contract is awarded must assist in locating, qualifying, hiring and increasing the skills of minority group employees and applicants for employment, as set forth in Executive Order 11246 and 11375. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice will incorporate the provisions of the State Labor Code. Compliance with the prevailing rates of wages and apprenticeship employment standards established by the State Director of Industrial Relations will be required. Affirmative action to ensure against discrimination in employment practices on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion will also be required. The City of El Segundo hereby affirmatively ensures that minority business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this notice and will not be discriminated against on the basis of race, color, national origin, ancestry, sex, or religion in any consideration leading to the award of contract. The Contractor's duty to pay State prevailing wages can be found under Labor Code Section 1770 et. Seq. and Labor Code Sections 1775 and 1777.7 outline the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages and employ apprentices including forfeitures and debarment. Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Pursuant to Public Contracts Code ("PCC") § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. In entering into a Public Works contract, or a subcontract, to supply goods, services, or materials pursuant to a public works contract, the Contractor, or Sub -Contractor, offers and agrees to assign to the awarding body all rights, title and interest in, and to, all causes of action it may have under Section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. Section 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 [commencing with Section 16700] of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the public works contract or the subcontract. This assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the awarding body tenders final payment to the Contractor, without further acknowledgment by the parties. I-A-2 Agreement No. 6866 Bids must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with the Instructions to Bidders and submitted to the City Clerk, 350 Main Street, City of El Segundo, in a sealed envelope plainly marked on the outside: "SEALED BIDS FOR PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT IN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL" The bid must be accompanied by a bid bond, made payable to the City of El Segundo for an amount no less than ten percent (10%) of the amount bid for the base contract. No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. For this project, those acceptable classes of license shall be "A" or "C-45". The successful Contractor and his Sub - Contractors will be required to possess the correct license for their project classifications, and valid City Business Licenses from the City of El Segundo. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. Any contract entered into pursuant to this notice shall become effective or enforceable against the City of El Segundo only when the formal written contract has been duly executed by the appropriate officer(s) of the City of El Segundo. DATED this day of 20 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, CALIFORNIA Tracy Weaver, City Clerk I-A-3 Agreement No. 6866 BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS DEFINITIONS. Unless provided otherwise, the definitions in the Greenbook, Special Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable to all Bidding Documents. 1.1 "Addenda" means written or graphic instruments issued by the City before the Bid Deadline that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections. 1.2 "Alternate" means a proposed change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents which, if accepted, may result in a change to either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, or both. 1.3 "Bid Deadline" means the date and time designated in the Notice for Bids as the last date and time for receipt of Bids, as may be revised by Addenda. 1.4 "Bidder" means a person or firm that submits a Bid. 1.5 "Bidding Documents" means the construction documents prepared and issued for bidding purposes including all Addenda 1.6 "Lump Sum Base Bid" means the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, but not including unit price items or Alternates. ed in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform 1.7 "Unit Price" means an amount stat the Unit Price Work for a fixed price per unit of measurement. 2. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS. By making its Bid, Bidder represents that: 2.1 Bidder read, understood, and made the Bid pursuant to the requirements in the Bidding Documents. 2.2 Bidder visited the Project site and is familiar with the conditions under which the Work will be performed and the local conditions as related to the Contract Documents. 2.3 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents. 2.4 Bidder and all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, have the appropriate current licenses issued by the State of California Contractor's State License Board for the Work to be performed. If Bidder is a joint venture, the Bidder will have a joint venture license appropriate for the performance of the work„ and each member of the joint venture, will likewise have the appropriate license. Business and Professions Code §§ 7000-7191 establish licensing requirements for contractors. If a Bidder, that is a specialty contractor, submits a Bid involving 3 or more specialised building trades, the work of which is more than incidental and supplemental to the performance of the Work for which Bidder holds a specialty contractor license, Bidder must also hold either (1) a specialty contractor license in each such trade, (2) a General Engineering contractor "A" license, or (3) a General Building contractor "B" license. This requirement is applicable whether or not Bidder lists a Subcontractor for each such trade. 2.5 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuantto this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from am Agreement No. 6866 the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof" to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 2.6 Bidder has the expertise and financial capacity to perform and complete all obligations under the Bidding Documents. 2.7 The person executing the Bid Form is duly authorized and empowered to execute the Bid Form on Bidder's behalf. 2.8 Bidder is aware of and, if awarded the Contract, will comply with Applicable Code Requirements in its performance of the Work. 2.9 The Bidder has paid the City's business license fee(s) 2.10 The Bidder, per SB 854 requirements for public projects, has registered with and paid their annual fee to the California State Department of Industrial Relations. Infon-nation about SB 854 and its requirements can be found at this link: fittpp.//W'ww.dir.ca.gov/PubIic-Works/SB854.html 3, BIDDING DOCUMENTS 3.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the City's Public Works Department for the sum stated in the Notice for Bids. 3.2 Bidders will use a complete set of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids. 3.3 The City makes copies of the Bidding Documents available, on the above terms, for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. 4. INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS. 4.1 Before submitting its Bid, Bidder will carefully study and compare the various documents comprising the Bidding Documents and compare them with any other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction which relates to the Work: for which the Bid is submitted; will examine the Project site, the conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and the local conditions; and will at once report to the City's Representative errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered. 4.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be addressed to the City's Representative. 4.2.1 The release of the bid package begins a quiet period for potential Bidders participating in this project. The City of El Segundo realizes it is critical to provide Bidders with a vehicle to ask questions so that quality responses can be prepared. Questions must be submitted in writing to project managers via the City website: hit.s://v .elsetyu;iado.ors'x/oovernnnent�/g(b artmer�ts�paal wor°Is a� �-p��l rlc-Gn rks-bid Responses to all questions will be provided in writing to all Bidders in I-B-2 Agreement No. 6866 accordance with the schedule below. We will not identify companies or individuals that pose questions. Potential bidders must not call City of El Segundo employees to discuss potential projects or ask questions regarding the bid. Questions Due by 5:00 pm, January 9, 2024 Questions Answered by 5:00 pm, January 11, 2024 4.3 Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addenda. Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders must not rely upon them. 5. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS. The Bidder must submit, a minimum often (10) calendar days before the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed "equal item" according to the General Provisions. 6. SUBCONTRACTORS. 6.1 Each Bidder will list in the Bid Form all first -tier Subcontractors that will perform work, labor or render such services. The Bid Form contains spaces for the following information when listing Subcontractors: (1) Work Activity; (2) name of Subcontractor; (3) city of Subcontractor's business location. Failure to list any of these items on the Bid Form will result in the City treating the Bid as if no Subcontractor was listed for the Work and that Bidder represents to the City that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work and will perform do so. 6.2 Subcontractors listed in the Bid Form will only be substituted after the Bid Deadline with the City's written consent in accordance with California law. 7. ADDENDA. 7.1 Addenda will be in writing and issued only by the City. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the City to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents and who have provided a street address for receipt of Addenda. 7.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the City's Public Works Department. 7.3 The City will issue Addenda so that they are received by prospective Bidders not later than three (3) business days before the Bid Deadline. Addenda that withdraw the request for Bids or postpone the Bid Deadline may be issued anytime before the Bid Deadline. 7.4 Each Bidder is responsible for ensuring that it has received all issued Addenda before issuing a Bid. & MANDATORY PRE -BID CONFERENCE. Bidder will attend a Mandatory Pre -Bid Conference where the City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre -Bid Conference attendees to arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to I-B-3 Agreement No. 6866 determine if Bidders meet this requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre -Bid Conference in its entirety will be deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. 9. FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS 9.1 Bids will be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Bidding Documents. Bids not submitted on the City's Bid Form will be rejected. 9.2 All blanks on the Bid Form will be filled in legibly in ink or by typewriter. 9.3 Bidder's failure to submit a price for any Alternate or unit price will result in the Bid being considered as nonresponsive. If Alternates are called for and no change in the Lump Sum Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." 9.4 Each Bidder must fill out the "Bidders Statement of Past Contract Disqualifica- tions" form stating any and all instances of contract disqualifications due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. The Bidder must explain the circumstances of each disqualification. The City may reject the bid based on such information. 9.5 Bidder will make no stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify the Bid in any manner. 9.6 The Bids will be based upon full completion of all the Work as shown on the plans and specifications. It is expressly understood that the plans are drawn with as much accuracy as is possible in advance, but should errors, omissions or discrepancies exist in the plans which show conditions that vary from those encountered in construction, the Bidder (if awarded the Contract) specifically agrees to construct a completed work ready for the use and in the manner which is intended. In the event of increasing or decreasing of work, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished must be paid for according to the unit or lump sum price established for such work under the contract, wherever such unit or lump sum price has been established. In the event no prices are named in the contract to cover such changes or alterations, the cost of such changes must be covered as extra work. 9.7 The Bid Form will be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind Bidder to a contract. Bidder's Representative will sign and date the Declaration included in the Bid Form. Failure to sign and date the declaration will cause the Bid to be rejected. 9.8 Bids must be submitted in writing on the Proposal forms provided by the City of El Segundo. One (1) set of these Proposal forms is inserted loose herein for use by the bidders. Bidders are required to submit one (1) original set of the proposal forms. All information requested therein must be clearly and legibly set forth in the manner and form indicated. 9.9 Bidders must satisfy themselves by personal examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and by any other means as they may believe necessary, as to the actual physical conditions, requirements and difficulties under which the work must be performed. No bidder shall at any time after submissions of a proposal make any claim or assertion that there was any misunderstanding or lack of information regarding the nature or amount of work necessary for the satisfactory completion of the job. Any errors, omissions, or discrepancies found in the Plans, Specifications, or other contract documents shall I-B-4 Agreement No. 6866 be called to the attention of the City of El Segundo and clarified prior to the submission of proposals. 10. BID SECURITY 10.1 Each Bid will be accompanied by Bid Security, in the amount of 10% of the Lump Sum Base Bid as security for Bidder's obligation to enter into a Contract with the City on the terms stated in the Bid Form and to furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents. Bid Security will be a Bid Bond on the form provided by the City or a certified check made payable to "City of El Segundo." When a Bond is used for Bid Security, failure to use the City's Bid Bond form will result in the rejection of the Bid. 10.2 If the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails to sign the Agreement and furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents within the time limits specified in these Instructions to Bidders, the City will disqualify such Bidder and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder until all bids have been exhausted or the City may reject all bids. In such an event, the disqualified Bidder will be liable for and forfeit to the City the amount of the difference, not to exceed the amount of the Bid Security, between the amount of the disqualified Bid and the larger amount for which the City procures the Work. 10.3 If a Bid Bond is submitted and an attorney -in -fact executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety, a notarized and current copy of the power of attorney will be affixed to the Bid Bond. The surety issuing the Bid Bond will be listed in the latest published State of California, Department of Insurance list of, "Insurers Admitted to Transact Surety Insurance in This State." 10.4 The City will retain Bid Security until the occurrence of one of the following: 10.4.1 All items required by the Bidding Documents have been furnished and the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the City. 10.4.2 The specified time has elapsed during which Bids may be withdrawn. 10.4.3 All Bids have been rejected. 10.5 The Bid Form, Bid Security, and all other documents required to be submitted with the Bid must be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope must be addressed to the City Clerk. The envelope must be identified with the Bidder's name and address, and identify the Project for which the Bid is submitted:, as follows: "SEALED BIDS FOR PW 23-04: MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT. DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL." Proposals may be mailed or delivered by messenger. 10.6 Bids will be deposited at the designated location on or before the Bid Deadline. A Bid received after the Bid Deadline will be returned to Bidder unopened. 10.7 Bidder will assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 10.8 Oral, telephonic, facsimile, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be accepted. 10.9 All proposals must be submitted, filed, made, and executed in accordance with State and Federal laws related to bids for contracts of this nature whether the same is expressly referred to herein or not. Any bidder submitting a proposal shall by such action thereby agree to each and all of the terms, conditions, provisions, and Agreement No. 6866 requirements set forth, contemplated, and referred to in the Plans, Specifications, and other contract documents, and to full compliance therewith. 11. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID. 11.1 Before the Bid Deadline, a submitted Bid may be modified or withdrawn. Notice of such action will be given to the City in writing and signed by the Bidder's authorized representative. A change so made will be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. 11.2 A withdrawn Bid may be resubmitted up to the Bid Deadline, provided that it then fully complies with the Bidding Requirements. 11.3 Bid Security will be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted. 11.4 Bids may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled within ninety (90) calendar days after the Bid Deadline unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders. 11.5 Proposals may not be withdrawn after said Bid Deadline without forfeiture of the proposal guarantee. 11.6 The withdrawal of a proposal will not prejudice the right of the bidder to submit a new proposal, providing there is time to do so. 11.7 No mention shall be made in the proposal of Sales Tax, Use Tax, City Business License, or any other tax, as all amounts laid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes, which may be applicable. 11.8 No mention shall be made in the proposal of the cost of bonds as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such costs, which may be applicable. 12. OPENING OF BIDS. Bids submitted in the manner required by these instructions and are received on or before the Bid Deadline will be opened publicly. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS. 13.1 The City will have the right to reject all Bids. 13.2 The City will have the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by the required Bid Security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any other way materially incomplete or irregular. 13.2.1 Unrequested/unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to a proposal will render it irregular and may cause its rejection. The completed proposal forms shall be without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. Alternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested. No oral, telegraphic, or telephonic proposal, modification, or withdrawal will be considered. 13.3 In the event that any bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may also submit a formal proposal as a prime contractor. No proposal will be accepted from a bidder who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the State Business and Professions Code. Agreement No. 6866 14. AWARD 14.1 The City may retain all bids for a period of ninety (90) calendar days for examination and comparison, and to delete any portion of the work from the contract. 14.2 The City will have the right to waive nonmaterial irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by The City. 14.3 The City will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents. 14.4 The City will determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid plus all unit prices multiplied by their respective estimated quantities as stated in the Bid Form, if any, plus the Contractor Delay Damages multiplied by the "multiplier" as stated in the Bid Form, plus the amounts of all accepted Alternates. 14.4.1 Inclusion of Contractor Delay Damages within the Bid Form is solely for the purpose of determining the low bidder and establishing the City's maximum daily liability as a result of City delays to Contractor, if any, and City has no obligation to pay any daily Contractor Delay Damages except as provided for in these Contract Documents for Compensable Delays. In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Proposal Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 14.5 The City will select the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder and notify such Bidder within thirty (30) calendar days (unless number of days is modified in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) after the Bid Deadline or reject all bids. Within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notice that Bidder was selected as the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, Bidder will submit to the City all of the following items: 14.5.1 One original of the Agreement signed by Bidder. 14.5.2 One original of the Payment Bond. 14.5.3 One original of the Performance Bond. 14.5.4 Certificates of Insurance on form provided by the City. 14.5.5 Names of all Subcontractors, with their addresses, telephone number, facsimile number, trade on Bidders' company stationery. Evidence, as required by the City, of the reliability and responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors such as statements of experience, statements of financial condition, and references. 14.5.6 Preliminary Contract Schedule. 14.5.7 Selection of Retention Options and Escrow Agreement for Deposit of Securities in Lieu of Retention and Deposit of Retention. If not submitted, the City will withhold retention. 14.5.8 Cost Breakdown. 14.6 Before award of the Contract, the City will notify Bidder in writing, if the City objects to a Subcontractor proposed by Bidder, in which case Bidder will propose a substitute acceptable to the City. Failure of the City to object to a proposed I-B-7 Agreement No. 6866 14.7 14.8 Subcontractor before award will not preclude the City from requiring replacement of any Subcontractor based upon information received subsequent to award, information which cannot be properly evaluated before award due to time constraints, or information relating to a failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract. If Bidder submits the original signed Agreements and all other items within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, and all such items comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, the City will award the Contract to Bidder by signing the Agreement and returning a signed copy of the Agreement to Bidder. If the City consents to the withdrawal of the Bid of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, or the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails or refuses to sign the Agreement or submit to the City all of the items required by the Bidding Documents, within ten (10) days after receiving the City's notification, or the City determines that the Bidder is not financially or otherwise qualified to perform the Contract, the City may reject such Bidder's Bid and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder, until all bids are exhausted, or reject all Bids. I-B-8 Agreement No. 6866 PROPOSAL FOR THE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Date _ 20_ Company Name: TO THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO: In accordance with the City of El Segundo's Notice Inviting Sealed Bids, the undersigned BIDDER hereby proposes to furnish all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals required for the above stated project as set forth in the Plans, Specifications, and contract documents therefor, and to perform all work in the manner and time prescribed therein. BIDDER declares that this proposal is based upon careful examination of the work site, Plans, Specifications, Instructions to Bidders, and all other contract documents. Submittal of this bid shall be considered evidence that the BIDDER has satisfied himself regarding the contract documents, access and any other field conditions which may affect bid prices. If this proposal is accepted for award, BIDDER agrees to enter into a contract with the City of El Segundo at the unit and/or lump sum prices set forth in the following Bid Schedule. BIDDER understands that failure to enter into a contract in the manner and time prescribed will result in forfeiture to the City of El Segundo of the proposal guarantee accompanying this proposal. BIDDER understands that a bid is required for the entire work, that the estimated quantities set forth in the Bid Schedule are solely for the purpose of comparing bids, and that final compensation under the contract will be based upon the actual quantities of work satisfactorily completed. THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO INCREASE OR DECREASE THE AMOUNT OF ANY QUANTITY SHOWN AND TO DELETE ANY ITEM FROM THE CONTRACT. It is agreed that the unit and/or lump sum prices bid include all apparent expenses, taxes, royalties, and fees. In the case of discrepancies in the amounts bid, unit prices shall govern over extended amounts, and words shall govern over figures. If awarded the Contract, the undersigned further agrees that in the event of the BIDDER'S default in executing the required contract and filing the necessary bonds and insurance certificates within ten working days after the date of the City of El Segundo's notice of award of contract to the BIDDER, including sending by U.S. Mail a Public Works Contract for signature by the Awardee, the proceeds of the security accompanying this bid shall become the property of the City of El Segundo and this bid and the acceptance hereof may, at the City of El Segundo's option, be considered null and void. Agreement No. 6866 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMPLIANCE BIDDER certifies that in all previous contracts or subcontracts, all reports which may have been due under the requirements of any agency, State, or Federal equal employment opportunity orders have been satisfactorily filed, and that no such reports are currently outstanding. AFFIRMATIVE C "ION CERTIFICATION BIDDER certifies that affirmative action has been taken to seek out and consider minority business enterprises for those portions of the work to be subcontracted, and that such affirmative actions have been fully documented, that said documentation is open to inspection, and that said affirmative action will remain in effect for the life of any contract awarded hereunder. Furthermore, BIDDER certifies that affirmative action will be taken to meet all equal employment opportunity requirements of the contract documents. NDNCOLLUSJ N DECLARATION BIDDER declares that the only persons or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that no officer, agent, or employee of the City of El Segundo is personally interested, directly or indirectly, in this proposal; that this -proposal is made without connection to any other individual, firm, or corporation making a bid for the same work and that this proposal is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I-C-2 Agreement No. 6866 BID SCHEDULE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: BASE BID ITEMS Note: Bid Item work is elaborated in detail in the �o'ect .. �...1 fans ands eca t`iatcns � ...... ITEM DESCRIPTION NO. UNIT QTY AMOUNT PRIICE BASE BID ITEMS 1 Mobilization / demobilization ........ ......... ....... _._.._..... (maximum 5% of total bid) LS 1 $ $ 2 General Site Demolition LS 1 $ $ .......... ..._..... _ General Site Condition — precise . .......... _ 3 grading, concrete work, decomposed LS 1 $ $ granite 4 1 Gateway Monument Sign LS 1 $ $ 5 Site Electrical LS 1 $ $ 6 Site Irrigation LS 1 $ $ 7 Site Landscape LS 1 $ $ Miscellaneous improvements as _ ..�.. S determined necessary by the LS 1 $5,000.00 1 $5,000.00 en one [NEXT PAGE FOR BID TOTAL] I-C-3a Agreement No. 6866 TOTAL BASE BID FOR ITEMS 1-8 IN FIGURES = TOTAL BID WRITTEN IN WORDS: (NOTE: THE AWARD TO THE APPARENT LOWEST BIDDER IS BASED ON THE TOTAL OF BASE BID I°I"EMS 1-8 ONLY. ALTERNATIVE BID ITEMS SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE LOWEST BID.) All work shall be per these specifications and attachments. Prevailing wage rates apply. The City of El Segundo reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and to take all bids under advisement for a period of ninety (90) calendar days. ALTERNATIVE BID SCHEDULE MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 ALTERNATIVE BID ITEMS Item Unit Total No. Description QTY Unit Price ($) ($) ................................ ......... ...... Bid Alternative 1 Electrical and Lighting I (Replace sheets 18 and 19 with sheets 20 and 21 1 1 LS in plans), Design, procure, and install color changing 2A RGBW light system integrated into the 1 LS monument sign design. .......... .m _._. _..._m . 3A Procure and install Irrarol.MC-24 pedestal stal 1 LS mount controller, or equal. I-C-3 b Agreement No. 6866 BIDDER'S INFORMATION Company Name: BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Form of Legal Entity (i.e., individual, partnership, corporation, etc.) If corporation, State of Incorporation (i.e., California) Business Street Address Telephone No. Facsimile No. State Contractor's License No. and Class Original Date Issued Expiration Date The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venturers, and/or corporate officers having principal interest in this proposal: The date of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal is as follows: All current and prior DBA's, aliases, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: I-C-4 Agreement No. 6866 BIDDER'S INFORMATION (CONTINUED) Company Name: Bidder shall list the name of the person who attended the mandatory pre -bid job walk: Name: Title: I-C-5 Agreement No. 6866 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BIDDER executes and submits this proposal with the names, titles, hands, and seals of all aforenamed principals this day ofIT �, 20 BIDDER Subscribed and sworn to this mm day of 20_ NOTARY PUBLIC I-C-6 Agreement No. 6866 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE BID BOND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, , as BIDDER, and , as SURETY, are held and firmly bound unto the City of El Segundo, in the penal sum of DOLLARS ( ), which is ten (10%) percent of the total amount bid by BIDDER to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, for the payment of which sum, BIDDER and SURETY agree to be bound, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH that, whereas BIDDER is about to submit a bid to the City of El Segundo for the above stated project, if said bid is rejected, or if said bid is accepted and a contract is awarded and entered into by BIDDER in the manner and time specified, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect in favor of the City of El Segundo. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have set their names, titles, hands, and seals this day of _.._ .................. —,20, BIDDER* SURETY* Subscribed and sworn to this day of20— NOTARY PUBLIC *Provide BIDDER/SURETY name, title, address and telephone number and the name, title, address and telephone number for authorized representative. I-C-7 Agreement No. 6866 CONTRACTOR'S LICENSE DECLARATION (Business and Professions Code Section 7028.15) 1. BIDDER'S Contractor's License Number is: Class No.: 2. The expiration date of BIDDER'S Contractor License is: 3. BIDDER acknowledges that Section 7028.15(e) of the Business and Professions Code provides as follows: "A licensed contractor shall not submit a bid to a public agency unless his or her contractor's license number appears clearly on the bid, the license expiration date is stated, and the bid contains a statement that representations herein are made under penalty of perjury. Any bid not containing this information, or a bid containing information which is subsequently proven false, shall be considered non -responsive and shall be rejected by the public agency." The undersigned declares, under penalty of perjury, that the representations made by the undersigned in this bid proposal are true and correct. Executed onm mmm 20_, at Signature Typed Name Title Company Name (insert City and State where Declaration signed). I-C-8 Agreement No. 6866 NON -COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID (pursuant to Cal. Pub. Contract Code § 7106) The undersigned declares; I am the of making the foregoing bid. the party The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder that all statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose. Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder. I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on _ -_[date], at [city], [state]." Dated this day of .................. 20 Name Title Signature I-C-9 Agreement No. 6866 WORKER'S COMPENSATION CERTIFICATION Section 1861 OF THE LABOR CODE (Workers' Compensation) Pursuant to Section 1861 of the Labor Code, the BIDDER, in submitting his/her PROPOSAL, shall sign the following certification: "I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers' compensation or to undertake self- insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the work of this contract." Signature of Bidder: Title: Business Name. - Business Address: Telephone Number: Dated this day of ..... _ ___ , 20 I-C-10 Agreement No. 6866 BIDDER'S CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: — As detailed in Section 2-3 (Page II-B-3) of the General Provisions, Bidder certifies that it has listed below all subcontractors who will perform work in excess of one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the total bid price or certifies that the bidder is fully qualified to perform and will perform that portion of the work itself. Description of Subcontractor's Portion of Name of Contractor Work Estimated Subcontractor Address License No. Subcontracted $ Amount umber and Street) (City, Zip Code) . ............... — - — """"""" ...... - — -------------- - — — ------- _11___.__ . . . ....... . . . ... ......... . . ............. . ......... ..... . .......... . ............. . ........ (Make copies of this page if additional space is needed) Signature of Bidder Date I-C- I I Agreement No. 6866 REFERENCES Company Name: The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for public agencies for which BIDDER has performed similar work as the prime contractor or major subcontractor within the past five (5) years: 1, Project Title: Location: a I...... ..- uu LLl 6•JJ V1 V W 11G1 Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 2. Project Title: Location: . a..aaav a.aau LLLLLLL'03 V1 V W11\il 1.a1- "1 LLL VULLVI IL L%,11,P11V11G I U111 VUJ U1 person tamil(ar wan project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ .... Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? I-C-12 Agreement No. 6866 3. Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner ............ ._ Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed:. Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $.... Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? 4. Project Title: 611 Location: Name and address of owner ............................ Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: Tvne of Work: Contract amount: $ _ ...- Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ .... Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? ... Project Title: Location: Name and address of owner Name and current telephone number of person familiar with project: I-C-13 Agreement No. 6866 Type of Work: Contract amount: $ Date completed: Amount of work done by my/our firm under contract $ Did your firm have any financial interest in Project? Bidder may attach additional reference pages if necessary. The following are the names, addresses, and telephone numbers for all brokers and sureties from whom BIDDER intends to procure insurance bonds: I-C-14 Agreement No. 6866 BIDDER'S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes ❑ No ❑ 2. If yes, explain the circumstances: 3. Are you registered in accordance with Labor Code § 1725.5 [Note: failure to register requires the City to reject your bid as nonresponsive]? Yes ❑ No ❑ Bidder's Signature Name (Please Print) I-C-15 Agreement No. 6866 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS [MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL] MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 Company Name: To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below: Type of Lnsttraac Limits Commercial general liability: $2,000,000 Business automobile liability: $1,000,000 Workers compensation: Statutory requirement Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO-CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as "additional insureds" under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed "primary" such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an "occurrence," not a "claims made," basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City. Insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by Contractor for the City. Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto). The Consultant must furnish to the City duly authenticated. Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the.. City fi`orn time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of "A: VII. ' Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. The Consultant will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word "endeavor" with regard to any notice provisions. The City requires CAHfhnjg Worker's Compensation Coverage with the associated Waiver. Out-of- state coverage will not be accepted in lieu of the California coverage, because the work is being performed in the State of California. By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City's consultant. Failure to provide this insurance will reader the bidder's proposal "nonresponsive." Date I-C-16 Bidder's Signature Agreement No. 6866 END PROPOSAL SECTION I-C-17 Agreement No. 6866 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO AND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW #23-04 This CONTRACT is entered into this day of , 20, by and between the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO, a general law city and municipal corporation ("the City") and , a , ("the Contractor"). 1. WORK. A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the "Work"). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents; C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents. D. "Contract Documents" means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings. CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed Dollars and ccrIt i" wwwww for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. TIME FOR PERFORMANCE. A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within Forty (40) working days (the "Contract Time.") I-D-1 Agreement No. 6866 B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract. C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until: The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and i. The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed. D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor's own cost and risk. 4. DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13. THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third -party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims. Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the "Notice" section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third -party claim. 6. TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number. 7. PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work. 8. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City's property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City's written notice. 9. INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will I-D-2 Agreement No. 6866 not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification. 10.INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only. 11. AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents. 12. NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows: The Cijy The Contractor City of El Segundo -Public Works 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Attn: Attn: Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph. 13. NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor's or the City's obligations under this Contract. 14. INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County. I-D-3 Agreement No. 6866 15. EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows: A. This Contract; B. The Standard Specifications; and C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications.. 16. SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect. 17. AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City's city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City's behalf. 18. ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature. 19. COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph. 20. CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract. 21. TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents. I-D-4 Agreement No. 6866 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written. CITY OF EL SEGUNDO City Manager ATTEST: Tracy Weaver, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM:: for Mark D. Hensley City Attorney Insurance Reviewed by: I-D-5 Taxpayer ID No. Contractor State License No.: Contractor City Business License No.: Agreement No. 6866 FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW #23-04 Bond No. Bond Fee: ("PRINCIPAL") and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of DOLLARS and cents lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond, SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, a copy of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 23-04) which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above. 2. PRINCIPAL's work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY's plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 3. PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project's Agreement No. 6866 completion and acceptance by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to correct its work against any defective work, labor, or materials, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void one (1) year following the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-E-2 Agreement No. 6866 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY 20 SURETY's PRESIDENT SURETY's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL'S MAILING SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: ADDRESS: NOTE. (1) ALL, signatures mist be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. (2) Bond shall be effective for one (1) year after acceptance of the job. I-E-3 Agreement No. 6866 LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW #23-04 Bond No. Bond Fee:. ("PRINCIPAL") and as principal a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as stile surety, as surety ("SURETY"), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF EL SEGUNDO ("CITY") in the sum of 11OLLA:IS and cents lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and pet -sons renting equipment', payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL'S subcontractors fiat- all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of` the work contemplated in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04 ("Public Project"), the public works contract executed for such. Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction ofany damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such deliault. BOND CONDITIONS 1. PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY's Engineering Division ("Public Project"). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY's plans and profiles (CITY DRAWING FILE NO. PW 23-04), which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY's Engineering Division. 2. PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment. 3. PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor I-F-1 Agreement No. 6866 thereon. 4. This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the El Segundo Municipal Code ("ESMC"). 5. SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. PW 23-04, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed. 6. This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference: A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY's representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY's certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted. 7. Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL's obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect. [SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE] I-F-2 Agreement No. 6866 SIGNED AND SEALED this day of PRINCIPAL's PRESIDENT PRINCIPAL's SECRETARY PRINCIPAL's MAILING ADDRESS: P1 SURETY's PRESIDENT SURETY's SECRETARY SURETY's MAILING ADDRESS: NOTE: (1) ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. Return one (1) original to City Clerk's Office. I-F-3 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 11- GENERAL RAL RE Ii IREMF NTS CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS I. RE+CISTRATItw N Ol° CON"1"I�.ACTOR No bid will be accepted from a Contractor who has not been licensed in accordance with the provisions of the laws of the State of California relating to licensing of contractors, for the type of work to be performed under this Contract. 2. INNNI1Y E ICL1: Contractor and Sub -Contractors will obtain appropriate insurance and a City Business License before execution of the construction contract. 3. EMERGENCY INF011MATION The names, addresses and telephone numbers of the Contractor and Sub -Contractors, or their representatives, will be filed with the City Engineer and the City Police Department BEFORE PERFORMING WORK. 4. FURNISHING i OF WA"I ER Water necessary for the prosecution of the work as herein specified will be furnished by the City in the following manner: The Contractor will deposit with the City Water/Wastewater Division the sum of Three Hundred Fifty Dollars ($ 350.00) to insure against damage to a 2 ''/z" Fire Hydrant water meter, which will be furnished and installed by the City at a point convenient to the site of the work. This deposit will be refunded to the Contractor upon completion of the Project if, after removal and inspection of said meter by the City, it is found to be in satisfactory condition. In event of damage to this meter while under the jurisdiction of the Contractor, all or any part of said deposit may be retained by the City. An non-refundable Activation Fee of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) will be charged to the Contractor upon activation of the temporary meter. All water used from the temporary meter will be metered and charged to the Contractor at the prevailing rate plus the current daily meter rental rate. The Contractor will be charged a $15 reconnect fee if the Contractor wishes the City to relocate the temporary meter to another hydrant. Cost of water to be used shall be included in the Contract bid price of the items of work relevant to its use. II-A-1 Agreement No. 6866 5. CAI.R FORNIA - OC("l.IpATIONAL. SAFI:-,T '& 1JEALU'l'H ADMINISTRATION All work performed under this contract will be done in strict compliance with the Cal - OSHA Rules and Regulations, latest edition. 6. SOUND CONTROL The Contractor will comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances that apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the Project or related to the Project, will be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer. No internal combustion engine will be operated on the Project without said muffler. The use of loud signals will be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel. 7. «IR 1'ouI_ rioN CONTROL The Contractor is put on notice that he must abide by all existing rules and regulations of the SCAQMD (South Coast Air Quality Management District), relating to all operations or equipment which discharge visible emissions or solid or liquid particles to the atmosphere. 8. WORKF_R CNIIY"UNA All workers under the employment of the Contractor or his/her Sub -Contractor shall wear the appropriate safety apparel as required by the latest edition of the Work Area Traffic ControlHandbook (WATCHBOOK,) while working in the public right -of way. Workers shall wear the correct Class visibility apparel for the speed zone working in, as required in the WATCHBOOK. II-A-2 Agreement No. 6866 CITY OF EL SEGUNDO PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT GENERAL PROVISIONS 0-0 STANDARD SPEC"I'"ICATIONS 0-1 GENERAL Except as modified by these Standard Specifications, the provisions of the latest edition of the "Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction" ("Greenbook") and its supplements prepared and promulgated by the Southern California Chapters of the American Public Works Association and the Associated General Contractors of America, constitute the Standard Specifications for this project. 0-2 NUMBERING BERING OF SECTIONS The numbering contained within the Standard Specifications of the Contract Documents is intended to correspond with Greenbook numbering. 1-2 DEFINITIONS The following subsection is added to Subsection 1-2 of the Greenbook. 1-2.1 ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS Acceptance — The date on which the City Council accepts the Work as complete. Architect, Design Engineers, Soils Engineer, Structural Engineers - Advisors employed by the City. City Council - The body constituting the awarding authority of the City. Compensable Delay -- a delay entitling the Contractor to an adjustment of the Contract Sum and an adjustment of the Contract Time in accordance with this Agreement. Due Notice - A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) before the commencement of the contemplated action. Notification may be from Engineer to Contractor or from Contractor to Engineer. Engineer - The City Engineer, or designee, as defined in the Greenbook. Unless otherwise provided, all correspondence and decisions made relative to the contract will be by the City Engineer or his designated representative. PCC — California Public Contract Code. I1-B-1 Agreement No. 6866 Prompt - The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval of a governing body. Public Works Director — The City's Public Works Director, or designee. State Standard Specifications - State of California Standard Specifications, latest edition and supplements, California State Transportation Agency, Department of Transportation (Caltrans). Working Days - A working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and days when work is suspended by the Engineer, as provided in Subsection 6-3 and days determined to be non -working in accordance with Subsection 6-7, "Time of Completion." 1-3 ABBREVIATIONS The following Subsection is added to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook. 1-3.1 The following abbreviations are added to Subsection 1-3 of the Greenbook: AAN American Association of Nurserymen AGC Associated General Contractors of America AISC American Institute of Steel Construction APWA American Public Works Association ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers IEEE Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers NEC National Electric Code Green Book The most current edition of the Standard Specification for Public Works Construction, and subsequent supplements prepared by Public Works Standards, Inc. WATCH Work Area Traffic Control Handbook SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association ASA American Standard Association CITY City of El Segundo 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION Of THE BID Subsection 1-6 Bidding and Submission of the Bid of Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection. I1-B-2 Agreement No. 6866 1-6.1 GENERAL Except as provided in PCC §§ 4100 et. seq., each bidder will file with its bid the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the prime contractor's total bid. Only one subcontractor will be listed for each portion of the work, which portion will be defined in the bid. In each instance, the nature and extent of the work to be sublet will be described. The failure of the Contractor to specify a subcontractor, or the listing of more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the work, constitutes an agreement by the Contractor that it is fully qualified to perform that portion itself and that it will perform that portion itself. The Contractor must have the City Council's written consent to substitute a subcontractor other than that designated in the original bid, to permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or to allow a subcontract to be performed by other than the original subcontractor. Subcontracting of work for which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, and which is more than one-half of one percent of the work, will be allowed only in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the City Council setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity. Violation of any of the above provisions will be considered a breach of the Contract, and the City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work, cancel the contract, or assess the Contractor a penalty of not more than ten percent of the subcontract involved. All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors and their employees will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the Work. The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to, the prime Contractor. When subcontracted work is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be notified to take corrective action. The Engineer may report the facts to the City Council. If the City Council so orders, and on receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Engineer, the subcontractor will be removed immediately from the Work. That subcontractor will not again be employed on the Work. If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the II-B-3 Agreement No. 6866 Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. 1-6.2 ADL)lTl()NAl_ I ESP()NSlBlLITy Add the following to Subsection 1-6.2 Additional Responsibility: The Contractor will submit experience statements for each subcontractor who will perform contract work that amounts to more than ten percent (10%) of the Work. 1-7.2 CONTRAT F3()N IDS The following paragraph is added to Subsection 1-7.2 of the Greenbook. The Faithful Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Bond must be paid and in effect for one year after the acceptance of the job by the City in accordance with the guarantee required by Subsection 3-13.1. 2-0 5Ct7P E QFF lIIli W()Rl The following subsections 2-1.1 and 2-1.2 are added to the Greenbook. 2-1.1 ACC1 SS TC P '().1F:X:7 SITE Not later than the date designated in the City Notice to Proceed, the City will provide access to the real property and facilities upon which the Work is to be performed, including access to real property and facilities designated in the Contract Documents for the Contractor's use. 2-1.2 (AWN F SH[P AN) USE of CoNLrl ACT D+DCI1°MFNM The Contract Documents and all copies furnished to or provided by the Contractor are the City's property and may not be used on other work. 2-2 PERMITS The following paragraph will be added to Subsection 2-2 of Greenbook: The Contractor will apply for permits required by the City. These permits will be issued on a "no -fee" basis. However, the Contractor must pay for and obtain all other permits from other governmental and utility agencies necessitated by their operations. II-B-4 Agreement No. 6866 All bonding fees, (overweight and oversized vehicle permit fees) inspection permit fees or other fees charged or required for such permits must be paid by the Contractor. These costs will be included in the bid item provided. If no bid item is included, costs will be included in the various items of work, and no additional payment will be allowed. 2-3 RIGHT-OF-WAY The following subsection is added to Subsection 2-3 of the Greenbook. 2-3.1 ADDITIONAL WORK AREAS AND FACILITIES When the Contractor arranges for additional temporary work areas and facilities, the Contractor will provide the City with proof that the additional work areas or facilities have been left in a condition satisfactory to the owner(s) of said work areas or facilities before acceptance of the work. 2-9 CHANGED CONDITIONS Subsection 2-9, Changed Conditions, is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsection: If the Contractor encounters concealed or unknown conditions that differ materially from those anticipated or expected ("changed conditions"), the Contractor will immediately notify the Engineer in writing of such changed conditions (upon discovery and before disturbing such changed conditions), as provided in Subsection 6-11, so that the Engineer can determine if such conditions require design details that differ from those design details shown in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding the time period set forth in Subsection 6-11.3, the Contractor is liable to the City for any extra costs incurred as a result of the Contractor's failure to promptly give such notice. Changed conditions include, without limitation, the following: Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents; 2. Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and 3. Material differing from what is represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste as defined in California Health & Safety Code § 25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, II, or III disposal site in accordance with applicable law. The Engineer will promptly investigate conditions that appear to be changed conditions. The Engineer's decision, and any dispute regarding that decision, will be II-B-5 Agreement No. 6866 made in accordance with Section 6-11 except that the Engineer will render a decision promptly. Any information provided pursuant to INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS is subject to the following provisions: The information is made available for the Bidders' convenience and is not a part of the Contract. 2. The City has not determined the accuracy or completeness of such information and all such information is made available to Bidders without any representation or warranty by the City whatsoever as to its accuracy, completeness, or relevancy. 3. Bidders will independently evaluate such information for their use and will be solely responsible for use or interpretation of such information. Any such use or interpretation will not be the basis of any claim against the City. 2-10 DISI'liTED WORK Subsection 2-10 is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection. If the Contractor and the City do not reach agreement on disputed work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Any payment for the disputed work will be determined pursuant to the claims procedures in these Standard Specifications. Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions; the Contractor will keep and furnish records of disputed work as required by the Contract Documents. 3-0 CONTROL Or, TFIE WOI�I . 3-7 +C"ON"I'RAC"I D(iCf161GENTS Subsection 3-7 of the Greenbook is replaced by the following subsection. 3-7.1 GENERAL The Contractor will maintain the following at the Work site: 1 r One as -built copy of the Plans and Specifications, in good order and marked to record current changes and selections made during construction. As -built plans must be submitted to the City representative for approval before the City pays a final retention amount. 2. The current accepted Contract Schedule. 3. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. II-B-6 Agreement No. 6866 4. Approved permits from other agencies, including Cal -OSHA permits for trench shoring. All other required submittals. The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents will govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative and to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and -not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, will be as though shown or mentioned in both. Payment for any items on the plans for which there is no specific bid item will be included in the various items of work or in any item to which it is appurtenant. If the Contractor performs any work which it knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, or omission without notifying and obtaining written consent from the Engineer, the Contractor will be responsible for the resulting losses, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work. 3-7.2 PRECEDENCE OI° CON`I' AC' I` DO(."1J'MEN"I"S The following paragraph is added to subsection 3-7.2 of the Greenbook: As the figured dimensions shown on the plans and in the specifications of the Contract may not in every case agree with scaled dimensions, the figured dimensions will be followed in preference to the scaled dimensions, and plans to a large scale will be followed in preference to the plans to a small scale. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor will apply to the Engineer for such further explanations as may be necessary, and will conform thereto as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the terms thereof. Any items shown on drawings and not mentioned in the specifications will be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. 3-7.3 ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Although it is believed that much of the information pertaining to conditions and existing utilities that may affect the cost of the Work will be shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information. The Contractor will carefully study and compare each of the Contract Documents with the others and with information furnished by the City and will promptly report in writing to the Engineer any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents or inconsistencies with applicable law observed by the Contractor. II-B-7 Agreement No. 6866 The Contractor will take field measurements, verify field conditions, perform soil investigations, and carefully compare with the Contract Documents such field measurements, conditions, and other information known to the Contractor before commencing the Work. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered at any time will be promptly reported in writing to the Engineer. 3-10 SURVEYING Subsection 3-10.3, Survey Service, is added to subsection 3-10 of the Greenbook: 3-10.3 SURVEY SERVICE 3-10.3.1 COMP R;UC,'l- ON S1RVEYING The Contractor will provide for all construction surveying required to layout, monitor and complete the work. The surveying will be performed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying by the State of California. The Project Benchmark is shown on the plans. The Contractor will establish all necessary control lines based on the plans and record information on file with the County of Los Angeles Surveyor and the Engineer. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to protect the survey control as shown on the plans. If the survey control is destroyed or disturbed during construction, the Contractor will provide for resetting them and file appropriate documents with the County of Los Angeles at the direction of the Engineer. Computations, survey notes, and other data used to accomplish the work will be neat, legible and accurate. Copies of all computations, survey notes, and other data (electronic format may be required) will be furnished to the Engineer before beginning work that requires their use. 3-10.3.2 MEASUREMENT"' AND PAYMENT Construction Survey — Unless a separate bid item is provided, payment will be considered included in the other items of the bid and no additional payment will be made therefore. 3-12.1 CLEANUP AND DUST MYER 11 Subsection 3-12.1, General Work Site Maintenance, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. II-13-8 Agreement No. 6866 3-12.1.1 GENERAL On any construction project requiring trenching within public streets and for which total trenching is in excess of 500 feet, the Contractor will be required to sweep the worksite utilizing a pick-up type street sweeper a minimum of once daily. 3-12.1.2 WATERING Water for dust control caused by Contractor's operations or the passage of traffic through the work will be applied as necessary or as directed by the Engineer. Water for the above or other purposes may be obtained from any approved source. If the Contractor chooses to use a City fire hydrant upon placing deposits and fees as described in this contract, the Engineer will cause a meter to be installed. All water used from the hydrant will be metered and charged to the Contractor at the prevailing rate plus the current daily meter rental rate. The Contractor will be charged a $15 reconnect fee if the Contractor wishes to move the meter to a different hydrant. Costs of water to be used will be included in the cost of various bid items. 3-12.6 WATER PO1.1.,1W I]ON CONTROL The following requirements are added to establish storm water and urban runoff pollution prevention controls. (a) Storm or construction generated water containing sediment such as, construction waste, soil, slurry from concrete/asphalt concrete saw cutting operations, clean up of concrete transit mixers or other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas will be retained or controlled on site and will not be permitted to enter the storm drain system. (b) Temporary sediment filtering systems such as sandbags, silt fences, or gravel berms will be utilized to trap sediment so that only filtered water enters the City's storm drain system. Proper clean up and disposal of settled sediment and the filtering system will be the responsibility of the Contractor. (c) Discharge of concrete transit mixer wash water on to approved dirt areas (sub -grade area designated for new concrete construction for example) is acceptable. Discharge on to private property, parkway areas, or the street is not permitted. (d) Plastic or other impervious covering will be installed where appropriate to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with any other runoff control devices deemed appropriate by the City. (e) Excavated soil stored on the site will be covered in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the storm drain system, street or adjoining properties. 11-B-9 Agreement No. 6866 (0 No washing; of construction or other industrial vehicles and equipment will be allowed adjacent to a construction site. During the rainy season (October 15 to April l 5)„ Contractor will keep at the construction site sufficient materials and labor to install temporary sediment filtering systems and other water pollution prevention control measures. These control measures will be in place and maintained by the Contractor on a daily basis on days when construction is not in progress due to rain. (h) All costs associated with water pollution control will be borne by the Contractor, Any expense incurred by the City to expeditiously respond to storm drain contamination resulting. from Contractor's Failure to implement water pollution control measures will be charged to the Contractor. 3-12.7 11:NTS The following requirements are added to Section 3-12: Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectively reduced by the Contractor's operations, such striping or markings will also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor will replace such improvements. Relocations, repairs, replacements, or re -establishments will be at least equal to the existing improvements and will match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified. 3-12.8 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AN'F SAF-L-j-y The following requirement is added to Section 3-12: Unless otherwise specified all traffic control will be performed in accordance with the Work Area Traffic Control Handbook (WATCH) Latest Edition, published by Building News. 3-12.8.1 TRAI'F"IC AND ACCESS The Contractor will notify the occupants of all affected properties at least 48 hours before any temporary obstruction of access. Vehicular access to property line will be maintained except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. No overnight closure of any driveway will be allowed except as permitted by the Engineer. At least one (1) twelve (12) foot wide traffic lane will be provided for each direction of travel on all streets at all times except as permitted by the Engineer. The traffic lanes will be maintained on pavement, and will remain unobstructed. All work requiring that a lane be closed or a lane moved right or left will be noticed to the traveling public by use of City approved lighted arrow boards. II-B-10 Agreement No. 6866 Clearances from traffic lanes will be five (5) feet to the edge of any excavation and two (2) feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator, or other vertical obstruction. One four (4) foot wide paved pedestrian walkway will be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets. The clearance from the pedestrian walkway to any traffic lane will be five (5) feet. Pedestrians and vehicles will be protected from all excavations, material storage, and/or obstructions by the placement of an adequate number of lighted barricades (minimum two (2)) at each location, one (1) at each end of the obstruction or excavation), which will have flashing lights during darkness. Barricades will be Type I or Type II per Section 7-3 of the WATCH Manual and lights will be Type A per Section 7-6 of the "Work Area Traffic Control Handbook" (WATCH). 3-12.8.2 STREETCI,OSURL-,S DETOURS. BARRICADES Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any traffic control or detour plans that may be required as directed by the Engineer. Lane transitions will not be sharper than a taper of thirty (30) to one (1). Temporary traffic channelization will be accomplished with barricades or delineators. Temporary striping will not be allowed unless specifically permitted by the Engineer. The Contractor will prepare any plans that may be required for temporary striping to the satisfaction of the Engineer. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on finish pavement surfaces, which are to remain. Where access to driveway or street crossings need to be maintained, minimum 1 1/4 inch thick steel plating will be used to bridge the trench. All steel plating will have temporary asphalt concrete 1:12 minimum sloped ramps to assist vehicles to cross comfortably over the plates and have a non-skid surface. Plates subject to vehicle high traffic speeds and in residential areas will be secured by welding at the discretion of the Engineer. 3-12.8.3 PROTECTION ECTION OF THE F'UBLIC It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor will use foresight and will take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the Project which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss of life, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract. II-B-I I Agreement No. 6866 Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by the Contractor's operations and when, in the opinion of the Engineer, immediate action will be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor's operations under this contract, the Engineer will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation immediately, the Engineer may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Engineer, may seem reasonable and necessary. The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, will be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. Such remedial measures by the City will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for public safety. 3-13 C.t)MPLE"FlON AND Ai CEPTANCE Subsection 3-13 of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: The Work will be inspected by the Engineer for acceptance upon the Engineer receiving the Contractor's written assertion that the Work is complete. If, in the Engineer's judgment, the Work is complete and is ready for acceptance, the Engineer will accept the Work on behalf of the City in the manner prescribed by the City. The Engineer will recommend approval of the Notice of Completion to the City Council. This will be the date when the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the Work. All work will be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a period of I year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor will replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer, after notice to do so from the Engineer, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the City may perform this work and the Contractor's sureties will be liable for the cost thereof. 3-13.1 GENII AL GUARANTY Y The Contractor will remedy any defects in the work and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which will appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance of the work unless a longer period is specified. The owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. II-B-12 Agreement No. 6866 4-0 CONTROL OF MATERIA[,S 4-3 1NSPEC'T BGN ICE Cj EMl: NDi Subsection 4-3, Inspection, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 4-3.1 GENERAL Unless otherwise specified, inspection at the source of production for such materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, fabricated metal products, cast metal products, welding, reinforced and unreinforced concrete pipe, application of protective coatings, and similar shop and plant operations is not required. A certificate of compliance, signed by an authorized officer of the producer, certifying compliance with the contract documents will be submitted for all of the following materials: steel pipe, sizes less than 18 inches; vitrified clay pipe; asbestos cement pipe; cast iron pipe; reinforced concrete pipe; non -reinforced concrete pipe; and PVC sewer and water pipe; subject to sampling and testing by City. Standard items of equipment, such as electric motors, conveyors, plumbing fittings and fixtures, lumber, plywood, and so on, are subject to inspection at the job site. All other equipment items will be inspected and tested in accordance with the contract documents. The City does not provide full time inspection. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice for each inspection required by the work unless other arrangements have been agreed upon, in writing, with the City Engineer. Any inspection required outside of normal working hours and days, including holidays, will be at the Contractor's cost at rates established by the City. 4-6 TRADE NAMES Subsection 4-6, Trade Names, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 4-6.1 TRADE, NAMES DR E 1 ALS Whenever any material, product, equipment, or service is specified by brand, trade, or proprietary name, the item so specified will be deemed to be followed by the words "or equal". For the City's consideration of a proposed "equal" item, the Bidder must submit, a minimum often (10) calendar days be fbre the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed "equal item". At a minimum, the submitted II-B-13 Agreement No. 6866 documentation will include: Written request with explanation of why the product should be considered as an equal product. Material specifications. Technical specifications. Test data. Samples. Comparison chart of key specifications of the "equal" item against similar specifications of the specified item. Work locations and reference telephone numbers of at least three (3) locations where the proposed "equal" item has been recently installed under similar conditions. 4: Warranty data. The Bidder will be notified by the Engineer whether or not the proposed "equal" product is acceptable to the City five (5) calendar days before the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit all required documentation and/or submittal of incomplete documents may result in the City's rejection of the proposed "equal" product without further consideration. 5-0 LEG A[,,, RELATIONS Ail RE aI'O NS'II3II..I I IES 5-3 LABOR The following subsections are added to Subsection 5-3 of the Greenbook. 5-3.2 PREVAILING '�AGESS The Contractor will post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a schedule showing determinations of the Director of Industrial Relations of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to obtain copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. One source that may be used is the California Department of Industrial Relations website which is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov, or by calling the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774. Attention is directed to Labor Code §§ 1777.5, 1777.6 and 3098 concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor. Labor Code § 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeship occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases will not be less than one to five except: II-B-14 Agreement No. 6866 a) When employment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of 15 percent in the ninety (90) calendar days before the request for certificate, or b) When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five, or c) When the trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally, or d) When the Contractor provides evidence that the Contractor employs registered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one apprentice to eight journeymen. The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions. The Contractor and any subcontractor will comply with Labor Code §§ 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices. Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices. 5-3.3 RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSP CTION Every Contractor and subcontractor will keep an accurate certified payroll records showing the name, occupation, and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker employed in connection with the Work. The record will be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the body awarding the contract and to the Division of Labor Law Enforcement. If requested by the City, the Contractor will provide copies of the records at its cost. 5-4 LIAI ILITY" INSURAN E Subsection 5-4, Liability Insurance, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. II-B-15 Agreement No. 6866 5-4.1 GENERAL Contractor must procure and maintain for the duration of the contract the following insurance coverages and limits against claims for injuries to persons or damage to property that may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work covered by this agreement by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors: COVERAGE PER OCCURRENCE ISO FORM Comprehensive General Liability CL 00 02 01 85 or 88 Business Auto CA 00 01 01 87 Workers' Compensation COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $2,000,000 $1,000,000 Statutory Contractor will provide endorsements or other proof of coverage for contractual liability. Combined single limit per occurrence will include coverage for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for each accident. If Commercial General Liability Insurance or other form with a general aggregate limit is used, the policy will be endorsed such that the general aggregate limit will apply separately to this contract and a copy of the endorsement provided to the City. Liability policies will contain, or be endorsed to contain the following provisions: GENERAL LIABILITY AND AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: The City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be covered as insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; products and completed operations of the Contractor; premises owned, occupied or used by the Contractor; or automobiles owned, leased, hired or borrowed by the Contractor. The coverage will contain no special limitations on the scope or protection afforded to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, or volunteers. The Contractor's insurance coverage will be primary insurance as respects the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents, and volunteers will be excess of the Contractor's insurance and will not contribute with it. The insurer will agree in writing to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies will not affect coverage II-B-16 Agreement No. 6866 provided to the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers. The Contractor's insurance will apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. WORKER'S COMPENSATION: The insurer will agree to waive all rights of subrogation against the City, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the Contractor for the City. ALL COVERAGES: Each insurance policy required by this subsection will be endorsed to state that coverage will not be suspended, voided, cancelled by either parry, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) calendar days written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, has been given to: CITY CLERK City of El Segundo 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the endorsement may state that insurance may be cancelled upon ten (10) calendar day notification for non-payment of premium. The Contractor will provide the City with updated proof of insurance should the Contract Time extend beyond the policy expiration date. All liability insurance will be on an occurrence basis. Insurance on a claims made basis will be rejected. Any deductibles or self -insured retentions will be declared to and approved by City. The insurer will provide an endorsement to City eliminating such deductibles or self -insured retentions as respects the City, its officials, employees, agents, and volunteers. Except for Workers Compensation Insurance, Contractor will furnish to City certificates of insurance and endorsements on forms acceptable to the City's City Attorney, duly authenticated, giving evidence of the insurance coverages required in this contract and other evidence of coverage or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by City from time to time. Endorsements must be supplied on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85, or equivalent. Certificate/endorsement for Workers Compensation Insurance will be furnished on State Comp Fund or other industry standard form. Except for worker's compensation insurance, all insurance required herein will be placed with insurers with a Best's Rating of not less than A:VII. Worker's compensation insurance policies will meet the requirements of California law. All subcontractors employed on the work referred to in this contract will meet the insurance requirements set forth for Contractor. Contractor will furnish certificates of II-B-17 Agreement No. 6866 insurance and endorsements for each subcontractor at least five days before the subcontractor entering the job site, or Contractor will furnish City an endorsement including all subcontractors as insureds under its policies. Except as provided in Subsection 6-5, the Contractor will save, keep and hold harmless the City, its officers, officials, employees, agents and volunteers from all damages, costs or expenses in law or equity that may at any time arise or be claimed because of damages to property, or personal injury received by reason of or in the course of performing work, which may be caused by any willful or negligent act or omission by the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, or any subcontractor. The City will not be liable for any accident, loss or damage to the work before its completion and acceptance, except as provided in Subsection 6-5. The cost of such insurance will be included in the various items of work in the Contractor's bid and no additional compensation for purchasing insurance or additional coverage needed to meet these requirements will be allowed. In the event that any required insurance is reduced in coverage, cancelled for any reason, voided or suspended, Contractor agrees that City may arrange for insurance coverage as specified, and Contractor further agrees that administrative and premium costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to work until alternate coverage is arranged. Coverage will not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured if the agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Civil Code § 2782(b). 5-4.2 INDEMNIFICATION -.AND DEFENSE In addition to the provisions of Subsection 5-4 of the Greenbook as between the City and Contractor, Contractor will take and assume all responsibility for the work as stated herein or shown on the plans. The Contractor will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it, to the City, its officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, traffic control, job site maintenance, or any other causes whatsoever. The Contractor will assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City of El Segundo, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, and from any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly, or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In accordance with Civil Code II-B-18 Agreement No. 6866 2782, nothing in this Subsection 5-4.2 or in Subsection 5-4 of the Standard Specifications will require defense or indemnification for death, bodily injury, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or its agents, servants or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by such persons. Moreover, nothing in this Subsection 5-4.2 or in Subsection 5-4 will apply to impose on the Contractor, or to relieve the City from, liability for active negligence of the City. The City does not, and will not, waive any rights against the Contractor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements because of the acceptance by the City, or deposit with City by Contractor, of any insurance policies described in Subsection 5-4 of the Special Provisions. This hold harmless agreement by the Contractor will apply to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered, or alleged to have been suffered by reasons of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages. No act by the City, or its representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, will in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have. 5-7.4.1 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL The following Subsection will be added to Section 5 of the Greenbook: For any excavation, which extends more than four feet below existing grade, the Contractor will promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, notify the Engineer, in writing, of 1) any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code § 25117, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law, 2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated, or 3) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. After receiving notice from the Contractor, the Engineer will promptly investigate any condition identified by the Contractor as being hazardous. The rights and obligations of the City and the Contractor with regard to such conditions (including, without limitation, the procedures for procuring change orders and filing claims) will be specified by the provisions of Subsection 2-9 (Changed Conditions) of the Greenbook. If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a change in the Contractor's cost or time required for performance of the work, the Contractor will not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but will proceed with all II-B-19 Agreement No. 6866 work to be performed under the contract. The Contractor will retain all rights provided by Subsection, 2-10, Disputed Work, of the Greenbook. If the Engineer determines that material called to the Engineer's attention by the Contractor is hazardous waste, or if the Engineer otherwise discovers the existence of hazardous waste, the Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of the hazardous waste by qualified personnel and appropriate equipment in the manner required by law as directed by the Engineer, subject to the provisions of Section 2 (Scope of Work) of the Greenbook. 6-0 PRO"SECL[YI�ION AND 13 OGI ESS OF THE WORK 6-1 C,`Oi SJIRUCTICN ICI IIADI fI,E ANTS I OI bENCFN ENT OF WORK Section 6-1, Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. I'rc&onstrtt,�tion i ec1_ i After contract award, the City will arrange for a pre -construction meeting to discuss the construction of the project. City will invite utility agencies and the contractor will arrange for all of its sub -contractors to attend the meeting. 6-1.1 CO'N°lRA( SCIIE�DULU. After notification of award and before starting any work, the Contractor will submit a Contract Schedule to the Engineer for review, as required by these Specifications within fifteen (15) calendar days of award. 6-1.2 CONTENT OF CON fI C"I SC.: I lII i lwl:s The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedule, will meet the following requirements. 1. Schedules must be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work. 2. Schedules must provide necessary data about the time for the Engineer's decisions. 3. Schedules must be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work. 4. Schedules must represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 5. Schedules must show the critical path method for completing the Work. The Engineer's review of the form and general content of the Contract Schedule and any updated Contract Schedules is only for the purpose of determining if the listed requirements are satisfied, nothing more. I1-B-20 Agreement No. 6866 6-1.3 EF"f EC"T` OlM CONTRACT SCHEDULE The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedules, will represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Extension of any schedule beyond the Contract Time will not be acceptable. Schedules showing the Work completed in less than the Contract may be acceptable if judged by the Engineer to be practical. Acceptance of such a schedule by the Engineer will not change the Contract Time. The Contract Time, not the Contract Schedule, will control in determining liquidated damages payable by the Contractor and in determining any delay. If a schedule showing the Work completed in less than the Contract Time is accepted, the Contractor will not be entitled to extensions of the Contract Time for Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays or to adjustments of the Contract Sum for Compensable Delays until such delays extend the completion of the Work beyond the expiration of the Contract Time. The Contractor will plan, develop, supervise, control, and coordinate the performance of the Work so that its progress and the sequence and timing of Work activities conform to the current accepted Contract Schedule. The Contractor will continuously obtain from Subcontractors information and data about the planning for and progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment, will coordinate and integrate such information and data into updated Contract Schedules, and will monitor the progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment. The Contractor will act as the expeditor of potential and actual delays, interruptions, hindrances, or disruptions for its own forces and those forces of Subcontractors. The Contractor will cooperate with the Engineer in developing the Contract Schedule and updated Contract Schedules. The Engineer's review and comments about any schedule or scheduling data will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to plan for, perform, and complete the Work within the Contract Time. Review and comments about any schedule will not transfer responsibility for any schedule to the Engineer or the City nor imply their agreement with (1) any assumption upon which such schedule is based or (2) any matter underlying or contained in such schedule. The Engineer's failure to discover errors or omissions in schedules that have been reviewed, or to inform the Contractor that the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others are behind schedule, or to direct or enforce procedures for complying with the Contract Schedule will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time and will not be a cause for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. The Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the currently accepted Contract Schedule. II-B-21 Agreement No. 6866 6-1.4 CO91 N I:;NCf-MIN"I f C �u l 1 C l 1`1 1 "m The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Work will start on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and within a maximum of fifteen (15) calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed, and be diligently prosecuted to completion with the time provided in the Specifications. 6-3.3 )YORK DAYS AND WORKING 1-1OI.,iRS City Hall is open from Monday thru Thursday lam -5pm and Friday's 7am-4pm. It is closed the following holidays: New Year's Day Martin Luther King, Jr. Day President's Day Memorial Day Independence Day Labor Day Veteran's Day Thanksgiving Christmas Eve Christmas New Year's Eve New Year's Day Working on Fridays when City Hall is closed is acceptable. If the Contractor, however, requests an inspection a day when City Hall is closed, then the Contractor will have to reimburse the City for the costs of inspection. The Contractor must request such an inspection at least 48 hours in advance. City inspections during hours when City Hall is closed are subject to inspection overtime fees to be paid for by the Contractor. Friday work that does not require inspection can be done without an inspection fee and must be discussed with City staff before its occurrence. If the Contractor does construction on a Friday or a day when City Hall is closed, that day is counted as a project working day. On workdays, Contractor's activities will be confined to the hours between 7:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Please see Section 6-7.5 below for weekend and holiday work restrictions. 6-3.4 NIGHT WORK The following paragraph is added to Section 6-7 of the Greenbook: The City will not permit Work between the hours of p.m. and 7 a.m. of the following day unless specifically provided for in the bid documents or unless the Contractor receives prior written approval. II-B-22 Agreement No. 6866 6-3.5 WEEKEND AND HOI..IDAY WORK The Engineer may, but is not required to, allow the Contractor to work on Saturdays, Sundays and City Holidays. 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME Subsection 6-4 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsections, 6-4.1 GENERAL If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays except as otherwise provided herein. Excusable delay may include: war, earthquakes exceeding 3.5 on the Richter Scale, government regulation, labor disputes outside the contemplation of the parties, strikes outside the contemplation of the parties, fires, floods, changes to the Work as identified herein, or other specific events that may be further described in the Specifications. Delays to the project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the project, or involving trades not affecting the project as a whole will not warrant an extension of time. The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor's inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Engineer documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor's operations and accepted construction schedule. Should delays be caused by events other than those included herein, the Engineer may, but is not required to, deem an extension of time to be in the City's best interests. 6-4.2 EXTENSIONS OF TIME If granted, extensions of time will be based upon the effect of delays to the critical path of the Work as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule. Delays to minor portions of the Work that do not affect the critical path will not be eligible for extensions of time. 6-4.3 PAYMENT FOR DELAYS TO CONTRACTOR Any payment for compensable delay will be based upon actual costs as set forth in Subsection 402-5.1 excluding, without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided. The Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly waives any right to calculate daily damages II-B-23 Agreement No. 6866 for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss, using different formulas including, without limitation, the Eichleay Formula. 6-4.4 WRFFTEN NOTICE.-, AND R:FmI'OWr If the Contractor desires payment for a delay or an extension of time, it will give the Engineer written notice of such request not later than the time limit set forth in the Proposal for submitting a claim after the event or occurrence giving rise to a delay claim. Failure to submit a written request within such amount of time will result in the Contractor waiving its delay claim. Any claim for payment or an extension of time must be in the form required by the "Claims" sections of these Specifications. In no event will the City grant the Contractor an extension of time if the delay is within the Contract Time as identified by the Contract Documents. 6-7 (EEA � L Icy ��t�yl"F�.. C"1`DI The language in subsection 6-7 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following subsections. 6-7.1 GENERAL Should the Contractor fail to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fail to maintain the Work schedule (as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule) which will ensure the City's interest, or if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. 6-7.2 TER IINA`L )N Cal' COWRAC'TQKS' CONTROL, OVER THE WORK The City may terminate the Contractor's control over the Work without liability for damages when, in the City's opinion, the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the City's consent. Should such termination occur, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity and quality of the Work completed at the time of termination, less damages caused to the City by the Contractor's action or inaction. In the event of such termination of control, the City may do any one, or combination of, the following: Serve written notice upon the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond II-B-24 Agreement No. 6866 demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. In such event the Surety will, within 5 days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor; 2. The City may perform the Work itself and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor; 3. The City may replace the Contractor with a different contractor to complete the work and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor. Nothing herein will waive, or serve as a limitation upon, any additional remedy the City may have under these Contract Documents or applicable law. 6-7.3 SURE"l."i'""'S ASSUMPTION OF CONTROL Should the Surety assume any part of the Work, it will take the Contractor's place in all respects for that part, and will be paid by the City for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default will be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract. If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within 5 days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the City may exclude the Surety from the premises. The City may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by City's forces, by letting the unfinished work to another contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work will be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the City. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety will pay to the City within 5 days of completion, all costs in excess of the sums due. The provisions of this subsection will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the City under applicable law. 6-9 l.JQUIDAk ED DAM.A GE,,$, Subsection 6-9, Liquidated Damages, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsections. 6-9.1 F"AII.I..DRIw TO COMPL, "rE WORD ON TIME If all the work called for under the contract is not completed before or upon the expiration of the Contract Time, the City will sustain damage. Since it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay, it is therefore agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City the sum specified in the Proposal for each and every calendar day beyond the time prescribed to complete the work not as a penalty, but as a predetermined liquidated damage. The Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as are herein provided, II-B-25 Agreement No. 6866 and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor under the contract. Unless otherwise specified, liquidated damages will be $250 per calendar day. 6-11 DISPUTEAND CLAIMS. PROCEDURE 6-11.1 GENERAL Consistent with PCC § 10240.6, "Claim" means a written demand or assertion by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, including a determination of disputes or matters in question between the City and the Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work, and claims alleging an unforeseen condition or an act, error, or omission by the City, the Engineer, their agents or employees. "Claim" does not mean, and the Claims procedures herein do not apply, to the following: 1. Claims respecting penalties for forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulations, which a government agency is specifically authorized to administer, settle, or determine. 2. Claims respecting personal injury, death, reimbursement, or other compensation arising out of or resulting from liability for personal injury or death. 3. Claims respecting a latent defect, breach of warranty, or guarantee to repair. 4. Claims respecting stop notices. If Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, the Claim arises upon the issuance of a written final decision denying in whole or in part the Contractor's Change Order Request. If a Claim is not subject to the Change Order Procedures, the Claim arises when the Contractor discovers, or reasonably should discover, the condition or event giving rise to the Claim. 6-11.2 FORM A Claim must include the following: 1. A statement that it is a Claim and a request for a decision. 2. A detailed description of the act, error, omission, unforeseen condition, event or other condition giving rise to the Claim. If the Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, a statement demonstrating that a Change Order Request was timely submitted and denied. 4. A detailed justification for any remedy or relief sought by the Claim, including I1-B-26 Agreement No. 6866 to the extent applicable, the following: a) If the Claim involves extra work, a detailed cost breakdown claimed. The breakdown must be provided even if the costs claimed have not been incurred when the Claim is submitted. b) To the extent costs have been incurred when the Claim is submitted, the Claim must include actual cost records (including, without limitation, payroll records, material and rental invoices) demonstrating that costs claimed have actually been incurred. c) To the extent costs have not yet been incurred at the time the Claim is submitted, actual cost records must be submitted on a current basis not less than once a week during any periods costs are incurred. A cost record will be considered current if submitted within seven (7) calendar days of the date the cost reflected in the record is incurred. At the Engineer's request, claimed extra costs may be subject to further verification procedures (such as having an inspector verify the performance of alleged extra work on a daily basis). 5. If the Claim involves an error or omission in the Contract Documents. - a) An affirmative representation that the error or omission was not discovered before submitting a bid for the Contract; and b) A detailed statement demonstrating that the error or omission reasonably should not have been discovered by the Contractor, its Subcontractors and suppliers, before submitting a bid for the Contract. 6. If the Claim involves an extension of the Contract Time, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to a time extension. T If the Claim involves an adjustment of the Contract Sum for delay, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor's entitlement to such an adjustment. & A personal certification from the Contractor that reads as follows: '°I, �1, BEING THE (MUST BE AN OFFICER) OF (CONTRACTOR NAME), DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, AND DO PERSONALLY CERTIFY AND ATTEST THAT I HAVE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED THE ATTACHED CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR EXTENSION OF TIME, AND KNOW ITS CONTENTS, AND SAID CLAIM IS MADE IN GOOD FAITH; THE SUPPORTING DATA IS TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE; THAT THE II-B-27 Agreement No. 6866 AMOUNT REQUESTED ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT FOR WHICH THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CITY IS LIABLE; AND, FURTHER, THAT I AM FAMILIAR WITH CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE § 72 AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE § 12650, ET SEQ., PERTAINING TO FALSE CLAIMS, AND FURTHER KNOW AND UNDERSTAND THAT SUBMITTING OR CERTIFYING A FALSE CLAIM MAY LEAD TO FINES, IMPRISONMENT, AND OTHER SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES." 6-11.3 CLAIM'S SUBMI FTED TO �ER Within thirty (30) calendar days after the circumstances giving rise to a Claim occur, the Contractor will submit its Claim to the Engineer for a decision. Regardless of any Claim submittal, or any dispute regarding a Claim, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, the Contractor will not cause any delay, cessation, or termination of the Work, but will diligently proceed with the performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise provided, the City will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6-11.4 CLAIM 1S I�RERE Lv SI FE- TO (.r HER REMEDY The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with PCC § 10240.2 and understands and agrees that submitting a Claim in accordance with these Specifications is an express condition precedent to the Contractor's right to otherwise pursue a claim whether through alternative dispute resolution or by litigation. Should the Contractor fail to submit a claim in accordance with these Specifications, including the time limits set forth herein, it will waive any right to a remedy, whether in law or equity, it might otherwise have pursuant to the Contract Documents or applicable law. 6-11.5 DECISION ON CLAIMS The Engineer will promptly review Claims submitted by the Contractor in accordance with these Specifications. Should the Engineer require additional supporting evidence to evaluate the claim, the Engineer will request such additional information in writing. Any such requested data will be furnished not later than ten (10) calendar days after the Contractor receives the Engineer's request. The Engineer will render a decision not later than thirty (30) days after either receiving the Claim or the deadline for furnishing additional supporting data, whichever is later. If the Claim amount is more than $50,000, the time period will be extended to sixty (60) days. If the Engineer fails to render a decision within the time period established herein, then the Claim will be deemed denied. The Engineer's decision will be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with these Specifications. The Engineer's decision on a Claim will include a statement substantially as follows: 11-B-28 Agreement No. 6866 "This is a decision pursuant to the General Specifications of your contract. If you are dissatisfied with the decision, and have complied with the procedural requirements for asserting claims, you may have the right to alternative dispute resolution or litigation. Should you fail to take appropriate action within thirty (30) calendar days of the date of this decision, the decision will become final and binding and not subject to further appeal." 6-11.6 APPEAL OF ENGINEER'S DECISION Should the Contractor dispute the Engineer's decision, then the Contractor must appeal that decision to the City's Public Works Director within thirty (30) calendar days of receiving the Engineer's decision. The Public Works Director will address disputes or claims within thirty (30) calendar days after receiving such request and all necessary supporting data. The Public Works Director's decision on the dispute or claim will be the City's final decision. If the Contractor disputes the Public Works Director's decision, then the Contractor must demand alternative dispute resolution in accordance with this Section and the PCC within thirty (30) calendar days of the City's final decision. 6-11.7 MEDIATION If the City and the Contractor agree, disputes between the parties may be submitted to non -binding mediation. If the parties cannot agree to an alternative form of mediation, then mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") under its Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless the use of such rules are waived by mutual stipulation of both parties. The parties may, but are not required to be, represented by counsel in mediation. The requirement for mediation will not alter or modify the time limitations otherwise provided for claims and no conduct or settlement negotiation during mediation will be considered a waiver of the City's right to assert that claim procedures were not followed. 6-11.8 ARBIITNATION If the City and Contractor do not agree to mediation, then a disputes will be submitted to neutral non -binding (except as provided herein) arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted in accordance with PCC § 10240.3. Any decision rendered by an arbitrator will be consistent with PCC § 10240.8. The exclusive venue for any arbitration will be in Los Angeles County. The expenses and fees of the arbitrators and the administrative fees, if any, will be II-B-29 Agreement No. 6866 divided among the parties equally. Each party will pay its own counsel fees, witness fees, and other expenses incurred for its own benefit. 6-11.9 WHEN ARBITRATION DECISION BECOMES BINDING The decision rendered by the arbitrator will become binding upon the parties unless appealed to the Los Angeles County Superior Court pursuant to PCC § 10240.12 within thirty (30) calendar days of the decision. If subsequent litigation results in an award to the party appealing the arbitration that is less than or equal to that of the arbitration decision, or if the litigation results in a decision in favor of the nonappealing party, then the party appealing the arbitration will pay the nonappealing party's attorney's fees and court costs. 6-11.10 APPEAL TO SI,IP17RI:OR COURT- WAIVER O1; RAZY TRIAL Should a party timely object to the arbitration decision, it may file a petition with the Los Angeles County Superior Court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure ("CCP") §§ 1285, et seq. Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in CCP § 1286.2, the court may vacate, correct, or adjust an arbitration award, and enter judgment in accordance with CCP § 1287.4, for any legal or equitable basis including, without limitation, error of law. The court will apply the substantial evidence standard of review when considering the appeal of an objecting party. BY EXECUTING THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO HAVE DISPUTES OR CONTROVERSY CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ISSUES OF BAD FAITH DECIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 6-11. BOTH THE CITY AND THE CONTRACTOR WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL FOR THESE DISPUTES OR ISSUES. 6-11.11 AB 626 CLAIMS° PROCESS Claims made by a Contractor for one or more of the following are subject to the claim resolution process set forth in Public Contract Code section 9204: (A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the city under a contract for a public works project. (B) Payment by the city of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled. (C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the city. II-B-30 Agreement No. 6866 7-0 MEASI. RF—MENT ARID PAYMENT 7-2 LUMP SUM WORK Subsection 7-2, Lump Sum Work, of the Greenbook is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: Items for which quantities are indicated as "Lump Sum," "L.S.," or "Job" will be paid for at the price indicated in the Proposal. Such payment will be full compensation for all costs for labor, equipment, materials and plant necessary to furnish, construct and install the lump sum item of work, complete, in place, and for all necessary appurtenant work, including, but not limited to, all necessary cutting, patching, repair and modification of existing facilities, and clean up of site. Contractor will furnish three copies of a detailed schedule, which breaks down the lump sum work into its component parts and cost for each part, in a form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy Engineer that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. This schedule is subject to approval by Engineer as to both the components into which the lump sum item is broken down, and the proportion of cost attributable to each component. This schedule will be the basis for progress payments for the lump sum work. 7-3.2 PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS The text of Subsection 7-3.2 of the Standard Specifications is deleted and replaced with the following: The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last working day of each month. The Contractor will prepare the partial payment invoice with measurement of the work performed through the closure date and submit it to the CITY for approval. When work is complete, the Contractor will determine the final quantities of the work performed and prepare the final progress payment, and submit it to the Engineer for approval. It will take a minimum of thirty-five (35) calendar days from the date of approving the Contractor's invoice to make the payment to the Contractor. However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents, or legal release of filed Stop Payment Notices against the Contractor. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the as -built conditions. The full five percent (5%) retention will be deducted from all progress payments. The Contractor will make a payment request for the retained amount, for approval by the II-B-31 Agreement No. 6866 City, upon field acceptance of the work by the City Engineer. The City Engineer upon field acceptance and receipt of the final as -built plans and any other reports or documents required to be provided by the Contractor will process a recommendation to the City Council for acceptance of the work. Not less than thirty-five (35) calendar days from the City Council acceptance of the work, the Contractor's final payment will be made provided Stop Payment Notices or other claims have not been filed against the Contractor and/or the City by material suppliers, sub -contractors, other governmental agencies, and private property owners. Until these Stop Payment Notices are released and claims are resolved the stop payment/claim amount will be withheld from the final payment. The Contractor, however, may receive interest on the retention for the length of construction, or receive the retention itself as long as the retention is substituted with escrow holder surety or equal value. At the request and expense of the Contractor, surety equivalent to the retention may be deposited with the State Treasurer, or a State or Federally chartered bank, as the escrow agent, who will pay such surety to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract. Pursuant to PCC § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, that any such election will be at the Contractor's own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor's request. Progress payment paid by the City as contemplated herein, will be contingent upon the Contractor submitting, in addition to any additional documents, an updated Contract Schedule in the form prescribed by these Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable updated Contract Schedule will result in the City withholding partial payment, without liability to the City, until such an acceptable updated Contract Schedule is submitted. Nothing herein will allow the Contractor to suspend or slow progress of the Work. A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the Contract Sum. Contractor understands and agrees that Contractor will be paid only from this special fund and if for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay Contractor, Contractor will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and City's ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to City's obligation to make payments to Contractor. 7-3.3 l lnJ..lVER D MATIiI IALS Materials and equipment delivered or stored, but not incorporated into the work, will II-B-32 Agreement No. 6866 not be approved for progress payments. 7-4.2.3 BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS Subsection 7-4.2.3, Tool and Equipment Rental is modified where the second and third paragraphs are replaced with "Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining the equipment usage costs will not exceed those listed for the same or similar equipment in the California State Department of Transportation publication of Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates effective for the period of usage." 7-4.3 MARK UP Subsection 7-4.3, Mark Up, is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following subsection: (a) Work by Contractor. The following percentages will be added to the Contractor's costs and will constitute the markup for all overhead and profits. 1) Labor...................................................20 2) Materials............................................15 3) Equipment Rental...............................15 4) Other Items and Expenditures .......... ..15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent will be added as compensation for bonding. No other formula, e.g., the Eichleay or other method, may be used to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss. (b) Work by Subcontractors. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in 7-4.3(a) will be applied to the Subcontractor's actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor. (c) In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Bid Form or Contractor's actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. 7-4.4 DA[LY REPORTS 1 Y CONTRACTOR Add the following paragraph to subsection 7-4.4, Daily Reports by Contractor: If disagreement continues regarding extra work, the Contractor may seek compensation in accordance with the Claims procedure. Daily Reports required by this subsection must be made part of the Claim as supporting data for the Claim. II-B-33 Agreement No. 6866 100-1 II ERMiN, T1t,,)N OI--Af.rENCY C,IABII.II"Y Before receiving final payment, the Contractor will execute a "Release on Contract" form which will operate as, and will be a release to the City, the City Council, and each member of the City Council and their agencies, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the work or for any act of neglect of the City of any person relating to or affecting the work, except the claim against the City for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts kept or retained as provided in Subsections 9-3 of the Standard Specifications and except for any unsettled claims listed on said form which have been filed in compliance with the requirements for making claims. 402-0 UTILITIES 402-2 1' O117CTION The following subsection is added to Subsection 402-2 of the Greenbook. 402-2.1 INC O1 R.Ef"`I° f,OCA-rm Oh" 1,�'TII�.,ITII: S If the Contractor, while performing the Work, discovers utility facilities not identified correctly or not shown in the contract plans or specifications by the City, the Contractor will immediately notify the City and utility owner in writing. 402-4 RELOCATION The following subsection is added to Subsection 402-4 of the Greenbook. 402-4.1 RE ICON IBIITLITY�OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION The City will be responsible to arrange for the removal, repair, or relocation of existing utilities located within the project limits if such utilities are not correctly identified in the contract plans or specifications by the City. The City will have the sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation. 402-5 DELAYS The following paragraphs are added to Subsection 402-5 of the Greenbook. Actual loss, as used in this Subsection, will be understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of equipment and necessary payments for idle time of workers, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment and idle time of workers will be determined by Subsection 402-5.1 and no markup will be added in either case for overhead and profit. The cost II-13-34 Agreement No. 6866 of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work. The following subsection is added to Subsection 402-5 of the Greenbook. 402-5.1 CALCULATING 11 l.lw TIME Equipment idle time will calculated in accordance with Subsection 7-4.2.3 and based upon the actual normal working time during which the delay condition exists, but in no case will exceed 8 hours in any one day. The days for which compensation will be paid will be the calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, during the existence of the delay. Worker idle time will be calculated in accordance with Subsection 7-4.2.3. - END OF SECTION - II-B-35 Agreement No. 6866 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION III — SPECIAL PROVSIONS 1-0, GENERAL SCOPE, TIME; FOR COMM—P1. 11—O _ANJIL C1 l l�� 1-1. General Scope of Work: The work to be done consists of furnishing all supervision, materials, labor, equipment, tools and incidentals for site demolition, installation of monument sign, concrete, landscaping, irrigation, and electrical as required in the specifications and contract documents for the following project: "Main Street / Imperial Highway Monument Sign Project". 1-2, Location ofthe Work: The project will occur in the City of El Segundo on the west side of Main Street between Imperial Highway and Imperial Avenue. 1-3. Working 1_ ° . mnd Time 1�)r C: )_MV i0n; Contractor shall commence work on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed to be issued to the Contractor by City of El Segundo Public Works Department. Contractor shall complete the construction work in forty (40) working days, including mobilization and demobilization. The 90-day landscape maintenance and establishment period shall commence after demobilization. During the landscape maintenance and establishment period, The Contractor shall only mobilize as necessary for landscape maintenance and establishment activities. 2-0. NOTIFICATIONS The CONTRACTOR will notify all agencies listed here a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours before start of operation. The following list of names and telephone numbers are intended for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR and the City does not guarantee either the completeness or correctness of this list. OPERATION OFFICE TELEPHONE Start of work, Cheryl Ebert, Public Works Project Mgr 310-524-2321 shutdown of Lifan Xu, City Engineer 310-524-2368 work, or Elias Sassoon, Director of Public Works 310-524-2356 resumption of work after shutdown The following information is provided for CONTRACTOR'S use to notify agencies if their facilities are affected by CONTRACTOR'S work: 1. Underground Service Alert (all excavation in public right-of-way) 800-227-2600 2. City of El Segundo — Water Division 310-524-2742 3. City of El Segundo - Wastewater Division 310-524-2754 4. City of El Segundo - Recreation and Parks 310-524-2707 5. Southern California Gas Company 310-671-9002 III -A- I 2-1 2-2 3-0 6. Southern California Edison Company (SCE) 7. AT&T 8. Time Warner Communication (Cable) 9. Los Angeles County Sanitation District 10. El Segundo Unified School District 110 Parkin6) No Agreement No. 6866 310-417-3366 310-515-4430 310-768-0400 Extension 414 310-699-7411 310-615-2650 The CONTRACTOR shall post City -approved temporary NO PARKING notices a minimum of seventy-two (72) hours before the start of operation. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly notify City staff once posting is completed in order to ensure the 72-hour requirement has been met. Notification of Residents and Businesses The City will require the Contractor to distribute one (1) "Public Notice" to each resident and business affected by the construction within a 0.5 mile radius of project limits. An additional notice must be provided to residents and businesses of specific impacts to frontage sidewalks, frontage sidewalks, driveways, etc. Notices must be approved by the City prior to distribution. Notices shall be distributed minimum five (5) calendar days prior to the start of any work. Notices shall be attached to a red information hanger provided by the Contractor and hung on the front door knob of every resident on the project streets. Notices shall include the project times, dates, working hours, and description of project activities. If any changes occur to project times, dates or working hours, the Contractor will revise and re -deliver the Notice to affected persons. MOBILIZATION' Mobilization shall conform to the provisions of Section 7-3.4 of the Standard Specifications. The scope of work under mobilization includes but is not limited to: 1. Obtaining and paying for all required bonds, insurance, permits, and licenses. 2. Completing and submitting required documents as required per specifications. 3. Moving on to the site of all Contractor's equipment required for operations. 4. Providing on -site sanitary facilities. 5. Arranging for and erection of Contractor's work and storage yard. 6. Posting all OSHA required notices. 7. Submittal of Construction Schedule, Contractor Contact List, and Notices to City staff for City approval. 8. Distribution of a City -approved Notice to Business and Residents at least one week prior to construction. 9. Re -notification of all affected parties for all construction schedule changes. 10. Protection of utility facilities, landscapes, pavements, structures, and any existing condition and other public property in place during any construction activities. This includes protection of planter boxes and vegetation. III-A-2 Agreement No. 6866 11. Coordinating with Underground Service Alert (USA) or Dig Alert to mark underground utilities before any excavation. 12. Coordination with utility agencies, street sweeper, and waste hauler to avoid conflicts during project activities. 13. Bringing unforeseen field conditions to City staff s attention in a timely manner. 14. Restoration of private and public property to existing standard conditions upon demobilization. 15. Installing and removing of all temporary facilities required for operations. 16. Removal and disposal of any existing unused materials from the project sites. 17. Furnishing temporary water services to maintain water services to consumers at all times. 18. Demobilization. 3-1. Under round Service Alert Notification Underground Service Alert, 1-800-227-2600, shall be contacted and the contractor shall determine the exact location of all utilities prior to beginning excavation and construction. If conflicts are discovered, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately. A detailed description of the depth and location of utility conflicts in relation to the proposed storm drain facilities shall be provided to City Inspector as well as the applicable utility agency. A list of utility agency and waste hauler contact number is included in the Appendix. 3-2, Demobilization Demobilization shall include all activities for the Contractor to remove all equipment, on -site sanitary facilities, etc. from the project areas after construction is complete. Demobilization shall also include general cleanup activities and specific punch list items and cleanup activities determined by the City staff or their representative, to repair or replace any private or public facilities damaged by the construction and return public right-of-way to the same or better condition as that existing prior to construction. 4-0. CLEAR..IN i AND GRUBBING Clearing, grubbing, and landscape removal shall take place as necessary for all construction activities to occur, including but not limited to Section 300-1 of the Standard Specifications. If applicable, live tree roots shall be inspected by the Recreation and Parks Department after the surface above them has been removed, to ascertain if tree root barrier installation or full tree removal is necessary. Costs for clearing, grubbing, and landscape/tree root removal shall be included in the bid prices for the different bid items. All such removals shall take place prior to any excavation for construction. Where necessary, the contractor shall replace residential landscaping or sprinklers damaged by construction after construction is complete. 5-0. T[` AFFIC CONTROL Traffic control shall conform to the provisions of Part 6 of the Standard Specifications and these Specifications. The scope of work under traffic control includes but is not limited to: Notification of City staff and residents/pedestrians, including temporary warning and safety signage leading to areas where construction is occurring or where III-A-3 Agreement No. 6866 materials are being staged. Notification shall take place at least 72 hours before construction as well as during construction. 2. Traffic control as required per W.A.T.C.H. manual and CA MUTCD or approved traffic control plans. 3. Notification of transit agencies for bus stop relocation. 4. Obtaining various Encroachment Permits, including but not limited to City of El Segundo and City of Los Angeles. 6-0, C NS`fRQCTION & DEMOI,IT10N I ALr RIAl,S RFC CI.I:NQ REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall divert all Construction and Demolition (C&D) waste generated from the project in accordance with the California Green (CALGreen) Building Standards Code (pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code, Title 13, Chapter 11). C&D waste can only be legally collected, removed, or transported by City of E1 Segundo permitted waste haulers. If the Contractor plans on collecting, removing, or transporting its own waste, approval from the City Engineer or designee is required. Failure to meet the C&D waste recycling requirements will result in the assessment of penalties pursuant to El Segundo Municipal Code. Contractor shall prepare a C&D Debris Management Plan as follows: 6-1. GENERAL 6-1.1. SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: procedures for ensuring optimal diversion of construction and demolition (C&D) waste materials generated by the Work within the limits of the Construction Schedule and Contract Sum. 1. The Integrated Solid Waste Management Act of 1989 ("AB 939"), requires that localities throughout the state develop source reduction, reuse, recycling, and composting programs to reduce the tonnage of solid waste disposed in landfills by 50%; this requirement may increase in the future. C&D waste materials generated by the Work are targeted to achieve these diversion rates. 2. A minimum of 50% by weight of the solid wastes generated in the Work shall be diverted from landfill disposal through a combination of reuse, recycling, and composting activities. 3. This section includes requirements for submittal of C&D Debris Management Plan prior to the commencement of the Work, and during the project, submittal of Contractor's quantitative reports for construction and demolition waste materials generated by the Contractor as a condition of approval of progress payments submitted to the Contracting Officer, and following completion of the project, as a condition of the release of final project retention. 6-1.2. DEFINITIONS A. Class III Landfill. A landfill that accepts non -hazardous waste such as household, commercial, and industrial waste, resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations. A Class III landfill must have a solid waste facility permit from the California Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) and be regulated by the Enforcement Agency. III-A-4 Agreement No. 6866 B. Construction and Demolition Debris or C&D Debris. Building materials and solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, cleanup, or demolition operations that are not hazardous as defined in California Code of Regulations, Title 22, Section 66261.3 et seq. This term includes, but is not limited to, asphalt, concrete, Portland cement, brick, lumber, gypsum wallboard, cardboard and other associated packaging, roofing material, ceramic tile, carpeting, plastic pipe, and steel. The debris may be commingled with rock, soil, tree stumps, and other vegetative matter resulting from land clearing and landscaping for construction or land development projects. C. Contracting Officer. The City of El Segundo City Engineer or designee. D. C&D Recycling Center. A facility that receives only C&D material that has been separated for reuse prior to receipt, in which the residual (disposed) amount of waste in the material is less than 10% of the amount separated for reuse or recycling, by weight. E. Disposal. Final deposition of C&D or inert debris into land, including stockpiling onto land of construction and demolition debris that has not been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than 30 days; and construction and demolition debris that has been sorted for further processing or resale, if such stockpiling is for a period of time greater than one year, or stockpiling onto land of inert debris that is for a period of time greater than one year. F. Diversion or Divert. The reuse or recycling of construction and demolition debris to avoid disposal in a landfill. G. Enforcement Agency (EA). Enforcement agency as defined in Public Resources Code 40130. H. Inert Disposal Facility or Inert Waste Landfill. A disposal facility that accepts only inert waste such as soil and rock, fully cured asphalt paving, uncontaminated concrete (including fiberglass or steel reinforcing rods embedded in the concrete), brick, glass, and ceramics, for land disposal. I. Inert Solids or Inert Waste. Non -liquid solid wastes including, but not limited to, soil and concrete that do not contain hazardous waste or soluble pollutants at concentrations in excess of water quality objectives established by a regional Water Board pursuant to Division 7 (Sections 13000 et seq) of the California Water Code and does not contain significant quantities of decomposable solid resources. J. Mixed C&D Debris. Loads that include commingled recyclable and non -recyclable C&D debris generated at the construction site. K. Mixed Debris Recycling Facility. A processing facility that accepts loads of solid waste and/or recycling materials for the purpose of recovering reusable, recyclable, and compostable materials and disposing the non -recyclable residual materials. L. Recycling. The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting materials for the purpose of using the altered form in the manufacture of a new product. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying solid waste. M. Reuse. The use of a material that might otherwise be discarded, in the same or similar form as it was produced. N. Separated for Reuse. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw material for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace, and includes materials that have been "source separated." O. Solid Waste. Refer to Public Resources Code Section 40191. III-A-5 Agreement No. 6866 P. Source -Separated. Materials, including commingled recyclables, that have been separated or kept separate from the solid waste stream at the point of generation, for the purpose of additional sorting or processing of those materials for reuse or recycling in order to return them to the economic mainstream in the form of raw materials for new, reused, or reconstituted products which meet the quality standards necessary to be used in the marketplace. 6-2, PRODUCTS Not Used. 6-3. EXECUTION 6-3.1, Sit. AGI REUSE, 11{:,`'CI. IIIG AND PIOf;EDI ICES A. Identify reuse, salvage, and recycling facilities: Refer to the City's website for a list of local organizations and companies. Ittt;��s:J/w r .el' untlra.as / � ernrnent/dep��to ent ublic- �o�°ksdtrs�sb-°ec �ciin B. Develop and implement procedures to reuse, salvage, and recycle new construction and excavation materials, based on the Contract Documents, the C&D Debris Waste Management Plan, estimated quantities of available materials, and availability of recycling facilities. Procedures may include on -site recycling, source separated recycling, and/or mixed debris recycling efforts. 1. Identify materials that are feasible for salvage, determine requirements for site storage, and transportation of materials to a salvage facility. 2. Explore the possibility of reusing project job -site inert materials, such as rock, concrete, dirt and aggregate, on -site for road base or other similar uses. 3. Source separate new construction, excavation and demolition materials including, but not limited to the following types: a. Asphalt b. Concrete, concrete block, slump stone (decorative concrete block), and rocks. c. Red Clay Brick d. Soils e. Other materials, as appropriate, such as wood and corrugated cardboard. 4. Develop and implement a program to transport loads of mixed (commingled) new construction materials that cannot be feasibly source -separated to a mixed materials recycling facility. 5. Contractor may develop their own C&D Debris Management Plan based on CALGreen requirements or use available City forms as follows: a. Form PW-A — Project Information b. Form PW-B — Pre -Project Worksheet c. Form PW-B1—Pre-Project Worksheet (This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned bins/trucks for disposition of material.) d. Form PW-C — Post -Project Summary e. Form PW-D — Exemption Request — only use if it is infeasible to comply with requirements. III-A-6 Agreement No. 6866 6-3.2. DISPOSAL OPERATIONS AND WASTE', LIAUI�I NG A. L,egally transport and dispose of materials that cannot be delivered to a source - separated or mixed recycling facility to a transfer station or disposal facility that can legally accept the materials for the purpose of disposal. B. Use a permitted waste hauler or Contractor's trucking services and personnel. To confirm valid permitted status of waste haulers, visit the City of El Segundo website: htt9 :lPf>vel�eund 0gar,�ocrnmen7tiertmnts�ulrl�c-vrks/trash-rec clingy C. Become familiar with the conditions for acceptance of new construction, excavation and demolition materials at recycling facilities, prior to delivering materials. D. Legally transport and deliver to facilities that can legally accept new construction, excavation and demolition materials for purpose of re -use, recycling, or composting. E. Do not burn, bury or otherwise dispose of solid waste on the project job -site. 6-3.3. REUSE AND DONATION OPTION A. Implement a reuse program to the greatest extent feasible. Options for reuse may include, but are not limited to: 1. Los Angeles County Materials Exchange (LACOMax) LACoMAX is a free service provided by the Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Environmental Programs Division, designed to help residents, businesses, and organizations in Los Angeles County find markets for their industrial by-products, surplus materials, and other would-be discards. All exchanges are coordinated between the parties. The site can be accessed at httla /'� .l dpw.or 'e 4jAgg1j!N. 2. California Materials Exchange (CaIMAX) is a free service provided by the State of California, Department of Resources Recycling and Recovery (CalRecycle) that connects businesses, organizations, manufacturers, schools, and individuals with online resources for exchanging materials. The site can be accessed at www°.calrecvclexa goy/ "al MAX. 3. Habitat for Humanity ReStore resale outlets accept donated home improvement goods like furniture, home accessories, building materials and appliances. The materials are sold to the general public. The proceeds help local Habitat affiliates fund the construction of Habitat homes within their communities. Locations of Restores can be found at:wv.h�lit��t.uar��tore. 6-3.4. REVENUE Revenues or other savings obtained from recycled, re -used, or salvaged materials shall accrue to Contractor unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents. 7-0. WORK SCHEDULE Contractor shall be responsible for providing a workable construction schedule that incorporates the following conditions: 1. The schedule for the work is subject to the approval of the Public Works Department. 2. All work shall take place Monday through Friday between the hours of 9:00 am and 3:00 pm unless previously approved by the Public Works Director, City Engineer, or Project Engineer for any other day of the week. III-A-7 Agreement No. 6866 i. No work shall be permitted on Sundays or holidays. ii. Overtime inspection fees (4 hour minimum) shall be arranged in advance. 3. The Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and final sign -offs for permits and the project with Public Works Department and Building Safety staff. 8-0. I LAMINATION OF J013 SITE, AND MEASUREMENT "V"ERIFICA"PION The BIDDER shall make a detailed physical inspection of the project site before submitting the proposal. It is understood that the BIDDER has thoroughly examined the specifications, sites and conditions under which work will be performed before submitting a proposal and has satisfied himself regarding existing conditions and existing access conditions which may affect bid prices for the proposed work. Measurement Verification: Contractor shall verify all field measurements and determine quantities prior to ordering materials. Contractor shall procure all material and confirm all parts are onsite prior to beginning installation. 9-0. INSPECTION Subsection 4-3 of Section II — General Provisions of these Specifications is supplemented by the following additional requirements: 1. On all questions relating to quantities, the acceptability of material, or work, the execution, progress or sequence of work, and the interpretation of specifications or plans, the decision of the Engineer is final and binding, and shall be precedent to any payment under the contract. 2. All work and materials are subject to inspection and approval of the Engineer. 3. Legible copies of material/weight certification shall be turned over to the inspector on a daily basis. 4. Inspection of the work shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations to fulfill all conditions of the contract. 10-0. AORK AREA SAFETY All work shall conform to all applicable State, local, regional, and Federal codes, ordinances, and regulations as prescribed by the City. 1. The Contractor shall conform to the rules and regulations pertaining to safety established by the California Division of Occupational Safety and Health of the Industrial Relations Department (CAL -OSHA). 2. The CONTRACTOR shall place and maintain signs, cones, barricades, security fences, and other safety devices as needed for the safety of and the general public, City personnel, and the Contractor. III-A-8 Agreement No. 6866 114 USE OF PRI 'A'TE PROPERTY AND ?ROTECT -10NOILLEY ISTING IMPROVEMENTS The use of any private property or utilities on private property by the Contractor is prohibited. The prohibited uses include, but not limited to Contractor's use of water, electricity or natural gas from the private property, and storage of material or equipment, and turning around/parking of his vehicles on private property. 1. Existing public and/or private improvements, adjacent property, utility and other facilities and trees and plants shall be protected from injury or damage. 2. Any damage to the facilities, public, or private property that takes place as a result of the contractor's work shall be repair or replaced to the City's satisfaction by the contractor at no cost to the City. 3. Access to driveway shall be maintained at all times for residents. 12-0. S"IORAOE OF MA I EIS I.A1��S .ND iII'MENT 1. No material or equipment shall be stored in public right-of-way without prior approval from the Public Works Department. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a site for storage of material and equipment. The site shall not be within or adjoining the residential areas of the City. Site shall be subject to approval by the City. 3. The sites for stockpiling and batching materials shall be clean and free from objectionable material. 4. The City does not guarantee any designated property within the City for storage of materials. 5. If the Contractor finds a private property for storage of his materials, the Contractor shall furnish the City a letter of approval and a letter of release (at the end of the job and cleanup of the storage site) from the property owner for this purpose. 13-0. DISPOSAL O1° REMOVALS There are no authorized dump facilities within the City of El Segundo. All removed material shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be legally disposed of by Contractor at the end of each work day away from the site of work. 14-0. BUILDING SAFETY ANI� P1 iI3I IC OI LS ENCI�OAf"I IMI NMI' PERMI Im S The Contractor will be required to apply and obtain applicable permits from the Public Works and the Building Safety Departments. The Contractor's work shall adhere to the City standards and applicable codes including the California Building Code, Plumbing Code, Electrical Code, and Mechanical Code. The Contractor shall call the Inspector at least 24 hours in advance for inspections. III-A-9 Agreement No. 6866 All noted deficiencies on permits shall be corrected by contractor. The project will not be accepted as complete until contractor obtains a final sign -off for all permits. 15-0. SURVEY MG EMENTATIQN ILRI-;KRV, FI N The Contractor shall locate and reference existing survey monumentation in the way of construction and submit verification to the Engineer prior to demolition/removal. If they cannot be protected in place, Contractor's state -licensed surveyor is to re- establish them after construction and provide the City with the new centerline tie information at no additional cost to the City. Upon discovery of a survey monument not identified on the project plans, immediately stop work near the monument and notify the Engineer. Do not resume work near the monument until authorized. 15-1. Tie -Out and Re-establish Surve MonuMents and Benc harks. In accordance with Section 8771 of the Business and Professional Code, the Contractor will be required to hire a licensed land surveyor to tie out documentation affected by the project prior to commencement of construction and require the land surveyor to file corner records with the engineer; and re-establish and such monuments or benchmarks damaged or destroyed during construction and file corner records with the Los Angeles County after replacement. 16-0. WAI, ER PQLLUTION 1r"ONTg( Water Pollution Control shall conform to Section 3-12.6 "Water Pollution Control" of the Standard Specifications and these Specifications. 16-1. 1" PQES COMPLIANCE Contractor shall comply with the latest version of the Los Angeles Regional Water Quality Control Board (LA RWQCB) NPDES MS4 Permit and the NPDES California Construction General Permit for storm water and non -storm water discharges. Contractor shall not discharge or permit to be discharged to any street, channel, river, storm drain, or any appurtenances thereof, any non -rain water or other liquid substance from the project or from operations pertaining to the project site, unless the discharge is specifically listed as exempt or conditionally exempt in the most current MS4 Pen -nit issued by the Regional Water Quality Control Board, Los Angeles Region. Contractor shall implement all necessary Best Management Practices (BMPs) to ensure that any conditionally exempt discharge meets all current requirements of the LA RWQCB MS4 Permit. City may prohibit or restrict any discharge if, in its sole discretion, the discharge is polluting, unsafe, or causes a nuisance condition to be created. Depending on the size of the project and/or construction activities of the project, the Contractor may be required to comply with the State Water Resources Control Board III-A-10 Agreement No. 6866 (SWRCB) Construction General Permit (Adopted Order 2009-0009-DWQ and subsequent amendments). Contractor shall refer to the SWRCB Construction General Permit for construction activities covered and be responsible for implementing requirements if subject to the Construction General Permit. 17-0. TREE & TREE ROOTS Tree stump definition: the remaining portion of the tree trunk after a tree trunk has been cut and the majority of the felled tree removed. Tree root definition: the portion of a tree that grows out of a tree trunk and can continue to grow above ground and/or underground, providing the tree with nourishment and support. Tree roots can be any length or diameter. After a tree has been cut down, tree roots continue to extend from the stump. No tree shall be removed from public property without the approval of Recreation and Parks Department. Asphalt pavement significantly damaged by tree roots shall be repaired prior to final paving. The Contractor shall coordinate with City staff for Recreation and Parks Department to assess, after removal, if tree root barrier installation or full tree removal is necessary. The Contractor may move on to a construction on a different portion of the project in the interim. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any remaining tree stump and roots in the parkway, or tree roots in the pavement, as applicable to the project. Any removal necessary for the construction of concrete or asphalt improvements shall be completed before the replacement of the concrete or asphalt. Where tree roots have damaged and uplifted the asphalt to be replaced per these specifications, the contractor shall sawcut beyond the damaged area by a minimum of 6 (six) inches in all applicable directions. Sawcuts shall be parallel or perpendicular to existing curb face. Contractor shall cut all interfering tree roots, and remove and repair the portions of damaged asphalt within the sawcut area. 18-0. CURB DRAIN OUTLETS The Contractor shall reconstruct all curb drainage outlets that fall within the limits of his/her work. 19-0. OTHER METER BOXES PCiI. L BOXES The Contractor shall make adjustments to all other meter boxes and electrical pull boxes (within the work limits) to match new grade. Cost of this work shall be included in the other items of work. 20-0. TRAFFIC. CONTROL,, PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE Traffic control, construction signing, and traffic maintenance shall comply with the provisions of Part 6 of the SSPWC "Greenbook" Standard Specifications and the III -A -I I Agreement No. 6866 current requirements set forth in the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the Department of Transportation, State of California, the Contractor's Traffic Control Plans and these Special Provisions. 21-0 FRA II PICKUP STREET S EEPI-NG AND MAIL T)EI.,IVF- S The Contractor shall coordinate with the City waste hauler and the City street sweeper to avoid construction conflicts on days when trash will be collected or streets will be swept on the project streets. If applicable, the contractor must also coordinate with the US Post Office to ensure that mail will be delivered without interruption. The notification to the US Post Office shall be submitted to the City for approval before the notice is sent out. 22-0. QQMPLE`I"IOl'' Upon completion of work at each site, the Contractor shall conduct careful inspection with the City Inspector and shall correct all defective work to the satisfaction of the Owner. The Contractor shall coordinate all inspections and final sign -offs for Encroachment Permits and Building Permits with City staff. All scrap, litter and debris resulting from operations specified herein, shall be removed and the premises left in a clean and satisfactory condition. 23-0. WARRANTY The Contractor and/or manufacturer shall warrant all work performed under this Contract for a minimum of two (2) years from the date of Owner's acceptance of completed job. Any defects in materials or workmanship appearing during this period shall be corrected without cost to the City. - End of section - III-A-12 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION IV MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 1-0. GENERAL Proposed Bid prices shall be complete for each bid item. The bid item work below to be measured and paid for shall be carried out in accordance with the Standard Specifications, the project plans, these specifications, as directed by the City Inspector, and in addition any applicable government codes related to the work or named in the descriptions for the bid item. Prior to bidding, the Contractor shall inspect project areas and bring any discrepancies to the City's attention. Bid item prices shall cover the costs for all mobilization, demolition, excavation, site preparation, flatwork installation, Best Management Practices and erosion control, and other construction activities, and demobilization activities required for each item. Bid item costs shall include complete removal and immediate disposal of excavation debris, preparatory removal of vegetation, tree stumps, and tree roots as necessary, temporary paving and public safety measures, and the restoration of landscaping, public and private property damaged during the construction, to the City's satisfaction. Should the contractor request and obtain permission to use admixtures for its own benefit, it shall furnish such admixtures and incorporate them in the mixture at its expense, and NO additional compensation will be allowed. 2-0. PA "MENT SCHEDULE 2-1. MOBILIZATION (BID ITEM NO. 1) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum, non-proratable pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals necessary per the Contract Documents. The scope of work includes all items listed in Article 3-0 of Section III, Special Provisions. 2-2. GENERAL SITE DEMOLITION (BID ITEM NO. 2) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals per the Contract Documents. The unit price shall include full compensation for demolition, removing, disposing existing items, clearing/grubbing, temporary fencing, independent grounding, and all work as shown on demolition plan (DP-1) and as specified in the Project Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. IV-A-1 Agreement No. 6866 2-3. GENERAL SITE CONDITIONS — PRECISE GRADING, CONCRETE WORK (BID ITEM NO. 3) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work, including fine grading and subgrade compaction, as shown on the plans (PGP-1 and CP-I), as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. The unit price shall include full compensation for constructing the concrete curb paving, control joints, expansion joints, concrete base mount, including structural rebar and grounding, as shown on the plans (PGP-1, CP-I and 1G11-1), as specified in the Standard. Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 2-4. GATEWAY MONUMENT SIGN (BID ITEM NO. 4) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work with installing the monument sign, as shown on the plans (CD-1, CD-2, SD-1, SD-2, and IGP-1), as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 2-5. SITE ELECTRICAL (BID ITEM NO. 5) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work with installing the monument sign, as shown on the plans (E-001, E-002, E-003, E-101, E-201, E- 301, E-302, and E-401), as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. IV-A-2 Agreement No. 6866 2-6. SITE IRRIGATION (BID ITEM NO. 6) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work with installing a functional irrigation system complete in place, including water meter connection and electrical connection, Los Angeles County Department of Public Health coordination and West Basin coordination, as shown on the plans (IP-1, ID-1), as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 2-7. SITE LANDSCAPING (BID ITEM NO. 7) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work with installing the sod/hydroseed, as shown on the plans (PP-1), as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. The unit price shall also include full compensation for doing all the work involved in maintaining landscaping during the establishment period, as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. 2-8. MISCELLANEOUS IMPROVEMENTS AS DETERMINED NECESSARY BY THE ENGINEER (BID ITEM NO. 8) Placeholder only. Miscellaneous improvements as determined by the Engineer as necessary. Actual payment to be agreed upon by both the Engineer and Contractor at time of construction. 3-0. ALTE N6J[ [VE BIT) ITEMS. The following alternative bid items are only applicable if the City determines that they are necessary. IV-A-3 Agreement No. 6866 3-1. BID ALTERNATIVE 1 ELECTRICAL AND LIGHTING (BID ITEM NO. IA) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work with installing the monument sign, as shown on the plans (E-001, E-002, E-003, E-101*, E-201*, E-301, E-302, and E-401), as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. E-101 *, E-201 *: refer to the Bid Alternative 1 plans (sheets 20 and 21 in the plans). 3-2. COLOR CHANGING RGBW LIGHTING (BID ITEM NO. 2A) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. Contractor shall provide the City an alternate 2 option for color changing RGBW lighting to include all necessary lighting hardware/software and conductors. The RGBW controller shall be installed in a NEMA3R Enclosure adjacent to the new electrical meter. Contractor shall provide product submittals to the City for review and approval prior to purchase and installation. All products and submittal procedure shall adhere to Section 265000 — Lighting. 3-3. IRRIGATION CONTROLLER (BID ITEM NO. 3A) Measurement for payment of this item shall be billed on a percentage completed basis as a lump sum pay item, as named in the Bid Schedule, and shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and incidentals needed to perform this work. The unit price shall include full compensation for doing all the work with installing a functional irrigation controller (Irritrol MC-24 pedestal mount controller) complete in place, including water meter connection and electrical connection, as specified in the Standard Specifications, as specified in these Special Provisions, and no additional compensation will be allowed. IV-A-4 Agreement No. 6866 4-0. PROGRESS P,AYPIrII: NTS AND REIIENTIDN Lump sum items shall be billed on a percentage completed basis. Unit -based items shall be billed on a units -completed basis. The City reserves the right to request a schedule of values to be submitted by the contractor for any or all bid items in order to determine payment for work completed. Five percent (5%) shall be deducted from each progress payment and retained by City until punch lists are complete, the Notice of Completion has been recorded by the County, and all permits are signed off by the appropriate City representative. The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor. Payment of all, or any part, of an estimate in writing may be withheld on account of any of the following: Defective work not remedied; Third -party claims against Contractor or City arising from the acts or omissions of Contractor or subcontractors; Stop Notices; Failure of Contractor to make timely payments due to subcontractors for material or labor; Damage to the City or others for which Contractor is responsible; Failure of Contractor to submit schedules or their updates as required by the Contract Documents; Liquidated damages assessed; Any other failure of Contractor to perform its obligations under the Contract Documents. IV-A-5 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination B. Field Engineering C. Pre -construction Conference D. Progress Meetings E. Pre -installation Conference 1.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals and work of various sections of project specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later. B. Verify utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having dependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment C. Coordinate completion and clean up of work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion Inspection. 1.3 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels utilizing recognized engineering survey practices. 1.4 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. City will schedule a conference prior to issuance of Notice to Proceed. B. Mandatory Attendance: Engineer or City's Representative, Architect, General Contractor, Contractor's Project Manager and Contractor's Job Superintendent. C. Optional Attendance: Architect's Consultants, subcontractors and utility company representatives. D. City Representative will preside at conference, record minutes and distribute copies. 01039-1 V-A-1 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS 1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. City Representative will schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the work at regular intervals. B. City Representative will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda, preside at meetings, record minutes (Field Reports), and distribute copies. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and/or suppliers, City's Representative and Architect, as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. (Field Reports) 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems which impede planned progress, 5. Review of submittals schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off -site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of progress schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to work 1.6 PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE A. When required in individual specification sections, conduct pre -installation conference prior to commencing work of the section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section. C. Notify City Representative a minimum of 4 working days in advance of meeting date. D. City Representative shall prepare agenda, preside at conference, record minutes, and distribute copies within two days after conference to participants. E. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. 01039-2 V-A-2 Agreement No. 6866 PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 — EXECUTION Not Used SECTION 01039 COORDINATION AND MEETINGS END OF SECTION 01039-3 V-A-3 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittal procedures. B. Construction progress schedules. C. Proposed Products list. D. Substitutions. E. Shop drawings. F. Product data. G. Samples. H. Manufacturers' instructions. I. Manufacturers' certificates. J. Schedule of Values 1.2 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Submit digital copies of each submittal to the City Representative. B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Re -submittals to have original number with an alphabetic suffix. C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent drawing sheet and detail number(s), and specification section number, as appropriate. D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that products specified as well as field dimensions, installation methods and locations are in conformance with requirements of contract documents. Submittals without Contractor's stamp and signature will be returned without review. E. Schedule submittals to expedite the project and deliver to Public Works Division at 350 Main Street. El Segundo, CA 90245, attention Ms. Cheryl Ebert. Coordinate submission of related items. F. Make submittals in groups containing associated and related items to make sure that information is available for checking each item when it is received.. Submittals for all items requiring color selection must be received before any item will be approved. G. Make submittals fourteen (14) working days in advance of scheduled dates for installation, to provide time for review and possible revisions, and re- submission prior to approval and subsequent placement of orders. H. Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of the completed work. 01340-1 V-A-4 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS Provide space for Contractor and Architect's review stamps. J. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal. K. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with provisions. Contractor to submit product submittals and/or shop drawings for all products included in the plans and specifications including the following sections of work: Item Product Submittal Section 02750 Irrigation System ......................... ............ ___ X Section 02800 Landscaping................................................... X Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete.._ ... _ ......... ...... ___ X 1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. Submit initial progress schedule at the preconstruction conference with all interested parties. B. Revise and resubmit as required when progress is not in compliance with original schedule. C. Submit revised schedules with each request for Payment, identifying changes since previous version. D. Submit a Microsoft Project chart with separate line for each major section of work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. E. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration. Critical Path method shall be shown. F, Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of work at each submission. 01340-2 V-A-5 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS 1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST Within fourteen (14) working days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit complete list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS A The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. B. All substitutions shall conform to the requirements and conditions of Section 01630 and General Provisions. 1.6 SHOP DRAWINGS A Submit one mylar transparency and two bond prints of each drawing. Review comments will be shown on the mylar transparency and contractor may make and distribute such copies as are required for his purposed. Final payment shall be withheld from contractor if the contractor fails to submit as built drawings with AutoCad digital files of such. B. After review, distribute in accordance with article on procedures above and for Record Documents described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.7 PRODUCT DATA A. When specified in individual specification sections, email copies of data for each product which Contractor requires. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufactures' standard data to provide information unique to this Project. C. After review, distribute in accordance with article on procedures above and provide copies for Record Documents described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. B, Provide materials and products specified in the full range of color, texture and pattern for selection by City Representative. Range shall include standard stocked color/texture/pattern, standard color/texture/pattern not stocked, but 01340-3 V-A-6 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS available from manufacturer, and special color/texture/pattern available from manufacturer as advertised in product data and brochures. Unless otherwise indicated in individual specification sections, City Representative may select from any range at no additional cost to the City. C. Include identification on each sample, with full Project information. D. Submit the number of samples which Contractor requires, plus two which will be retained by City Representative. E. Reviewed samples which may be used in the work are indicated in individual specification Sections. 1.9 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturer's printed instructions for delivery, storage, assemble, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for Product Data. 1.10 MANUFACTURERS' CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate to City Representative for review, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements, submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect. PART 2 — SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Shall be provided by the Contractor per the Bid Schedule. END OF SECTION 01340-4 V-A-7 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance and control of installation. B. References. C. Field samples. D. Mock-up. E. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturer's instruction conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from City Representative before proceeding with work. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids except when a specific date is indicated. B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. Maintain copy at job site during progress of the specific work. C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request written clarification from City Representative before proceeding. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 01400-1 V-A-8 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 1.4 FIELD SAMPLES A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications Sections for review. B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the work. C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after field sample has been accepted by City Representative. 1.5 MOCK-UP A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. B. Acceptable and erect specified items, with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals and finishes. C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area after mock-up has been accepted by the Architect. 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instruction given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. C. Submit report in duplicate within fourteen (14) working days of observation to City Representative for review. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 — EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01400-2 V-A-9 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY The Contractor shall be responsible for all specific safety requirements promulgated by any government authority, including the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) and CAL OSHA. Application and construction procedures shall conform to requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.2 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Temporary Utilities. Electricity, telephone service, water, and sanitary facilities. 2. Temporary Controls. Barriers, enclosures and fencing, protection of the work, existing site conditions and water control. 3. Construction Facilities. Access roads, parking and progress cleaning. 1.3 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Provide and pay for power service required from utility source. B. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes. Provide flexible power cords as required. C. Contractor shall utilize temporary power only during construction. 1.4 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. C. Permanent building lighting may not be utilized during construction. 01500-1 V-A-10 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS 1.5 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide, maintain and pay for suitable quality water service required for construction operations. Contractor may obtain water from the existing irrigation recycled water mainline located at the site. All hoses used shall be labelled and tagged with purple identification and warning tags in Spanish and English language. B. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections. 1.6 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain temporary chemical type toilet facilities and enclosures sufficient for the needs of the workforce. 1.7 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage by construction operations. B. Provide protection for plant life and trees designated to remain or to be relocated, and for soft and hardscape areas adjacent to work, replace damaged materials in kind at no additional cost to the City. C. Protect non -owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site and structures by damage. 1.8 FENCING Construct a commercial grade chain link fence 6 ft high around construction site to restrict public access. Contractor shall maintain fence during project construction, including landscape maintenance period. 1.9 WATER CONTROL AND EROSION CONTROL A. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment (if required). B. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion. 01500-2 V-A-11 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS 1.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Protect installed work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to minimize damage. C. Prohibit traffic in and/or through landscaped areas. 1.11 SECURITY A. Provide security and facilities to protect work and existing facilities from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft. B. All items of work stolen or vandalized prior to acceptance by the City shall be replaced by the Contractor at Contractor's expense at no additional cost to the City. 1.12 ACCESS A. Construct and maintain temporary access to serve construction area without impeding travel way of roadways. Extend and relocate as work progress requires. B. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions. 1.13 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition at all times. B. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from site daily and dispose off -site. C. Contractor shall remove from site or cover graffiti on a daily basis. Site shall include fencing, temporary facilities and equipment. 1.14 STORAGE AREAS AND SHEDS Size to storage requirements for products of individual sections. Allow for access and orderly provision for maintenance and for inspection of products. 1.15 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS 01500-3 V-A-12 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES & CONTROLS A. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials prior to Substantial Completion Inspection. B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 ft. Grade site as indicated. C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 — EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01500-4 V-A-13 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01620 STORAGE & PROTECTION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Protect products scheduled for use in the work by means including, but not necessarily limited to, those described in this Section. B. Related work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Additional procedures also may be prescribed in other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE Include within the Contractor's quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials. 1.3 MANUFACTURERS' RECOMMENDATIONS Except as otherwise approved by the City Representative, determine and comply with manufacturers' recommendations on product handling storage, and protection. 1.4 PACKAGING A. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible. 1. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. 2. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the job site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the City. B. The City Representative shall reject as non -complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the City Representative as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent information. 01620-1 V-A-14 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01620 STORAGE & PROTECTION 1.5 PROTECTION Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitable protected until accepted by the City. 1.6 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS A. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the City Representative and at no additional cost to the City. B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the City Representative to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Primary Products: Those required for original installation. 30. PART 3 EXECUTION Per plans and specifications. END OF SECTION 01620-2 V-A-15 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. The term "Product" includes materials, systems, and equipment. Products shall be new, of the types specified, and furnished in ample quantities to facilitate proper and timely execution of the work. All products shall be pre - approved by the City. B. Use products of one manufacturer for each specific purpose, insofar as practicable. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S OPTION A. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product, meeting standards of manufacturers and the City. B. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, select any product manufacturer named. C. For products specified by naming one or more products, but indicating the option of selecting equivalent products by stating "or equal", "equal to", or "approved equal", "equivalent to", Contractor must submit a request, as required for substitution, for any product not specifically named. 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Bidding Instructions. B. Submit (not fax) by email copies of requests for substitutions per requirements of the General Provisions. Include in request: 1. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. 2. For products: a. Product identification, include manufacturer's name and address. 01630-1 V-A-16 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS b. Manufacturer's literature including product description, performance and test data, and reference standards. C. Samples. d. Name and address of similar projects on which product was used, and date of installation. 3. For construction methods: a. Detailed description of proposed method. b. Drawings illustrating methods. 4. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method specified. 1. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 2. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with product or method specified. 5. Relation to separate contracts, when applicable. C. In making request for substitution, Bidder/Contractor represents: 1. They have personally investigated proposed product or method, and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, and will pay all costs for testing of materials as requested by the City. 2. They will provide the same warranty for substitutions as for product or method specified. 3. They will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into the work, making such changes as may be required for work to be complete in all respects, at no additional cost to the city. 4. They waive all claims for additional cost related to substitution which consequently becomes apparent. 5. Cost data is complete and includes all related costs under his Contract, and costs under separate contracts, when applicable. 6. They shall modify as required all corrections, raceways, supports, conduits, etc. that may be effected by the substitution at the sole cost of the contractor and at no additional cost to the City. 01630-2 V-A-17 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01630 SUBSTITUTIONS D. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on shop drawings or project data submittals without formal request submitted in accordance with this section. 2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents. 3. Colors or finishes required by the City are not available on the proposed substitution. E. Product Cost: All product cost shall mean the cost of the product at time of bid. All requested product substitutions after bid date shall indicate original product and labor cost and product and labor cost for requested substitution. All cost savings shall be credit to the City in change order form. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 — EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 01630-3 V-A-18 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Closeout Procedures 2. Final Cleaning 3. Adjusting 4. Demonstration and Instructions 5. Project Record Documents 6. Operation and Maintenance Data 7. Warranties 8. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials 1.2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and in complete accordance with Contract Documents and ready for City Representative's inspection. B. Provide submittals to the Architect that are required by governing or other authorities. C. Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due. D. Coordination of City occupancy of facilities. 1.3 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection. B. Clean all surfaces; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, graffiti, polish glossy surfaces. C. Clean debris from drainage systems. D. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. E. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site. 01700-1 V-A-19 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1.4 ADJUSTING Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. 1.5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to City Representative two (2) weeks prior to date of final inspection. B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months. C. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with City's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance. Supply two (2) copies of operations and maintenance manual to City Representative. D. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble -shooting, servicing, maintenance and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed - upon times, at equipment location. E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction. 1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the work in contrasting color. 1. Contract Drawings 2. Specifications 3. Addenda 4. Change Order and other Modifications to the Contract 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. As -Built Construction Drawings and Autocad files. B� Store Record Documents separate from documents used for construction. C. Record information concurrent with construction in progress. Specifications: legibly mark and record at each product section in contrasting color ink, description of actual products installed. D. Part 1: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by specification section. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following: 01700-2 V-A-20 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 1. Significant design criteria. 2. List of equipment. 3. Parts list for each component. 4. Operating instructions. 5. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems. 6. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and materials. E. Part 2: Project documents and certificates, including the following: 1. Shop drawings and product data.. 2. Certificates. 3. Photocopies of warranties. 1.7 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL A. Provide duplicate notarized copies of warranties and guarantees. B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. C. Provide Table of Contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. D. Submit prior to final Application for Payment. E. For items of work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within ten days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. 1.8 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification Sections. B. Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed, obtain receipt prior to final payment. 2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTS Not used 3.0 PART 3 EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION 01700-3 V-A-21 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01710 CLEANING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Execute cleaning daily, during progress of the work, and at completion of the work. B. If the Contractor fails to clean up during construction or at the completion of the work, the City may do so and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Each Specification section: Cleaning for specific products or work. 1.3 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti -pollution laws. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazard to health or property and which will not damage surfaces. B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. 1. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute daily cleaning to keep the Work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site daily and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. 01710-1 V-A-22 Agreement No. 6866 .. SECTION 01710 CLEANING 3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Execute daily cleaning to keep the work, the site and adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from construction operations. B. Provide on -site containers for the collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. C. Remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from the site daily and dispose of at legal disposal areas away from the site. 3.2 FINAL CLEANING A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning. B. Remove grease, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials from all surfaces. C. Comply with all special cleaning instructions contained in the Specifications. D. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces: Rake clean other surfaces on the grounds. E. Prior to final completion, or City occupancy, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of all surfaces, and all work areas„ to verify that the entire Work is clean. END OF SECTION 01710-2 V-A-23 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01730 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. To aid the continued instruction of operating and maintenance personnel, and to provide a positive source of information regarding products incorporated into the work, furnish and deliver the data described in this Section and in pertinent other Sections of these Specifications. B. Related Work: 1. Documents affecting work of this Section include, but are not necessarily limited to, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Sections in Division 1 of these Specifications. 2. Required contents of submittals also may be amplified in pertinent other Sections of these Specifications. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Submit two (2) copies of preliminary draft of the proposed Manual or Manuals to the City Representative for review and comments. C, Unless otherwise directed in other Sections, or in writing by the City Representative, submit three (3) copies of the final Manual to the City Representative prior to indoctrination of operation and maintenance personnel. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE In preparing data required by this Section, use only personnel who are thoroughly trained and experienced in operation and maintenance of these described items, completely familiar with the requirements of this Section, and skilled in technical writing to the extent needed for communicating the essential data. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MAINTENANCE PROGRAM SPECIFICATION A project -specific maintenance manual shall be included with the Monument Sign structures. The manual shall provide information to establish the frequency of 01730-1 V-A-24 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01730 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA inspections, a description of preventive maintenance and repair procedures, and plan -specific inspection report forms for each component part shown on the plan. It shall also include copies of the original plan, installation instructions and parts list. Sandpaper, primer and touch-up paints shall be supplied. Primer and paints shall be in colors that match the structure and shall be compatible with the structure's powder coating. The manufacturer shall provide a chemical cleaner of adequate strength to remove paint, ink, and other common forms of graffiti from most materials / surfaces on the structure. 2.2 INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Where instruction manuals are required to be submitted under other Sections of these Specifications, prepare in accordance with the provisions of this Section. B. Format: 1. Size: 8-1/2" x 11" 2. Paper: White bond, at least 20 lb weight 3. Text: Neatly written or printed 4. Drawings: 11"x17"; bind in with text; fold out acceptable; larger drawings acceptable but fold to fit within the manual and provide a drawing pocket inside rear cover or bind in with text. 5. Flysheets: Separate each portion of the manual with neatly prepared flysheets briefly describing contents of the ensuing portion; flysheets may be in color. 6. Binding: Use heavy-duty plastic or fiberboard covers with binding mechanism concealed inside the manual, 3- ring binders will' be acceptable„ all binding is subject to City Representative's approval. 7. Measurements: Provide all measurements in U.S. standard units such as feet -and -inches, Ibs, and cfm; where items may be expected to be measured within ten years in 01730-2 V-A-25 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01730 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA accordance with metric formulae, provide additional measurements in the "International System of Units" (SI). C. - Provide front and back covers for each manual, using durable material approved by the City Representative, and clearly identified on or through the cover with at least the following information - Operating and Maintenance Instructions Name and Address of Work Name of Contractor General Subject of this Manual Space for Signature of City Representative and A royal Date D. Contents: Include at least the following: Neatly typewritten index near the front of the manual, giving immediate information as to location within the manual of all emergency information regarding the installation. 2. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of all equipment involved including lubrication, disassembly, and reassemble. 3. Complete nomenclature of all parts of all equipment. 4. Complete nomenclature and part number of all replaceable parts, name and address of nearest vendor, and all other data pertinent to procurement procedures. 5. Copy of all guarantees and warranties issued. 6. Manufacturers' bulletins, cuts, and descriptive data, where pertinent clearly indicating the precise items included in this installation and deleting, or otherwise clearly indicating, all manufacturers' data with which this installation is not concerned. 7. Such other data as required in pertinent Sections of these Specifications. 01730-3 V-A-26 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 01730 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE DATA PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTRUCTION MANUALS A. Preliminary: 1. Prepare a preliminary draft of each proposed Manual. 2. Show general arrangement, nature of contents in each portion, probable number of drawings and their size, and proposed method of binding and covering. 3. Secure the City Representative's approval prior to proceeding. B. Final: Complete the Manuals in strict accordance with the approved preliminary drafts and the City Representative's review comments. C. Revisions: 1. Following the indoctrination and instruction of operation and maintenance personnel, review all proposed revisions of the Manual with the City Representative. END OF SECTION 01730-4 V-A-27 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor requiired to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. In accordance with pertinent provisions of this Section, carefully demolish and remove from the site those items scheduled to be so demolished and removed. 2. The Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) at 1-800-422-4133 and obtain an inquiry identification number. No excavation shall commence unless the Contractor has obtained the Inquiry Identification Number, and so notify the City Representative. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 02110 Clearing and Grubbing Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 DEMOLITION 02050-1 V-A-28 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION A. By careful study of the Contract Documents, determine the location and extent of selective demolition to be performed. B. In the company of the City Representative, visit the site and verify the extent and location of selective demolition required. 1. Carefully identify limits of selective demolition. 2. Mark interface surfaces as required to enable workmen to identify items to be removed and items to be left in place intact. C. Prepare and follow an organized plan for demolition and removal of items. 1. Shut off, cap, and otherwise protect existing public utility lines in accordance with the requirements of the public agency or utility having jurisdiction. 2. Completely remove items scheduled to be so demolished and removed, leaving surfaces clean, solid, and ready to receive new materials specified elsewhere. 3. In all activities, comply with pertinent regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. D. Demolished materials shall be considered to be property of the Contractor and shall be completely removed from the job site. E. Use means necessary to prevent dust becoming a nuisance to the public, to neighbors, and to other work being performed on or near the site. 3.3 REPLACEMENTS In the event of demolition of Items not so scheduled to be demolished, promptly replace such items to the approval of the City Representative and at no additional cost to the City. 02050-2 V-A-29 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02050 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 3.4 CLEAN-UP Leave surfaces free of dirt„ gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. Remove all underground service alert markings. PART 4 — METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 02050-3 V-A-30 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02110 CLEARING & GRUBBING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. The Contractor shall contact the regional notification center (Underground Service Alert of Southern California) at 1-800-422-4133 and obtain an inquiry identification number. No excavation shall commence unless the Contractor has obtained the Inquiry Identification Number and so notified the City Representative. 2. Hauling of all debris, generated by site demolition, clearing and grubbing, and legally disposing at a dumpsite licensed to accept material. PART 2 — PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 CLEARING & GRUBBING A. Record plans shall be available on site and shall be reviewed by the City Representative at all times before work is covered. B. Clearing and grubbing shall consist of the removal of all natural and artificial objectionable materials from construction areas. C. Grubbing shall extend to the outside excavations and fill slope lines. Where slopes are rounded, the areas shall extend to the outside limits of slope rounding. D. Clear ground surface of all vegetable growth, such as trees, logs, upturned stumps, roots, brush, grass, weeds, and all objectionable material within limits of construction and/or grading operations. Areas of existing lawn not disturbed by construction or grading shall be protected. E. All roots 1" and larger, rocks and/or debris 3" and larger, and all other objectionable materials shall be removed 3 feet below existing ground surface or subgrade whichever is deeper where encountered during demolition or construction operations. 02110-1 V-A-31 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02110 CLEARING & GRUBBING F. All materials removed shall be legally disposed of off the site, at a facility licensed to accept such materials. 3.2 PROTECTION OF EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS A. Protection of underground site utilities. B. Protection of Items to be relocated, reused or salvaged. C. Protection of plant life, trees and shrubs to remain or to be relocated. (all trees not affected by construction of grading operations) Water remaining trees during construction. 3.3 SALVAGE ITEMS Salvage items are the property of the City, if the City chooses not to dispose of these items, they then become the property of the Contractor. Contractor shall remove from site at his own expense and no additional cost to the City. 3.4 CLEAN-UP Leave surfaces free of dirt, gauges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment„ surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. Remove all underground service alert markings from the site. PART 4 — METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 02110-2 V-A-32 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK & GRADING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items- 1. Contact "Underground Service Alert" 1-800-422-4133, 48 hours prior to any digging. 2. Clearing & Grubbing. 3. Subgrade preparation for walks, slabs, sub -base and other items of work. 4. Finish grading of the site. 5. Excavation and backfill for all footings, structures etc. 6. Soil compaction as required. 7. Weed control treatment. 8. Protective measures. 9. Dust and noise abatement. 10. Perform all cutting, spreading, backfilling and compaction necessary. 11. Contractor shall secure and maintain all required permits and licenses necessary to legally complete the work of this section. City will pay for city required permits only. 12. Contractor is responsible for paying any fees made necessary by the removal and disposal of earth and debris. 13. The Contractor shall provide all survey services necessary for horizontal and vertical control points, layouts, lines, levels and staking of work. 14, Erosion control and storm water run-off management. Contractor to submit erosion control plan to City for review and approval. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.3 GRADING OPERATIONS A. It is the intent that grading on this site shall balance. The City Representative reserves the right to adjust the finished grades as needed to meet this intent. B. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to perform all cutting, spreading, backfilling and compaction operations necessary to comply with the intent of the Plans. C. The Contractors attention is specially directed to the requirements of Section 300-4.4, and Section 300-4.5 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 02210-1 V-A-33 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK & GRADING D. The City Representative will observe the placement of fill and backfill, foundation excavations, compacted fill and subgrade areas. Contractor shall contact City Representative 48 hours prior to execution of this work. E. Clearing and grubbing shall include the removal and disposal of any additional items not specifically mentioned herein or shown on the plans, but, which may be found within the work limits. (Refer to section 02110 of these specifications.) F. The Contractor shall work closely with the City Representative during grading operations and shall receive written approval from City Representative of grading, subgrade preparation and compaction rp for to placement or construction of any item according to the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. All work shall be performed in accordance with Section 300 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 1.4 WATER Contractor shall make and pay for any necessary hook-up to provide construction water service to the site during construction. The Contractor will pay the cost for construction water used. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1. MATERIALS A. Structural Backfill: 1 On site excavated fill as approved by the City Representative. 2 Imported granular material as approved by City Representative. 3. Rocks larger than 1" in diameter shall be removed from excavated fill prior to backfill and compaction. 02210-2 V-A-34 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK & GRADING B. Fill Materials- 1 Imported fill if required and as approved by the City Representative. 2 On site soil materials as approved by City Representative. 3. Rocks larger than 1" in diameter shall be removed from excavated fill prior to backfill and compaction. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Clearing and Grubbing with the exception of pavement removal in parking driveway aprons shall be completed prior to the start of grading procedures. 3.2 ROUGH GRADING The site shall be graded to the limit lines and elevations shown on the project drawings with such allowances as may be required for the construction of footings, slabs, walks„ and other site improvements. Tolerance for rough grading is 1/10th of a foot, plus or minus at drainage swales and paved areas. In all areas, appearances and positive drainage shall be the governing factors in acceptability of grades. 3.3 EXCAVATION A. Make necessary excavations for footings and slabs, and perform additional excavation necessary to provide for installation of concrete forms. B. Sides of footings may be poured against undisturbed soil if City Representative approves. On site excavated materials shall be used as approved by City Representative. C. Bottom of footing excavations shall be level, free from loose materials and brought to required grades in undisturbed earth. All excavations shall be kept free from standing water. The Contractor shall perform all pumping or drainage necessary. Should excavations for footings through error be over excavated, such additional depth or size shall be filled with concrete as specified for footings at the Contractors expense. 02210-3 V-A-35 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK & GRADING 3.5 BACKFILL A. Material used for backfill of trenches shall be free from large stones and clods. Material shall be as approved by the City Representative and in accordance with Section 306-12.3 and Section 300-7.4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. B. Backfill shall be deposited in layers of a maximum 6 thickness and with water, amount to be rigidly controlled to ensure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excess water causing saturation beneath footings, walks and/or curbs will not be permitted. C. Structural backfill and subgrades shall be compacted by suitable means to a minimum of ninety (90) percent relative density for areas requiring structural backfill. All landscaped areas shall be compacted to ninety (90) percent relative density. D. All trenches shall be backfilled in accordance with this section and shall be tested at the discretion of the City Representative. 3.6 SUBGRADE PREPARATION Subgrade preparation for building pads, concrete slabs, curbs, walks and gutters shall conform to the requirements of Section 301-1 of the Standard' Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 3.7 FINISH GRADES A. Finish grades shall slope to drain without water pockets or irregularities and shall conform to the intent of the project drawings and Specifications after thorough settlement and compaction of the soil. B. Finish grades shall meet all existing or established controls of sidewalks, curbs and walls, and shall be of uniform slope and grade between points of fixed elevations or elevation controls and from such points to establish grades. Tolerance for finish grading is plus or minus 1/10th of a foot. 3.8 DUST AND NOISE ABATEMENT During the entire period of construction, site areas shall be kept and managed as necessary to reduce dust in the air and annoyance to surrounding properties. Adhere to the requirements of City Ordinances for dust and noise control. 02210-4 V-A-36 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02210 EARTHWORK & GRADING PART 4 — METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated' and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 02210-5 V-A-37 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02541 DECOMPOSED GRANITE PART 1 - GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform with requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract including: 1. Installation of decomposed granite at designated areas. 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02200 Earthwork and Grading Section 02800 Landscaping 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS / SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Within fourteen (14) calendar days after the Contractor has received the Notice to Proceed from Owner, submit: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section for use. 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Store materials in accordance'with manufacturer's instruction in order to prevent contamination. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the 02541- 1 V-A-38 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02541 DECOMPOSED GRANITE specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Decomposed Granite shall be subject to the approval of the Architect. Contractor to submit a sample of D.G. to Architect for approval prior to installation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Decomposed Granite shall be placed in 1.5 inch lifts. Level each lift to a smooth plane surface. Thoroughly dampen and compact with a minimum three ton roller. Scarify, regrade and recompact areas not conforming to finish grades as shown on Plans. 3.3 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work, PART 4 METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicatedand shall include all costs for installation, labor„ materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 02541- 2 V-A-39 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform to requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Provide product submittals 2. Irrigation main line including all gate valves, tees, fittings & concrete thrust blocks 3. Pressure test main line 4. Irrigation control valves, master valve and control wires 5. Lateral lines and irrigation heads 6. Quick coupling valves & pipe 7. Backfill and compact all trenching 8. Provide for irrigation cover test 9. Provide 1 year guarantee 10. Provide "as -built" drawings 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Material List: Contractor shall submit within fourteen (14) working days of notice of award of contract, a complete materials list for approval by the City prior to performing any work. Catalog data and full descriptive literature must be submitted whenever the substitution of items different than those specified is proposed. Notarized certificate must. be submitted by plastic pipe and fitting manufacturer indicating that material complies with specifications, unless the piping material has been previously approved. 2. Material list shall be submitted using the following format: Item Description 1. Pressure Supply Line 2. Lawn Head 3. Etc. B. Record Prints: 02750-1 Manufacturer Model No. Lasco Sch. 40 Rainbird #1804 V-A-40 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 1. Record accurately on one set of blue -line prints all changes in the work constituting departures from the original contract drawings, including changes in pressure and non -pressure line locations, sprinklers and valves. 2. These prints shall be available on -site at all times and shall be reviewed by the City prior to work being covered. 3. The changes and dimensions shall be recorded in a legible and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City Representative prior to final inspection of work, submit record prints to City Representative for approval. Final product must be draftsman quality, Contractor shall provide one (1) mylar, two (2) bond and ACAD of all "as -built" information. 4. Dimension from two permanent points of reference (buildings, monuments, sidewalks, curbs, pavement, etc.) Data to be shown on record prints shall be recorded day-to-day as the project is being installed. 5. Show locations and depths of the following items: a. Point of connection b. Routing of sprinkler pressure lines (dimension maximum 100 feet along routing) C. Gate valves d. Sprinkler control valves e. Quick coupling valves h. Routing of control wires i. Irrigation heads j. Related equipment (as may be directed) 6. Record stationing of all valves operated by the control system 1.3 INSPECTIONS A. Inspections will be required for: 1. Pressure test of irrigation main line 2. Coverage test/System layout 3. Final inspection/start of maintenance 4. Final acceptance B. Inspection Requests: 02750-2 V-A-41 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 1. Contractor shall notify the City Representative 48 hours in advance for requesting all inspection as follows: a. Pressure supply line installation and testing - 36 hours (1-1/2 working days) b. Coverage tests/System layout - 36 hours (1-1/2 working days) C. Final Inspection - 48 hours (two working days) 2. No inspection will commence without record prints. In the event the Contractor calls for an inspection without up to date record prints, without completing previously noted corrections, or without preparing the system for inspection, the inspection will be canceled and the Contractor back charged for the direct costs of all City personnel time and Consultant time lost. C. Closing in uninspected work: 1. Do not allow or cause any of the work of this section to be covered up or enclosed until it has been inspected, tested and approved by the City Representative. D. Coverage test: 1. When the sprinkler system is completed, Contractor shall perform a coverage test in the presence of the City Representative (and Water District if necessary), to determine if the water coverage for planting areas is complete and adequate. This test must be accepted by the City Representative before planting can commence. E. Hydrostatic test: 1. Prior to the installation of any valves, all pressure lines shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of one -hundred -twenty five (125) PSI for a period of not less than six hours, with all ends of lines capped and the line fully charged with water after all air has been expelled from the line. All joints must be exposed during pressure test. Lateral line pressure test shall be at one -hundred (100) PSI for a period not less than two hours. 2. All hydrostatic tests shall be made in the presence of the City Representative. No pressure line shall be backfilled until it has been inspected, tested, approved in writing, and the mainline and valve locations have been noted on the as -built record drawings. 02750-3 V-A-42 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 3. Contractor shall furnish necessary hydrostatic force pump and all other test equipment. 1.4 TURNOVER ITEMS A. As -Built Drawings. - As -Built Drawings must be approved by the City Representative prior to acceptance of project. 2. The Contractor shall provide the City with one (1) mylar, two (2) bond and ACAD files of all as -built information at no extra cost. Contractor shall also provide the City with three (3) sets of laminated color -coded, clean, readable, zone charts for the irrigation systems, at no extra cost. Final products must be draftsman quality. B. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Within ten (10) calendar days after substantial completion, prepare and deliver to the City Representative all required descriptive materials, properly preparedin two (2) individually bound copies of the operation and maintenance manual. The manual shall describe the material installed and shall be in sufficient detail to permit operating personnel to identify, operate, and maintain all equipment. Spare parts lists and related manufacturer's information shall be included for each equipment item installed. Each complete, bound manual shall include the following information: a. Index sheet stating Contractor's address and telephone number, including names and addresses and telephone numbers of local manufacturer's representatives. b. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on each of the following pieces of equipment- (1) Control system components. (2) Remote control valves. C. Materials to be furnished: 1. Supply as part of this contract the following items: 02750-4 V-A-43 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM a. Twelve (12) each of each type and spray pattern of sprinkler heads/bodies/rotors installed. b. Two (2) wrenches for disassembly and adjustment of each type sprinkler head installed. C. Two (2) keys for each automatic controller. d. One (1) couplers with a 1 type with hand wheel and installed. inch bronze hose bib, bent nose two coupler keys for every five e. Two (2) valve box cover keys. f. "As -built" record drawings. g. Remove and turn over backflow device valve handles. h. Documentation of Water Department's inspection and acceptance of backflow device. D. The above items shall be turned over to the City at the conclusion of the project - final inspection. 1.6 GUARANTEE A. General- 1, The entire sprinkler system, including all work done under this contract, shall be guaranteed against all defects and fault of material and workmanship for a period of one (1) year following the filing of the Notice of Completion. All materials used shall carry a manufacturer's guarantee of one (1) year. Control equipment shall carry an installer's warranty of five (1) year. 2. Should any problem with the irrigation or control system be discovered within the guarantee period, it shall be corrected by the Contractor or installer at no additional expense to the City within seventy-two (72) hours of receipt of written notice from the City. When the nature of the repairs as determined by the City constitutes an emergency (e.g. broken pressure line) the City may proceed to make repairs at the Contractor"s/lnstaller's expense. Any and all damages to existing improvement resulting either from faulty materials or workmanship, or from the necessary repairs to 02750-5 V-A-44 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM correct same, shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the City by the Contractor/Installer, all at no additional cost to the City. B. Form of Guarantee: Guarantee/Warranty shall be submitted on Contractor's/Installers own letterhead as follows: GUARANTEE FOR SPRINKLER IRRIGATION SYSTEM We hereby guarantee that the sprinkler irrigation control system we have furnished and installed is free from defects in materials and workmanship, and the work has been completed in accordance with the drawings and specifications, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse, or neglect excepted, and that the work, materials, and equipment as installed will fulfill the requirements of the guarantee included in the specifications. We agree to repair or replace any or all of our work together with any other adjacent work which may be displaced by so doing that may prove to be defective in its workmanship or materials within a period of one year, five years for the control system from the date of final acceptance of the above named project by the City. We shall make such repairs or replacements within seventy-two hours following written notification by the City. When the immediate repair or replacement of the work is necessary to ensure the public safety and welfare, which would be endangered by continued usage of the facility, such circumstance will be deemed an operational emergency. In the event of such an emergency after the City contacts our firm and after authorizing twenty-four hours to initiate repairs, if we fail to initiate and diligently complete such repairs in a timely manner, the Director may direct City forces to perform such functions as he may deem necessary to correct the work and immediately place the facility back in operational condition. If such procedure is implemented, we shall bear all expenses incurred by the City. In all cases, the judgment of the Director shall be final in determining whether an operational emergency exists. In the event of our failure to make such repairs or replacements within the time specified after receipt of written notice from the City (other than an operational emergency), we authorize the City to proceed to have said repairs or replacements made at our expense and we will pay the costs and charges therefore upon demand. PROJECT:- SIGNED: — LOCATION., ADDRESS: PHONE: 02750-6 V-A-45 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM C. After the system has been completed and fully programmed, the Control System Installer shall instruct minimum of three (3) Parks Department Representatives in the operation and maintenance of the system to the satisfaction of the department and shall furnish a complete set of operating instructions. D. Any settling of trenches which may occur during the one-year period following acceptance shall be repaired to the City's satisfaction by the Contractor without any additional expense to the City. Repairs shall include the complete restoration of all damage to planting, paving or other improvements of any kind as a result of the work. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL All materials shall conform to Section 800 of the Standard Specification except as modified herein. 2.2 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Pipe - General: 1. Pressure supply lines two (2) inches in diameter and up to eight (8) inches in diameter shall be Class 315 solvent weld PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. 2. Pressure supply lines 1-1/2 inches in diameter and smaller shall be minimum schedule 40 PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. 3. Non -pressure lines shall be minimum Sch. 40 PVC with Sch. 40 PVC fittings. B. Plastic Pipe: 1, Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 800-2.1.3: All plastic pipe shall bear the following markings: manufacturer's name, nominal pipe size, schedule or class, type of material, pressure rating in PSI, NSF seal of approval, and date of extrusion. 2. Amend Standard Specification Section 800-2.1.3 to read: All plastic pipe fittings shall be standard weight schedule 40 and shall be injection molded of an improved PVC fitting compound. All threaded plastic fittings shall have injection molded threads. No cut 02750-7 V-A-46 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM threads will be accepted on PVC pipe and fittings. All tees and ells shall be manufactured in injection molds that are side gated. All threaded nipples shall be standard weight schedule 80 with molded threads. 2.3 VALVES A. Remote Control Valves and Master Valve: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 800-2.2.4: Valves shall be spring -loaded, self-cleaning, packless diaphragm activated, of a normally closed type. 2. Valve solenoid shall be corrosion -proof and constructed of stainless steel molded in epoxy to form one integral unit, and shall be 24 volt A.C., 2.0 watt maximum (2" and smaller valves). 3. Valve shall close against flow without chatter and with minimum closing surge pressure (minimum 5 seconds closing time per valve). B. Quick -Coupling Valves: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 800-2.2.6: Quick coupling valves shall have locking rubber cover and shall be 1" in size. Quick C. Pressure reducing valve shall be Bronze in material and as shown on the plans. D, Gate Valves: 1. All gate valves shall be capable of withstanding a minimum working pressure of not less than 150 PSI. E. Valve Boxes: 1, Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 800-2.2.7: All remote control valve boxes shall be rectangular plastic boxes with non -hinged locking plastic covers. Valve boxes will be branded/embossed with controller and valve circuit number on lid with two (2) inch high letters. Gate valve boxes shall be round plastic boxes with non -hinged locking plastic covers marked either "Gate Valve"' or "G.V." with letters branded or embossed on the cover with two (2) inch high letters. 02750-8 V-A-47 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 2.4 NOT USED 2.5 ELECTRICAL MATERIALS A. Conduit: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 800-3.2.1 to read: Conduit below paving shall be schedule 40 PVC of sufficient size to carry all proposed wiring. Wiring shall be in a separate sleeve. B. Wire: 1. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 800-3.2.2: All common wire shall be white with a colored stripe. Stripe color shall be different for each controller installed. All control wire shall be of one color other than white or green. A different color control wire shall be used for each valve installed. C. Electrical Service: 1. Materials for electrical service shall comply with the standard specifications, governing utility agency standards, and requirements of all applicable codes. 2.6 NOT USED 2.7 IRRIGATION HEADS All irrigation heads shall be as shown on the plans and shall conform to Section 801 of the Standard Specifications. 2.8 SPRINKLER RISERS All pop-up sprinklers shall have an adjustable riser assembly (triple swing joint). PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All work shall conform to Section 801-5 of the Standard Specifications except as modified herein. No work of this section other than sleeving under pavement shall commence prior to the completion and acceptance of all grading work. B. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801-5.1: 02750-9 V-A-48 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Irrigation System Design and Water Supply: a. The irrigation system design is based upon a minimum available water pressure of 70 PSI. at the water meter and a flow rate of 50 g.p.m. The system is designed to withstand a maximum pressure of 120 PSI. Contractor shall verify the existing working water pressure at the water supply location shown on the drawings prior to starting construction. The Contractor shall notify the City in writing of any discrepancies noted. Failure to provide such written notification may result in the Contractor being required to provide for modifications to the irrigation system as necessary to achieve a fully operational system providing 100% coverage at the operating pressure available, all at no additional cost to the City. b. Connections to or the installation of the water supply shall be at the locations shown on the drawings. Minor changes caused by actual site conditions shall be made at no additional cost to the City. C. Electrical Service: Contractor shall provide 120 Volt electrical service as necessary to the irrigation controller. D. Code Requirements: Prior to all work of this section, verify that irrigation system may be installed in strict accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations, the original design, the referenced standards, and the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. In the event any equipment or methods indicated on the drawings or in specifications is in conflict with local codes, immediately notify the inspector prior to installing. If this notification is not provided, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the cost of all revisions necessary to comply with code. E. Coordination with work of other trades: Make all necessary measurements in the field to ensure precise fit of items in accordance the original design. Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all irrigation materials with all other work. Special attention shall be given to coordination of piping locations versus tree and shrub locations and sleeve locations versus pavement installation to avoid conflicts. 02750-10 V-A-49 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM F. Contractor shall maintain record drawing blueprint on site at all times. Upon completion of work, transfer all as -built information on changes and dimensions to reproducible mylar. Final product must be draftsman quality, to the satisfaction of the City. 3.2 TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING A. Trenching: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801-5.2' Dig trenches and support pipe continuously on bottom of ditch. Where lines occur under paved areas, depth dimensions shall be considered below subgrade. 2. Amend Standard Specifications Section 801-5-2 to read, Water lines continuously pressurized - minimum 18 inches, maximum 24 inches. (These measurements are to be from subgrade elevation for piping under pavement.) 3. Amend Standard Specifications Section 801-5.2C to read- Lateral Sprinkler lines - minimum 12 inches and maximum 16 inches. 4. Add the following to StandardSpecifications Section 801-5.3.1, Where it is necessary to excavate adjacent to existing trees, the Contractor shall avoid injury to trees and tree roots. Excavation in areas where two (2) inch and larger roots occur shall be done by hand. All roots two (2) inches and larger in diameter shall be tunneled under and shall be heavily wrapped with wet burlap to prevent scarring or drying. Where trenching machine is run close to trees having roots smaller than two (2) inches in diameter, the wall of the trench adjacent to the tree shall be hand trimmed, making a clean cult through the roots. Roots one (1) inch and larger in diameter shall be painted with two coats, (2) of tree seal or approved equal. Trenches adjacent to trees shall be closed within twenty-four (24) hours. 5Permanent Resurfacing, Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801-5.4: All surface improvements damaged or remolved as a result of the Contractor's operations shall be reconstructed by the Contractor to the same dimenisions, except for pavement thickness, and with the same type materials used in the original work, Trench, resurfacing shall be one (1) inch greater in thickness than existing pavement. Concrete pavement shall be removed and replaced in "'full panels" with no horizontal dimension less than five (5) feet, Contractor shall review the planned limits 02750-11 V-A-50 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM and lines of concrete removal replacement with the City prior to sawcutting for removal work. B. Backfill: 1. Amend Standard Specifications Section 801-5.3.1 to read: Backfill shall be uniformly tamped in 4-inch layers under and around the pipe for the full width of the trench and the full length of the pipe. Materials shall be sufficiently damp to permit thorough compaction, free of voids. Backfill shall be compacted to dry density equal to adjacent undisturbed soil and shall conform to adjacent grades. 2. Flooding in lieu of tamping is not allowed without specific prior written approval of the City Representative. 3. Under no circumstances shall the wheels of any vehicle not designed for the purpose of soils compaction be used to compact backfill. 3.3 PIPE INSTALLATION A. General: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801-5.3.1: 1. Cutting or breaking of existing pavement is not permitted except as approved by the City. When approved, all necessary repairs and replacements will be made at no additional cost to the City. 2. Carefully inspect all pipe and fittings before installation, removing all dirt, scale and burrs and reaming„ install pipe with all markings up for visual inspection and verification. 3. Contractor shall install concrete thrust blocking per the manufacturer's recommendations at all changes of direction and terminal points of pressure pipe. 4. Parallel lines shall not be installed directly over one another. Provide a minimum of 12" horizontal separation for all parallel lines. 5. For plastic -to -metal connections, work the metal connections first. Use a non -hardening pipe dope on all threaded plastic -to -metal connections, except where noted otherwise. 6. All piping under pavement shall be sleeved using schedule 40 PVC sleeves. Each line shall be separately sleeved. 02750-12 V-A-51 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 7, Do not install multiple assemblies ("manifold") on plastic lines. Provide each equipment assembly (e.g. RCV, quick coupler, ball valves, head, backflow device) with its own connection to its service line. B. Plastic Pipe: Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801- 5.3.3: 1. Exercise care in handling, loading, unloading and storing plastic pipe and fittings, store plastic pipe and fittings under cover until ready to install; transport plastic pipe on a vehicle with a bed long enough to allow pipe to lay flat, avoid undue bending and any concentrated external load. 2. 3600 applicators shall be used to apply primer and solvent on pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. 3.4 NOT USED 3.5 VALVE AND VALVE BOX INSTALLATION A. Amend Standard Specifications Section 801-5.4 to read: Valves shall be the same size as the pipeline in which they are installed unless otherwise specified on plans. Valves shall be installed a minimum of three feet in horizontal distance apart, each with its own connection to the pressure main line. B. Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801-5.4: Valves shall be installed in shrub areas whenever possible. C. All irrigation valve boxes shall have station and controller numbers branded/embossed on lids. 3.6 SPRINKLER HEAD INSTALLATION Amend Standard Specifications Section 801-5.5.1 to read: Sprinkler heads shall be installed as designated on the drawings and per City standard details. Upon coverage testing of the system, if 100% coverage is not afforded by the system as designed, additional heads shall be added as necessary to achieve 100% coverage. Up to 5% of the total number of heads in the system are to be added at no additional cost to the City. If a greater number of heads is needed, cost should be as negotiated by change order. 3.7 COMPLETION CLEANING 02750-13 V-A-52 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Add the following to Standard Specifications Section 801:: Upon completion of the work, Contractor shall smooth all ground surfaces, remove excess materials, rubbish, debris„ etc., sweep ajacenit streets, curbs, gutters, walkways and trails, and remove construction equipment from the premises. 3.8 IRRIGATION SYSTEM MAINTENANCE A. Due to the nature of the project, it will be necessary for the successful Contractor to coordinate with the existing maintenance Contractor when programming shared existing controllers. B. Concurrent with the thirty (30) calendar day landscape establishment period and the sixty (60) calendar day landscape maintenance period, the irrigation system shall be kept in operational and good working order. C. The following conditions shall be met during the thirty (30) calendar day landscape establishment and the sixty (60) day landscape maintenance period. Maintain the complete irrigation system in an operable and appropriate manner. 2. Repair and adjust all sprinkler heads to maintain proper coverage, including adjusting heads to proper height. 3. Adjust water application to compensate for changes in weather, and be responsible for damages occurring due to under watering and due to overwatering. 4. Make replacements with new material identical to the original. 5. Where equipment damage is a result of negligence of the Contractor, replace within one watering period. 6. Where equipment damage is not result of negligence of the Contractor, report the damage promptly to the City's maintenance personnel, with an estimate of costs for repairs. 7. Operationally check all systems at least once each week. 8. Except as otherwise approved by the City's maintenance personnel, irrigate between 10.00 P.M. and 6.00 A.M, only. END OF SECTION 02750-14 V-A-53 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02750 IRRIGATION SYSTEM 02750-15 V-A-54 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Soil Testing, Planting And Maintenance Approvals. 2. Soil Preparation. 3. Application Of Fertilizers, Wood Shavings And Plant Tablets, Etc. 4. Finish Grading And Fine Grading. 5. Watering. 6. Plant Establishment Period (30 calendar Days). 7. Landscape Maintenance Period (90 calendar Days). 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 01340 Submittals B. Section 01620 Storage and Protection C. Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading D. Section 02750 Irrigation System 1.3 APPROVALS A. All irrigation system work shall be inspected and approved by the City Representative, prior to start of any work in this section. B. An Agricultural Soil Suitability Report for all planting areas shall be furnished by the Contractor after completion of finish grading and prior to start of soil preparation work. The requirements for fertilization and amendments as specified herein, may be modified as necessary by the City Representative prior to start of work in this section. Soil suitability test must be performed by a laboratory approved by the City. 1. Provide certification of application to City Representative. C. Written certification required which are to be submitted to the City Representative upon delivery to the job site include: 1. Quantity of Commercial Fertilizers, by type. 2. Quantity of Soil Amendments and Conditions, by type. 3. Quantity of Mulch„ by type. 4. Quantity of Fertilizer, by type. 5. Quantity of Plant Material, by type. 02800-1 V-A-55 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.6 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. All shrubs and trees shall be tagged by Nursery and have tags in -place upon delivery to site. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and Section 01620. Store all plant and soil preparation materials out of construction area. Plant material must be continuously cared for by the Contractor upon delivery to site and until final acceptance of the project. 1.6 GUARANTEE A. All trees, shrubs, vines and ground cover shall be guaranteed from date of final acceptance of project for the following periods of time. Sod.........................................................90 calendar days 1, 5 & 15 Gallon Shrubs. ........... ___ ........ _90 calendar days 15 Gallon Trees ............... ......................... _.............. 1 Year B. Replace all plants, that in the opinion of the City Representative are either dead, dying or in an unacceptable condition at any time during the life of the Contract and guarantee period. Newly installed replacement plants shall carry the same guarantee period as defined in subsection A from date of replacement planting. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS All plant material shall meet requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 801-1 except as modified herein, plant material described in quantity, size and type on project plans. 2.2 SOIL On site soil. 02800-2 V-A-56 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING 2.3 SOD Per plans or approved equal. 2.4 SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Quantities shown on Plans are for bid purposes only. The Contractor shall install soil amendments as specified by soil test results or designated by City Representative. B. Organic Soil Amendment: Ground or processed nitrolized wood product, Type 1, as approved by the City Representative and conform to the provisions of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition Section 800-1.2.4. C. Commercial Fertilizer: Per plans or approved equal. All materials shall comply with Section 800-1.2.3 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 2.5 MAINTENANCE PERIOD Commercial fertilizer to be per plans and comply with the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, Section 801-6. Free flowing material delivered in unopened sacks. Material which becomes caked or otherwise damaged shall not be used. Sod 7 lbs./1,000 S.F. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Installation shall conform to the requirements of Section 801-6 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition, except as modified herein. C. All weed growth within areas to receive planting shall be removed. All trash and deleterious materials on the surface of the ground shall be removed from the site and legally disposed of. 02800-3 V-A-57 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING D. Sod areas shall be graded so that after cultivation, amendment and settlement, the soil shall be 3/4" to 1" below the top of curb or paving. E. All flow lines shall be maintained to allow for free flow of surface water. Displaced material which would interfere with drainage shall be removed and placed as directed. Low spots and pockets shall be graded to drain properly. 3.2 SOD INSTALLATION A. Grade smooth all surfaces to receive sod. Soil surface shall be approximately 1-1/2 inch below adjacent pavement after settling, level, smooth and moist prior to installation. All areas shall slope to drain. B. Water areas thoroughly and allow surface to dry off before installation. Do not create muddy conditions when watering. 3.3 NOT USED 3.4 WATERING A. Apply water to all sod areas during operations and thereafter, until acceptance of the work. B. All sod areas shall be kept damp at all times and irrigation should be adjusted accordingly. This normally would involve four (4) to six (6) watering periods daily, each watering period (ON) regulated to just dampen the mulch and seeds without creating run off. 3.5 PLANT ESTABLISHMENT A. General 1, Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to perform work during the Plant Establishment Period, as specified herein, including but not limited to; adequate watering of plant material, replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds, rodents and other pests. 2. The Plant Establishment Period shall consist of thirty calendar days prior to the Post -Installation Period. Following inspection of planting operations the City Representative shall notify the Contractor in writing to establish the effective beginning date of the Plant Establishment Period. 02800-4 V-A-58 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING 3. Time required for plant establishment shall be considered as included in the total time limit specified in the Contract. 4. Plant Establishment Period may be extended by the City Representative if the planting areas are improperly maintained, appreciable replacement is required or other corrective work becomes necessary. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the park. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 6. Contractor shall spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto adjoining property and preventing any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. 7. In order to carry out the plant establishment work, the Contractor shall maintain a sufficient number of men and adequate equipment to perform the work specified from the time any planting is done until final acceptance. 8. Workmen shall not be allowed to walk on sod areas unnecessarily prior, during, or after planting operations. 9. The plant establishment period shall extend at least thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the last planting. The date of last planting may be the replacement planting of significant areas that failed to grow at the City Representative's discretion. Contractor shall bear all costs for extension of the plant establishment period. 10. All plants that show signs of failure to grow at any time during the life of the contract, or those plants so injured or damaged as to render them unsuitable for the purposes intended, shall be immediately replaced in kind at the expense of the Contractor and a new 90 day guarantee period shall be given. B. Execution:. 1. All areas, including, but not limited to sod and planting, concrete walks and slabs and sand, shall be kept clean and free of weeds, litter and debris. 2. Contractor shall operate the irrigation system automatically and shall properly and completely maintain all parts of the irrigation system. Contractor shall deliver water in sufficient quantities and adjust water application to compensate for seasonal conditions. 02800-5 V-A-59 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING 3. Before weeds exceed 2" in height, they shall be removed and disposed of off -site. Serious weed pests (i.e. blackberry, sedge, Bermuda grass or bind weed) shall be sprayed with Roundup, as manufactured by Monsanto Co., or approved equal, at the rate of five (5) quarts per acre and left in place for ten (10) calendar days. Application shall be as recommended by manufacturer. As determined by the City Representative, a second application of Roundup shall be made ten (10) calendar days after the first application. With both applications, areas sprayed shall remain unwatered for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours. Dead weeds shall be removed ten (10) calendar days after second application and disposed of off -site (for newly planted shrub and ground cover areas only). 4. If the City Representative notifies the Contractor of failure to control weeds as specified herein, the Contractor shall kill all weeds within ten (10) calendar days of such verification. The Post -Installation Maintenance Period will be extended for every day after the ten (10) calendar days until such weeds have been killed. C. Fertilization: Fertilize all newly planted areas (trees, shrubs and ground cover) with Best Pro -Balance 15-15-15 or equal at rate 7 lbs. per 1000 SF at the completion of the 30 day plant establishment period. D. Inspection: Upon completion of the Plant Establishment Period, Contractor shall request an inspection of construction to establish the beginning date of the Post -Installation Period. The request shall be made to the City Representative a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to the date for inspection. 3.6 SIXTY DAY POST -INSTALLATION MAINTENANCE PERIOD A. General: Contractor shall provide all labor, materials, and equipment to perform work during the Post -Installation Maintenance Period, as specified herein, including but not limited to; adequate watering of plant material, replacing unsuitable plant material and controlling weeds, rodents and other pests. 2. The Post -Installation Maintenance Period shall consist of sixty (60) calendar days, following inspection and approval of the Plant 02800-6 V-A-60 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING Establishment Period and project construction performed in accordance with the contract documents. The City Representative shall notify the Contractor in writing to establish the effective beginning date of the Post - Installation Maintenance Period. 3. Contractor shall maintain the project weekly on a continuous basis until acceptance of the work. Areas shall be so cared for as to present a neat and clean condition at all times. 4. The park will not be available for public use during the Post -Installation Maintenance Period. Contractor shall conduct operations so as to cause no danger or inconvenience to the public. 5. Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining adequate protection of the park. Costs incurred due to damage or replacement shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 6. Notification shall be given to the City Representative forty-eight (48) hours prior to the Contractor performing "specialty -type" operations, including but not limited to; fertilization, chemical weed abatement and fungicide applications. 7. Time required for Post -Installation Maintenance shall be considered as included in the total time limit specified in the Contract. 8, Working days when the Contractor fails to adequately perform maintenance operations as specified herein or determined to be necessary by the City Representative will not be credited as Post - Installation Maintenance Period days. R Post -Installation Maintenance Period may be extended by the City Representative if the project is improperly maintained, appreciable replacement is required, or other corrective work becomes necessary. Contractor shall schedule a preliminary walk-thru inspection five (5) calendar days prior to the end of the first thirty (30) days of the Post - Installation Maintenance Period. Contractor shall correct deficiencies before the Post -Installation Maintenance Period will be allowed to continue to the remaining thirty (30) days. 10. Contractor shall spray chemicals when air currents are still; preventing drifting onto adjoining property and preventing any toxic exposure to persons whether or not they are in or near the project. 02800-7 V-A-61 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING B. Execution° All areas including, but not limited to sod/planters, concrete walks and slabs and sand, shall be kept clean and free of weeds, litter and debris. 2. Subsurface drains and catch basin grates shall be kept clear of leaves, litter and debris to ensure unimpeded passage of water. Drain lines shall be periodically flushed with clear water to avoid build-up of silt and debris. 3. Trash receptacles shall be emptied as needed and at a minimum of once every seven (7) calendar days. 4. Before weeds exceed 2" in height, they shall be removed and disposed of off -site. Serious weed pests (i.e. blackberry, but sedge, Bermuda grass or bind weed) shall be sprayed with Roundup, as manufactured by Monsanto Co., or approved equal, at the rate of five (5) quarts per acre and left in place for ten (10) calendar days. Application shall be as recommended by manufacturer. As determined by the City Representative, a second application of Roundup shall be made ten (10) calendar days after the first application. With both applications, areas sprayed shall remain unwatered for a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours. Dead weeds shall be removed ten (10) calendar days after second application and disposed of off -site (for newly planted shrub and ground cover areas only). 5. If the City Representative notifies the Contractor of failure to control weeds as specified herein, the Contractor shall kill all weeds within ten (10) calendar days of such verification. The Post -Installation Maintenance Period will be extended for every day after the ten (10) calendar days until such weeds have been killed. C. Irrigation System: Contractor shall operate the irrigation systems automatically and shall properly and completely maintain all parts of the irrigation system. 2. Contractor shall deliver water in sufficient quantities and adjust water application to compensate for seasonal conditions. 3. Irrigation system is designed for watering three (3) days a week (Monday/Thursday/Saturday), 10:00 PM. to 6:00 A.M. with even distribution. 02800-8 V-A-62 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 02800 LANDSCAPING 4. Costs incurred due to repair or replacement of equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. Replacement parts shall be identical to the material specified herein and on the drawings. D. Inspection Upon completion of the Post -Installation Maintenance Period, Contractor shall request an inspection for acceptance of the work performed in accordance with the Contract Documents. The request shall be made to the City Representative a minimum of seven (7) calendar days prior to the date for inspection. END OF SECTION 02800-9 V-A-63 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Forms for all concrete 2. Setting of embedded items 3. Removal of forms 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified: C. American Concrete Institute, ACI 347, 'Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork.' D. General Provisions for other Trades: Provide all openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades; accurately determine size and location of openings, recesses, etc., from trades providing or requiring such items; place items required for incorporating into concrete accurately and securely supported on forms. E. Design: Base form and false work on required values of live and dead loads, weight of moving equipment on formwork, height of concrete drop, foundation pressures, stresses, lateral stability and other safety factors required during construction. F. Materials used in formwork may not be reused except in forms without the City Representative's approval. 03100-1 V-A-64 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK G. Concrete Surface Finishes: Use various form types as specified. Refer to Concrete Section and Concrete Finishes and use form materials for best results. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials used for formwork shall conform to Section 204 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. B. All forms shall have smooth straight upper edges and shall be free of any warping. 2.2 FORM COATINGS Non -grain -rising and non -staining type that will not leave residue on surface of concrete or adversely affect bonding to concrete of paint, plaster, mortar or other applied materials. Coatings containing mineral oils or other non-drying ingredients will not be permitted. Submit manufacturer's data to the City Representative. 2.3 LUMBER Lumber shall be Construction Grade Douglas Fir, 2.4 PLYWOOD Plywood shall be of grade Exterior B-B. All plywood shall be at least 5/8-inch thick, and edge sealed. Plywood for forming exposed concrete shall be Plyform. 2.5 METAL FORMS 03100-2 V-A-65 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK Removable metal forms shall be of proper gauges and sizes, carefully aligned and fitted. Removable metal forms shall be properly reconditioned for use, clean, free from dents, bends„ rust, oil or other coatings, and shall meet the approval of the City Representative prior to installation. 2.6 FORM TIES Prefabricated rod, flat band or wire type, or threaded internal disconnecting type, of sufficient tensile strength to resist all imposed loads of fresh concrete and with external holding devices of adequate bearing area. Ties shall permit tightening and spreading of forms and leave no metal closer than 1-1/2-inch from surfaces. 2.7 FORM TYPES A. Exposed Surfaces - Plywood or Metal Forms as specified under Products. B. Concealed Surfaces - Boards or Plywood as specified under Products. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Build forms to exact shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions as required to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structure. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, reglets, chamfers, blocking, joint screeds, bulk -heads, anchorages and other required features. Use nominal 2-inch thick wood or plywood or metal forms for all wall opening framing. C. Use metal spreaders to provide accurate spreading of forms and positive tying of forms together. D. Provide for recesses, rebates, drips and profiles as detailed. E. Forms shall be of materials and construction adequate to safely support all loads, so that no sagging, leakage or displacement occurs during and after pouring of concrete. F. Form joints shall not show in exposed concrete. 03100-3 V-A-66 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK G. Clean -outs and Cleaning: Provide temporary openings in wall and column forms for cleaning and inspection. Prior to pouring, clean all forms and surfaces to receive concrete. H. Provide 3/8" x 3/8" chamfer strips for exposed corners unless otherwise indicated. Use 8 ft. long plywood for exposed surfaces. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against the concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. J. Forms shall be set with the upper edge of the board true to line and grade and shall be staked rigidly in place with stakes set not more than 4 ft. apart. K. Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt and all other debris just before concrete is placed. Re -tighten forms during and after concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks. L. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form -coating compound material to concrete contact form surfaces. M. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove pins and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use 'patched' forms for exposed concrete surfaces M Coat the contact surfaces of forms with a form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Provide commercial formulation form -coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compound. O. Thin form -coating compounds only with thinning agent of type, and in amount, and under conditions of the form -coating compound manufacturer's directions. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. 03100-4 V-A-67 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 3.2 RELATION WITH OTHER TRADES Check with all trades which require openings for the pass ducts and other inserts; provide the necessary pipe slee required inserts properly and accurately installed. Sleeves other items for mechanical and electrical work are specifie 3.3 REGLETS & REBATES d A. Each affected trade required to fasten work to the structure, or to insert therein any piping, conduit, duct, box, bolt, anchor, insert or other rough hardware, shall set such items securely and accurately in the forms. Be responsible for any and all changes in the position of such piping, box, bolt, anchor, inserts and other rough hardware after they have been set in the forms. B. Conduits and pipes in concrete slabs will be permitted to be embedded therein under the following conditions: Conduit or pipe diameter shall not exceed one-third (1/3) of the slab thickness„ minimum spacing of conduit or pipe shall be three (3) diameters; there shall be a minimum separation of 1-inch from parallel reinforcing steel and conduit. Minimum concrete coverage over conduits and pipes shall be 1-inch. No crossovers will be permitted except as specifically detailed. No reinforcing steel shall be bent or displaced to permit passage of conduit or pipe. No conduit or pipe shall be placed in slabs 4-1/2-inch and less in thickness, unless specifically detailed or specifically authorized by the City Representative. 2. Special Features: Build into forms as character and requirements of work dictate. 3. Pouring. Strips - Place pouring strips in the forms wherever horizontal construction joints are made in exposed concrete. Place pouring strips level and place concrete flush with the top of the pouring strip. After cleaning concrete surfaces and just ahead of placing of subsequent concrete, tighten form ties to conceal shrinkage. 4. Inserts, Anchors, etc.: Carefully check with other trades before completing forms and placing concrete to determine all embedded items are in place in the forms. Set miscellaneous anchors, bolts, ties, dowels, plates, etc., necessary to complete the work as detailed. Embed no wood blocks other than treated built-in blocks or nailing blocks in concrete. 03100-5 V-A-68 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK C. Remove forms only when concrete has developed sufficient strength to sustain its own weight and superimposed loads. PART 4 — METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated' and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 03100-6 V-A-69 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 — GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform to requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Steel Reinforcement 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03300 Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Field Conditions: Verify drawing dimensions with actual field conditions. Inspect related work and adjacent surfaces. B. Codes: Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern. Comply with the provisions of the following codes, specifications and standards, except as otherwise shown or specified- C. American Concrete Institute, ACI 318, 'Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete' D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, 'Manual of Standard Practice' E. American Concrete Institute, ACI 315, 'Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures'. F. American Welding Society, AWS D12.1, 'Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction. 03200-1 V-A-70 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 1.4 TESTS & INSPECTIONS A. The City will pay for all tests and inspections of completed installation. Costs of all tests and inspections at material sources and costs of re -tests of rejected work shall be borne by the Contractor. B. Arranging for and scheduling of tests and inspections are the responsibilities of the Contractor. C. Submit written reports, seven (7) copies to the City Representative for each material sampled and tested„ prior to the start of work. Provide the project identification name and number„ date of report, name of Contractor, name of testing service, source of materials, material manufacturer and brand name for manufactured material, values specified in the referenced specifications. Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use. D. Materials and installed work may require testing, re -testing and inspection as directed by the City Representative. Allow free access to materials stockpiles and facilities at all times. E. The Contractor shall provide certified test results from manufacturer. F. The approved Testing Laboratory, whose services will be chosen and paid for by the City, except as noted, and shall provide the following: G. Test reinforcing steel as follows: Make one tensile and one bending test for each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement, if steel is properly identified by mill test reports of each size and lot. Otherwise, make one tensile and one bending test for each 2.5 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcement in each log. Contractor shall bear costs of tests. H. Provide a Registered Deputy Building Inspector at the job to inspect reinforcing steel installation prior to placement of concrete for all concrete having a design strength at 28 days of 3,000 PSI and above. Inspector shall be provided by the governing Building Department. Inspector shall furnish written certified reports that all reinforcing steel was placed in accordance with Contract Plans. The City Representative shall inspect reinforcing steel installation prior to placement of concrete. 1.5 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS / SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. 03200-2 V-A-71 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT B. Product Data: Submit in accordance with section 01340 Submittals: 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section, 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the City Representative, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials used for concrete reinforcement shall conform to Section 201.2 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. B. Billet Steel Bars: Conform to ASTM A615, grade as required by Project Plans, No. 3 and larger bars deformed. C. Welded Wire Fabric: Conform to ASTM A185. D. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gauge minimum.' E. Welding Electrodes: Conform to AWS requirements for this work. 2.2 SUPPORTS FOR REINFORCING BARS A. Galvanized steel chairs and accessories or plastic -coated units for work exposed to view or weather so that finished surfaces will not be marred nor stained; use pre -cast concrete blocks only (no metal), suitability sized and spaced for load distribution at slabs on earth or membrane. Use no supports of wood or other cellulose material. 03200-3 V-A-72 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT B. No. 2 reinforcing bars: Conform to ASTM A30, Grade 80, round carbon steel bars. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. 3.2 FABRICATION & DELIVERY A. Bending and Forming: Fabricate bars of indicated size and accurately form to shapes and lengths indicated and required, by methods not injurious to materials. Do not heat reinforcement for bending. Bars with bends or offsets not conforming to Plans will be rejected. B. Marking and Shipping: Bundle reinforcement and tag with suitable identification to facilitate sorting and placing; transport and store at site so as not to damage materials. C. Placing: Coordinate with other trades and expedite materials and labor to avoid omissions and delay. D. Cleaning: At time of placing concrete, all reinforcement shall be free from rust, scale, grease, or other coating. E. Securing In Place: Place all reinforcement in accordance with "CRSI Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars", latest edition, and contract plans. Use sufficient bar supports, ties, anchors,, and other accessories to hold bars securely in place. Securely wire all stirrups and ties. 3.3 WELDING A. Perform welding of reinforcing bars in accordance with "Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections for Reinforced Concrete Construction." (AWSD12.1) B. Welders shall be certified and qualified by tests as prescribed in the "Standard Qualification Procedures" (AWS B30.0), and approved by the governing Building Department. 03200-4 V-A-73 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 3.4 FABRIC REINFORCEMENT Electric welded wire fabric will not be accepted on this job. It will not be allowed as a substitution for reinforcement bar shown on project plans. 3.5 CLEARANCES Maintain minimum clear distance between reinforcing steel and face of concrete as indicated or as follows: Concrete footings formed against earth 3'v Concrete in forms w/exposed face in contact w/ earth 2" Walls As per plans Slabs Centered PART 4 — METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 03200-5 V-A-74 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 — GENERAL Application and construction procedures shall conform to requirements of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction latest edition and any supplements. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the Project Plans, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Setting of items to be inserted into concrete 2. Poured in place foundations 3. Reinforcement dowels 4. Curing 5. Testing 6. Miscellaneous concrete items 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 01340 Submittals Section 02210 Earthwork and Grading Section 03100 Concrete Formwork Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS / SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01340. B. Product Data: Submit in accordance with requirements defined in Section 01340 — Submittals- 1 . Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. 03300-1 V-A-75 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 1.4 DESIGN MIX Contractor shall submit all design mixtures for concrete to City Representative ten (10) days prior to pouring any concrete. Contractor shall not pour any concrete until design mixture is approved by the City Representative. 1.5 STANDARDS Testing, materials and workmanship shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works, Latest Edition. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. All materials shall conform to Section 201 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. B. Concrete shall conform to Concrete Class Use Table, Section 201-1 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. C. Concrete shall be sulfate resistant type. D. Concrete curing compound shall be Type I, as called for in Section 201-4 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. All work shall conform to the requirements of Section 303 of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. 03300-2 V-A-76 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install concrete and cement finish work true to lines, dimensions and levels. B. Concrete which is not in accordance with these specifications, out of line, level or plumb, showing structural cracks, rock pockets, voids, spalls, honeycombing, exposed reinforcing or other damaged surfaces shall be considered as defective and shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at own cost. C. All irregularities shall be removed from exposed concrete surfaces while the concrete is still damp. No patching will be permitted unless written approval is given by the City Representative. If patching is necessary and permissible, a bonding agent such as, or equal shall be used. D. The Contractor shall thoroughly study the Plans to determine the extent of which shall be included in the work of this section. E. The Contractor shall thoroughly study the Plans to determine the extent of the following and similar items of concrete work which may occur, all of which shall be included in the work of this section: Foundations F. The bottoms of trenches shall be wet down before pouring footings, earth shall not be muddy at time of pouring. G. Concrete shall not be placed until reinforcements, rough hardware, and forms are approved by the City Representative. H. Conveying and placing of concrete shall be performed to prevent separation of ingredients, in no case shall free fall exceed 6 ft. Tremies shall be used as required. Surfaces of concrete shall be kept reasonably level, with a minimum amount of concrete being allowed to flow after being placed. Placing shall be performed as a continuous operation until each section is completed. Concrete shall be spaded and vibrated with mechanical vibrators to a maximum subsidence without separation of ingredients. The moving of concrete by vibration will not be permitted. All slabs and walks shall be non -slip, uniform medium broom finish surface, transverse to direction of slab, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. 03300-3 V-A-77 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 3.3 CURING A. All concrete slabs on grade shall cure for at least one hundred sixty-eight (168) cumulative hours (not necessarily consecutive), during which the concrete has been exposed to air temperatures above 50 degrees F. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the curing period. B. Curing method may be moist curing, moisture retaining cover, membrane curing, or by combinations thereof. C. Use water that is free of impurities which could etch or discolor concrete surfaces. D, Do not use liquid membrane curing compounds on surfaces which are to be covered with a coating material applied directly to the concrete or with a covering material bonded to the concrete, such as other concrete, liquid floor hardener, waterproofing, damp-proof flooring, painting, and other coatings and finish materials, unless otherwise acceptable to the City Representative. E. Cure formed concrete surfaces by moist curing with the forms in place for the full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by moist curing or moisture retaining cover. 3.4 SMOOTHNESS TOLERANCE A. Interior and exterior cement finish surfaces shall be of such smoothness and evenness that they shall contact the entire length of a 10 ft. straight edge laid in any direction, with an allowable tolerance of 1/8-inch. Any operation necessary to achieve this result will be performed by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City. B. Inspections will be provided as necessary. Call for inspection twenty-four (24) hours prior to need. C. The Contractor shall call for inspection during specific phases of construction. They shall include: 1. All form work prior to pouring 2. All footings prior to pouring 3. Subgrade prior to pouring. D. Contractor shall notify the City Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours prior to pouring any concrete. 03300-4 V-A-78 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE E. Any work covered prior to inspection shall be opened to view by the Contractor at his expense. F. All testing shall be as required by the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, Latest Edition. PART 4 — METHOD OF PAYMENT Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION 03300-5 V-A-79 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Structural steel framing members and support members. 2. Baseplates and anchor bolts. 3. Grouting under baseplates. 1.2 REFERENCES A. California Code of Regulations B. ASTM A36, Structural Steel. C. ASTM A108, Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold -Finished, Standard Quality. D. ASTM A307, Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. E. ASTM A500, Cold -Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes. F. AWS A2.4, Standard Welding Symbols. G. AWS D1.1, Structural Welding Code. H. AISC, Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. I. AISC, Specification for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. J. SSPC, Steel Structures Painting Council. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01340. Section 05120 - Structural Steel V-A-80 Agreement No. 6866 B. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing and locations of structural members, connections, cambers and loads. 2. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols Indicate net weld lengths. C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificates: Submit under provisions of Section 01340 certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Mill Test Report: Submit under provisions of Section 01340, Manufacturer's Certificates, indicating structural strength and destructive and non-destructive test analysis. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specifications for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings. B. Perform work in accordance with AISC Specifications for Architectural Exposed Structural Steel. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36 or as designated on project drawings. B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. C. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 and A325. D. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; Type required for materials being welded, or as designated on project drawings. E. Grout: Non -shrink type, pre -mixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of development a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days. 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specifications. B, Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth. Section 05120 - Structural Steel V-A-81 Agreement No. 6866 2.3 FINISH A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specifications. B. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded or in contact with surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field connections. 3.2 ERECTION A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. B. Field weld components indicated on project drawings. C. Do not field cut or alter structural members without prior approval of the Engineer. D. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop or primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete. E. Grout under baseplates. 3.4 WELDING A. All welding in connection with fabrication of structural steel shall be electric arc process and shall conform to the practice recommended by the "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society." All welding to be performed by an approved welder. 3.5 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt„ gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. PART 4 - METHOD OF PAYMENT Section 05120 - Structural Steel V-A-82 Agreement No. 6866 A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or Unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in, these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Section 05120 - Structural Steel V-A-83 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 05250 DECORATIVE STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Furnish materials, equipment and perform labor required to execute this work as indicated on the drawings, as specified and as necessary to complete the contract, including but not limited to these major items: 1. Signage Frame and Finish Panels 1.2 RELATED WORK Section 03300 Concrete 1.3 PRODUCT SUBMITTALS / SHOP DRAWINGS A. Comply with pertinent provisions of Section 01300. B. Product Data: Submit in accordance with requirements defined in Section 01340 — Submittals. : 1. Materials list of items proposed to be provided under this Section; 2. Manufacturer's specifications and other data needed to prove compliance with the specified requirements; 3. Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to show fabrication, installation, anchorage, and interface of the work of this Section with the work of adjacent trades; 4. Manufacturer's recommended installation procedures which, when approved by the Architect, will become the basis for accepting or rejecting actual installation procedures used on the work. C. Samples: Accompanying the Shop Drawings, submit: 1. Sample of each exposed member. 2. Samples of finish, showing complete range of color from darkest to lightest proposed for use on this work. Samples when approved by the Engineer, will be used to verify that finish actually furnished it within the approved range. Section 05250 V-A-84 Agreement No. 6866 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workmen who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work of this Section. B. Record prints shall be available on site and shall be reviewed by the Engineer at appropriate times before work is covered. 1.5 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to the job site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and product designation. B. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Steel pipe conform to all requirements as indicated on Project Drawings. 2.2 THREADED BOLTS AND NUTS A. Threaded bolts and nuts shall conform to all requirements as indicated on Project Drawings. 2.3 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor to submit digital PDF sets of shop drawings for review and approval by the Engineer, prior to fabrication. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be performed. Correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work. B. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall verify all measurements, lines, grades, locations and details of existing field connections. 3.2 FABRICATION A. The exact section, shape, thickness, size, weight and details of construction as indicated on the Project Drawings. Work shall be accurately and neatly Section 05250 V-A-85 Agreement No. 6866 fabricated. Sharp burrs, welds and flame -cut edges shall be ground smooth. Joints tightly fitted and members straightened and squared. All welding shall be by electric arc process, using standard coated rods. 3.3 POWDER COATING A. All work shall be thoroughly clean and given 1 coat of metal primer. Primer shall be worked into all joints and corners and cover all surfaces. Powder coat of once primer has cured. Upon completion of erection of all steel in the field, areas of paint which have been damaged shall be cleaned and given 1 coat of primer and 1 finish coat. Color of finish coat to be as indicated on Project Drawings. 3.4 WELDING A. All welding in connection with fabrication of structural steel shall be by electric arc process and shall conform to the practice recommended by the 'Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society.' All welding to be performed by a qualified welder. 3.5 FIELD INSTALLATION A. All fencing and handrails shall be installed and securely held in place prior to installation of surrounding concrete. 3.6 CLEAN-UP A. Leave surfaces free of dirt, gouges and imperfections. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by this work. Remove equipment, surplus materials and debris from job site, and leave installation ready for succeeding work. PART 4 - METHOD OF PAYMENT A. Payment for all work specified under this section shall be paid at the respective contract lump sum price or unit price as indicated and shall include all costs for installation, labor, materials, equipment, taxes, transportation costs and incidentals to accomplish the work as indicated in these Contract Documents and no additional compensation will be allowed. END OF SECTION Section 06250 V-A-86 Agreement No. 6866 12/13/2023 El Segundo City Entry Monument Sign Main St. & Imperial Hwy. El Segundo, CA 90245 City of El Segundo 350 Main Street El Segundo, CA 90245 IDS Group, Inc. Peters Canyon Road, Suite 130 Irvine, CA 92606 (949) 387-8500 V-A-87 Agreement No. 6866 Table of Contents Generated by MasterWorks: 3/29/2023 Division Section Title Revision Date Pales SPECIFICATIONS GROUP DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL 2600 10..... SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL .................. 2605 19..... LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES........ :........ ............................... ... ......,.. .....____ 26 05 26 ..... GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ......., 26 05 33.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS........ ........ .............. - 26 05 33.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ...................... 26 05 43 ..... UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS...... ............... ____ .......... ...__.. ........ ,....... ,..,,.............. 26 05 53 ..... IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS .............................. 26 08 00..... COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS ............. .....a... ...... ..,, 26 09 23 ..... LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES.. ......... ........ ......... ....... 2624 16 ..... PANELBOARDS...................................................... ............................... 2628 16..... ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS ........................ 2641 13 ..... LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES...... ........ __ ..... END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 03/29/2023........, 18 03/29/2023 ......... 4 03/29/2023 ......... 15 03/29/2023 ......... 10 03/29/2023 ......... 9 03/29/2023 ......... 14 03/29/2023 ......... 8 03/29/2023 ......... 4 03/29/2023 ......... 5 03/29/2023.......,. 6 03/29/2023 ......... 8 03/29/2023........ 3 V-A-88 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies supplemental requirements generally applicable to the Work specified in Division 26. This Section is also referenced by related Work specified in other Divisions. B. Related Requirements: Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical" specifies seismic -load, wind -load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Terms and Units of Measure 1. 8P8C: An 8-position 8-contact modularjack. 2. A: Ampere, unit of electrical current. 3. AC or ac: Alternating current. 4. AFCI: Arc -fault circuit interrupter. 5. AIC: Ampere interrupting capacity. 6. AL, Al, or ALUM: Aluminum. 7. ASD: Adjustable -speed drive; also called variable -frequency drive (VFD). 8. ATS: Automatic transfer switch. 9. AWG: American wire gauge; see ASTM B258. 10. BAS: Building automation system. 11. BIL: Basic impulse insulation level. 12. BIM: Building information modeling. 13. CAD: Computer -aided design or drafting. 14. CAN: Community antenna television. 15. CB: Circuit breaker. 16. cd: Candela, the SI fundamental unit of luminous intensity. 17. CO/ALR: Copper -aluminum, revised. 18. COPS: Critical operations power system. 19. CU or Cu: Copper. 20. CU-AL or AL-CU: Copper -aluminum. 21. dB: Decibel, a unitless logarithmic ratio of two electrical, acoustical, or optical power values. 22. dB(A-weighted) or dB(A): Decibel acoustical sound pressure level with A - weighting applied in accordance with IEC 61672-1. 23. dB(adjusted) or dBa: Decibel weighted absolute noise power with respect to 3.16 pW (minus 85 dBm). 260010-1 V-A-89 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 24. dBm: Decibel absolute power with respect to 1 mW. 25. DC or dc: Direct current. 26. DCOA: Designated critical operations area. 27. DDC: Direct digital control (HVAC). 28. EGC: Equipment grounding conductor. 29. ELV. Extra -low voltage. 30. EMF: Electromotive force. 31. EMI: Electromagnetic interference. 32. EPM: Electrical preventive maintenance. 33. EPS: Emergency power supply. 34. EPSS: Emergency power supply system. 35. ESS: Energy storage system. 36. EV: Electric vehicle. 37. EVPE: Electric vehicle power export equipment. 38. EVSE: Electric vehicle supply equipment. 39. fc: Footcandle, an internationally recognized unit of illuminance equal to one lumen per square foot or 10.76 Ix. The simplified conversion 1 fc = 10 Ix in the Specifications is common practice and considered adequate precision for building construction activities. When there are conflicts, lux is the primary unit; footcandle is specified for convenience. 40. FLC: Full -load current. 41. ft: Foot. 42. ft-cd: Foot-candle, the antiquated U.S. Standard unit of illuminance, equal to one international candle measured at a distance of one foot, that was superseded in 1948 by the unit "footcandle" after the SI unit candela (cd) replaced the international candle; see "fc," 43. GEC: Grounding electrode conductor. 44. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter. 45. GFPE: Ground -fault protection of equipment. 46. GND: Ground. 47. HACR: Heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration. 48. HDPE: High -density polyethylene. 49. HID: High -intensity discharge. 50. HP or hp: Horsepower. 51. HVAC: Heating, ventilating, and air conditioning. 52. Hz: Hertz. 53. IBT: Intersystem bonding termination. 54. inch: Inch. To avoid confusion, the abbreviation "in." is not used. 55. IP: Ingress protection rating (enclosures); Internet protocol (communications). 56. IR: Infrared. 57, IS: Intrinsically safe. 58. IT&R: Inspecting, testing, and repair. 59. ITE: Information technology equipment. 60. kAIC: Kiloampere interrupting capacity. 61. kcmil or MCM: One thousand circular mils. 260010-2 V-A-90 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 62. kV: Kilovolt. 63. kVA: Kilovolt -ampere. 64. kVAr or WAR: Kilovolt -ampere reactive. 65. kW: Kilowatt. 66. kWh: Kilowatt-hour. 67. LAN: Local area network. 68. lb: Pound (weight). 69. lbf: Pound (force). 70. LCD: Liquid -crystal display. 71. LCDI: Leakage -current detector -interrupter. 72. LED: Light -emitting diode. 73. Li -ion: Lithium -ion, 74. Im: Lumen, the SI derived unit of luminous flux. 75. LNG: Liquefied natural gas. 76. LP -Gas: Liquefied petroleum gas. 77. LRC: Locked -rotor current. 78. LV: Low voltage. 79. Ix: Lux, the SI derived unit of illuminance equal meter. 80. m: Meter. 81. MCC: Motor -control center. 82. MDC: Modular data center. 83. MG set: Motor -generator set. 84. MIDI: Musical instrument digital interface. 85. MLO: Main lugs only. 86. MV: Medium voltage. 87. MVA: Megavolt-ampere. 88. mW: Milliwatt. 89. MW: Megawatt. 90. MWh: Megawatt -hour. 91. NC: Normally closed. 92. Ni-Cd: Nickel -cadmium. 93. Ni-MH: Nickel -metal hydride. 94. NIU: Network interface unit. 95. NO: Normally open. 96. NPT: National (American) standard pipe taper. 97. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. 98. ONT: Optical network terminal. 99. PC: Personal computer. 100. PCS: Power conversion system. 101. PCU: Power -conditioning unit. 102. PF or pf: Power factor. 103. PHEV: Plug-in hybrid electric vehicle. 104. PLC: Programmable logic controller. 105. PLFA: Power -limited fire alarm. 106. PoE: Power over Ethernet. 260010-3 to one lumen per square V-A-91 Agreement No. 6866 107 108 109 110 111. 112. 113. 114. 115. 116. 117. 118. 119. 120. 121. 122. 123. 124. 125. 126. 127. 128. 129. 130. 131. 132. 133. 134. 135. 136. 137. 138. 139. 140. SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL PV: Photovoltaic. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. pW: Picowatt. RFI: (electrical) Radio -frequency interference, (contract) Request for interpretation. RMS or rms: Root -mean -square. RPM or rpm: Revolutions per minute. SCADA: Supervisory control and data acquisition. SCR: Silicon -controlled rectifier. SPD: Surge protective device. sq.: Square. SWD: Switching duty. TCP/IP: Transmission control protocol/Internet protocol. TEFC: Totally enclosed fan -cooled. TR: Tamper resistant. TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor. UL: (standards) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.; (product LLC. UL CCN: UL Category Control Number. UPS: Uninterruptible power supply. USB: Universal serial bus. UV: Ultraviolet. V: Volt, unit of electromotive force. V(ac): Volt, alternating current. V(dc): Volt, direct current. VA: Volt-ampere, unit of complex electrical power. VAR: Volt-ampere reactive, unit of reactive electrical power VFC: Variable -frequency controller. VOM: Volt-ohm-multimeter. VPN: Virtual private network. VRLA: Valve regulated lead acid; also called "sealed lead "valve regulated sealed lead acid." W: Watt, unit of real electrical power. Wh: Watt-hour, unit of electrical energy usage. WPT: Wireless power transfer. WPTE: Wireless power transfer equipment. WR: Weather resistant. B. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Raceway Types: 1. CR: Communications raceway. 2. CR-GP: General-purpose communications raceway, 3. CR-P: Plenum communications raceway. 4. CR-R: Riser communications raceway. 5. EMT: Electrical metallic tubing. 6. EMT -A: Aluminum electrical metallic tubing. 7. EMT-S: Steel electrical metallic tubing. categories) UL, acid (SLA)" or 260010-4 V-A-92 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 8. EMT -SS: Stainless steel electrical metallic tubing. 9. ENT: Electrical nonmetallic tubing. 10. EPEC: Electrical HDPE underground conduit (thin wall). 11. EPEC-A: Type A electrical HDPE underground conduit. 12. EPEC-B: Type B electrical HDPE underground conduit. 13. ERMC: Electrical rigid metal conduit. 14. ERMC-A: Aluminum electrical rigid metal conduit. 15. ERMC-S: Steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 16. ERMC-S-G: Galvanized -steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 17. ERMC-S-PVC: PVC -coated -steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 18. ERMC-SS: Stainless steel electrical rigid metal conduit. 19. FMC: Flexible metal conduit. 20. FMC-A: Aluminum flexible metal conduit. 21. FMC-S: Steel flexible metal conduit. 22. FMT: Steel flexible metallic tubing. 23. FNMC: Flexible nonmetallic conduit. See "LFNC." 24. HDPE: HDPE underground conduit (thick wall). 25. HDPE-40: Schedule 40 HDPE underground conduit. 26. HDPE-80: Schedule 80 HDPE underground conduit. 27. IMC: Steel electrical intermediate metal conduit. 28. LFMC: Liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 29. LFMC-A: Aluminum liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 30. LFMC-S: Steel liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 31. LFMC-SS: Stainless steel liquidtight flexible metal conduit. 32. LFNC: Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 33. LFNC-A: Layered (Type A) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 34. LFNC-B: Integral (Type B) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 35. LFNC-C: Corrugated (Type C) liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit. 36. PVC: Rigid PVC conduit. 37. PVC-40: Schedule 40 rigid PVC conduit. 38. PVC-80: Schedule 80 rigid PVC Conduit. 39. PVC -A: Type A rigid PVC concrete -encased conduit. 40. PVC-EB: Type EB rigid PVC concrete -encased underground conduit. 41. RGS: See ERMC-S-G. 42. RMC: See ERMC. 43. RTRC: Reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 44. RTRC-AG: Low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 45. RTRC-AG-HW: Heavy wall, low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 46. RTRC-AG-SW: Standard wall, low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 47. RTRC-AG-XW: Extra heavy wall, low -halogen, aboveground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 48. RTRC-BG: Low -halogen, belowground reinforced thermosetting resin conduit. 260010-5 V-A-93 Agreement No. 6866 C. SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Single -Conductor and Multiple - Conductor Cable Types: 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. jacket. 36. NMS: Nonmetallic sheathed cable with signaling, data, and communications conductors, plus power or control conductors. 37. NPLF: Non -power -limited fire -alarm circuit cable. 38. NPLFP: Non -power -limited fire -alarm circuit cable for environmental air spaces. 39. NPLFR: Non -power -limited fire -alarm circuit riser cable. 40. NUCC: Nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors. and oil -resistant AC: Armored cable. CATV: Coaxial general-purpose cable. CATVP: Coaxial plenum cable. CATVR: Coaxial riser cable. Cl: Circuit integrity cable. CL2: Class 2 cable. CL2P: Class 2 plenum cable. CL2R: Class 2 riser cable. CL2X: Class 2 cable, limited use. CL3: Class 3 cable. CL3P: Class 3 plenum cable. CBR: Class 3 riser cable. CL3X: Class 3 cable, limited use. CM: Communications general-purpose cable. CMG: Communications general-purpose cable. CMP: Communications plenum cable. CMR: Communications riser cable. CMUC: Under -carpet communications wire and cable. CMX: Communications cable, limited use. DG: Distributed generation cable. FC: Flat cable. FCC: Flat conductor cable. FPL: Power -limited fire -alarm cable. FPLP: Power -limited fire -alarm plenum cable. FPLR: Power -limited fire -alarm riser cable. IGS: Integrated gas spacer cable. ITC: Instrumentation tray cable. ITC -ER: Instrumentation tray cable, exposed run. MC: Metal -clad cable. MC-HL: Metal -clad cable, hazardous location. MI: Mineral -insulated, metal -sheathed cable. MTW: (machine tool wiring) Moisture-, heat-, thermoplastic cable. MV: Medium -voltage cable. NM: Nonmetallic sheathed cable. NMC: Nonmetallic sheathed cable with corrosion -resistant nonmetallic 260010-6 V-A-94 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 41. OFC: Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 42. OFCG: Conductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 43. OFCP: Conductive optical fiber plenum cable. 44. OFCR: Conductive optical fiber riser cable. 45. OFN: Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 46. OFNG: Nonconductive optical fiber general-purpose cable. 47. OFNP: Nonconductive optical fiber plenum cable, 48. OFNR: Nonconductive optical fiber riser cable. 49. P: Marine shipboard cable. 50. PLTC: Power -limited tray cable. 51. PLTC-ER: Power -limited tray cable, exposed run. 52. PV: Photovoltaic cable. 53. RHH: (high heat) Thermoset rubber, heat -resistant cable. 54. RHW: Thermoset rubber, moisture -resistant cable. 55. SA: Silicone rubber cable. 56. SE: Service -entrance cable. 57. SER: Service -entrance cable, round. 58. SEU. Service -entrance cable, flat. 59. SIS: Thermoset cable for switchboard and switchgear wiring. 60. TBS: Thermoplastic cable with outer braid. 61. TC: Tray cable. 62. TC-ER: Tray cable, exposed run. 63. TC-ER-HL: Tray cable, exposed run, hazardous location. 64. THW: Thermoplastic, heat- and moisture -resistant cable. 65. THHN: Thermoplastic, heat -resistant cable with nylon jacket outer sheath. 66. THHW: Thermoplastic, heat- and moisture -resistant cable. 67. THWN: Thermoplastic, moisture- and heat -resistant cable with nylon jacket outer sheath. 68. TW: Thermoplastic, moisture -resistant cable. 69. UF: Underground feeder and branch -circuit cable. 70. USE: Underground service -entrance cable. 71. XHH: Cross -linked polyethylene, heat -resistant cable. 72. XHHW: Cross -linked polyethylene, heat- and moisture -resistant cable. D. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Electrical Flexible Cord Types- 1. SEO: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp locations. 2. SEOW. 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp or wet locations. 3. SEOO- 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp locations. 260010-7 V-A-95 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 4. SEOOW: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer covering for damp or wet locations. 5. SJEO: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp locations. 6. SJEOW: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp or wet locations. 7. SJEOO- 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp locations. 8. SJEOOW: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic elastomer outer cover for damp or wet locations. 9. SJO: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer cover for damp locations. 10. SJOW: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer cover for damp or wet locations. 11. SJOO: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer cover for damp locations. 12. SJOOW: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer cover for damp or wet locations. 13. SJTO: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp locations. 14. SJTOW: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp or wet locations. 15. SJTOO: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp locations. 16. SJTOOW: 300 V hard -usage, junior hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer cover for damp or wet locations. 17. SO: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer covering for damp locations. 18. SOW: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer covering for damp or wet locations. 19. SOO- 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer covering for damp locations. 260010-8 V-A-96 Agreement No. 6866 E SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 20. SOOW: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoset insulation and oil -resistant thermoset outer covering for damp or wet locations. 21. STO: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp locations. 22. STOW: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp or wet locations. 23. STOO: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp locations. 24. STOOW: 600 V extra -hard -usage, hard -service cord with oil -resistant thermoplastic insulation and oil -resistant thermoplastic outer covering for damp or wet locations. Definitions: 2 3 4 5. 6. 8-Position 8-Contact (8P8C) Modular Jack: An unkeyed jack with up to eight contacts commonly used to terminate twisted -pair and multiconductor Ethernet cable. Also called a "TIA-1096 miniature 8- position series jack" (8PSJ), or an "IEC 8877 8-pole jack." a. Be careful when suppliers use "RJ45" generically. Obsolete RJ45 jacks used for analog telephone cables have rejection keys. 8P8C jacks used for digital telephone cables and Ethernet cables do not have rejection keys. Basic Impulse Insulation Level (BIL): Reference insulation level expressed in impulse crest voltage with a standard wave not longer than 1.5 times 50 microseconds and 1.5 times 40 microseconds. Cable: In accordance with NIST NBS Circular 37 and IEEE standards, in the United States for the purpose of interstate commerce, the definition of "cable" is (1) a conductor with insulation, or a stranded conductor with or without insulation (single -conductor cable); or (2) a combination of conductors insulated from one another (multiple -conductor cable). Communications Jack: A fixed connecting device designed for insertion of a communications cable plug. Communications Outlet: One or more communications jacks, or cables and plugs, mounted in a box or ring, with a suitable protective cover. Conductor: In accordance with NIST NBS Circular 37 and IEEE standards, in the United States for the purpose of interstate commerce, the definition of "conductor" is (1) a wire or combination of wires not insulated from one another, suitable for carrying an electric current; (2) (National Electrical Safety Code) a material, usually in the form of wire, cable, or bar, suitable for carrying an electric current; or (3) (general) a substance or body that allows a current of electricity to pass continuously along it. 260010-9 V-A-97 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 7. Designated Seismic System: A system component that requires design in accordance with Ch. 13 of ASCE/SEI 7 and for which the Component Importance Factor is greater than 1.0. 8. Direct Buried: Installed underground without encasement in concrete or other protective material. 9. Enclosure: The case or housing of an apparatus, or the fence or wall(s) surrounding an installation, to prevent personnel from accidentally contacting energized parts or to protect the equipment from physical damage. Types of enclosures and enclosure covers include the following: a. Cabinet: An enclosure that is designed for either surface mounting or flush mounting and is provided with a frame, mat, or trim in which a swinging door or doors are or can be hung. b. Concrete Box: A box intended for use in poured concrete. C. Conduit Body: A means for providing access to the interior of a conduit or tubing system through one or more removable covers at a junction or terminal point. In the United States, conduit bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box requirements. d. Conduit Box: A box having threaded openings or knockouts for conduit, EMT, or fittings. e. Cutout Box: An enclosure designed for surface mounting that has swinging doors or covers secured directly to and telescoping with the walls of the enclosure. f. Device Box: A box with provisions for mounting a wiring device directly to the box. g. Extension Ring: A ring intended to extend the sides of an outlet box or device box to increase the box depth, volume, or both. h. Floor Box: A box mounted in the floor intended for use with a floor box cover and other components to complete the floor box enclosure. i. Floor -Mounted Enclosure: A floor box and floor box cover assembly with means to mount in the floor that is sealed against the entrance of scrub water at the floor level. j. Floor Nozzle: An enclosure used on a wiring system, intended primarily as a housing for a receptacle, provided with a means, such as a collar„ for surface -mounting on a floor, which may or may not include a stem to support it above the floor level, and is sealed against the entrance of scrub water at the floor level. k. Junction Box: A box with a blank cover that joins different runs of raceway or cable and provides space for connection and branching of the enclosed conductors. 1. Outlet Box: A box that provides access to a wiring system having pryout openings, knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either the sides or the back, or both, for the entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables, with, provisions for mounting an outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting a wiring device directly to the box. 260010-10 V-A-98 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL m. Pedestal Floor Box Cover: A floor box cover that, when installed as intended, provides a means for typically vertical or near -vertical mounting of receptacle outlets above the floor's finished surface. n. Pull Box: A box with a blank cover that joins different runs of raceway and provides access for pulling or replacing the enclosed cables or conductors. o. Raised -Floor Box: A floor box intended for use in raised floors. p. Recessed Access Floor Box: A floor box with provisions for mounting wiring devices below the floor surface. q. Recessed Access Floor Box Cover: A floor box cover with provisions for passage of cords to recessed wiring devices mounted within a recessed floor box. r. Ring: A sleeve, which is not necessarily round, used for positioning a recessed wiring device flush with the plaster, concrete, drywall, or other wall surface. S. Ring Cover: A box cover, with raised center portion to accommodate a specific wall or ceiling thickness, for mounting wiring devices or luminaires flush with the surface. :. Termination Box: An enclosure designed for installation of termination base assemblies consisting of bus bars, terminal strips, or terminal blocks with provision for wire connectors to accommodate incoming or outgoing conductors, or both. 10. Emergency Systems: Those systems legally required and classed as emergency by municipal, state, federal, or other codes, or by any governmental agency having jurisdiction that are designed to ensure continuity of lighting, electrical power, or both, to designated areas and equipment in the event of failure of the normal supply for safety to human life. 11. Essential Electrical Systems: (healthcare facilities) Those systems designed to ensure continuity of electrical power to designated areas and functions of a healthcare facility during disruption of normal power sources, and also to minimize disruption within the internal wiring system. 12. Fault Limited: Providing or being served by a source of electrical power that is limited to not more than 100 W when tested in accordance with UL 62368-1. a. The term "fault limited" is intended to encompass most Class 1, 2, and 3 power -limited sources complying with Article 725 of NFPA 70; Class ES1 and ES2 electrical energy sources that are Class PSI' electrical power sources (e.g., USB); and Class ES3 electrical energy sources that are Class PSI and PS2 electrical power sources (e.g., PoE). See UL 62368-1 for discussion of classes of electrical energy sources and classes of electrical power sources. 13. High -Performance Building: A building that integrates and optimizes on a life -cycle basis all major high-performance attributes, including energy 260010-11 V-A-99 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL conservation, environment, safety, security, durability, accessibility, cost - benefit, productivity, sustainability, functionality, and operational considerations. 14. Jacket: A continuous nonmetallic outer covering for conductors or cables. 15. Luminaire: A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source such as a lamp, together with the parts designed to position the light source and connect it to the power supply. It may also include parts to protect the light source or the ballast or to distribute the light. 16. Mode: The terms "Active Mode," "Off Mode," and "Standby Mode" are used as defined in the Energy Independence and Security Act (EISA) of 2007. 17. Multi -Outlet Assembly: A type of surface, flush, or freestanding raceway designed to hold conductors, receptacles, and switches, assembled in the field or at the factory. 18. Plenum: A compartment or chamber to which one or more air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air distribution system. 19. Receptacle: A fixed connecting device arranged for insertion of a power cord plug. Also called a power jack. 20. Receptacle Outlet: One or more receptacles mounted in a box with a suitable protective cover. 21. Sheath: A continuous metallic covering for conductors or cables. 22, UL Category Control Number (CCN): An alphabetic or alphanumeric code used to identify product categories covered by UL's Listing, Classification, and Recognition Services. 23. Voltage Class: For specified circuits and equipment, voltage classes are defined as follows: a. Control Voltage: Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is supplied from a battery or other Class 2 or Class 3 power -limited source. b. Line Voltage: (1) (controls) Designed to operate using the supplied low -voltage power without transformation. (2) (transmission lines, transformers, SPDs) The line -to -line voltage of the supplying power system. C. Extra -Low Voltage (ELV). Not having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, exceeding 30 V(ac rms), 42 V(ac peak), or 60 V(dc). d. Low Voltage (LV): Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated above 30 V but not exceeding 1000 V. e. Medium Voltage (MV): Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is rated about 1 kV but not exceeding 69 W. f. High Voltage: (1) (circuits) Having electromotive force between any two conductors, or between a single conductor and ground, that is 260010-12 V-A-100 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL rated above 69 kV but not exceeding 230 kV. (2) (safety) Having sufficient electromotive force to inflict bodily harm or injury. 24. Wire: In accordance with NIST NBS Circular 37 and IEEE standards, in the United States for the purpose of interstate commerce, the definition of "wire" is a slender rod or filament of drawn metal. A group of small wires used as a single wire is properly called a "stranded wire." A wire or stranded wire covered with insulation is properly called an "insulated wire" or a "single -conductor cable." Nevertheless, when the context indicates that the wire is insulated, the term "wire" will be understood to include the insulation. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions: 1. Notify Architect no fewer than seven days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Architect's written permission. 3. Coordinate interruption with systems impacted by outage including, but not limited to, the following: a. Exercising generators. b. Emergency lighting. C. Elevators. d. Fire -alarm systems. B. Arrange to provide temporary electrical service or power in accordance with requirements specified in Division 01. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Electrical Preconstruction Conference: Schedule conference with Architect and Owner, not later than 10 days after notice to proceed. Agenda topics include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Electrical installation schedule. 2. Status of power system studies. 3. Value analysis proposals and requests for substitution of electrical equipment. 4. Utility work coordination and class of service requests. 5. Commissioning activities. 260010-13 V-A-101 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 1.5 SEQUENCING A. Conduct and submit results of power system studies before submitting Product Data and Shop Drawings for electrical equipment. 1.6 SCHEDULING A. Contractor to review and adhere to project schedule as provided by the City and GC. 1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Coordination drawings. 1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Electrical installation schedule. B. Qualification statements. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Facility EPM program binders. B. Operation and maintenance data. C. Software and firmware operational documentation. D. Software. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications: Prepare and submit qualification statements for the following entities performing Work on Project: 1. Qualified Regional Manufacturer: Manufacturer, possessing qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," that maintains a service center capable of providing training, parts, and emergency on -site repairs to Project site with response time less than eight hours. 2. Electrical Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," with expertise in electrical engineering, including electrical power system modeling and analysis of electrical safety in accordance with NFPA 70E. 260010-14 V-A-102 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 3. Lighting Professional Engineer: Professional engineer possessing active qualifications in accordance with Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" and the following: a. Expertise in electrical engineering, lighting design, and structural requirements for exterior poles and standards. b. Lighting Certified (LC) Professional by the National Council on Qualifications for the Lighting Professions (NCQLP). 4, EPM Specialist: Recognized experts possessing the following qualifications in accordance with Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" and NFPA 7013: a. Technical Competence: Person should, by education, training, and experience, be well-rounded in all aspects of electrical maintenance. b. Administrative and Supervisory Skills: Person should be skilled in planning and development of long-range objectives to achieve specific results and should be able to command respect and solicit cooperation of persons involved in EPM Program development. 5. ERMC-S-PVC Installers: Installer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," and able to present unexpired certified Installer credentials issued by ERMC-S-PVC manufacturer prior to starting installation. 6. Lightning Protection System Installers: Installer possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," and able to present unexpired UL-Listed Installer, UL Category Control Number OWAY, credentials or unexpired LPI Master Installer credentials prior to starting installation. 7. Low -Voltage Electrical Testing and Inspecting Agency: Entities possessing active credentials from a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction. a. On -site electrical testing supervisors must have documented certification and experience with testing electrical equipment in accordance with NETA testing standards. 8. Luminaire Photometric Testing Laboratory: Entity possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" accredited under the NVLAP for Energy Efficient Lighting Products, and complying with applicable IES testing standards. 9, Lighting Testing and Inspecting Agency: Entity possessing active qualifications specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements" with documented training and experience with testing and inspecting lighting installations in accordance with IES LM-5. 260010-15 V-A-103 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Service Conditions for Electrical Power Equipment: Specified electrical power equipment must be suitable for operation under service conditions specified as usual service conditions in applicable NEMA PB series, IEEE C37 series, and IEEE C57 series standards, except for the following: Monument Sign Area: a. Unusual grounding resistance conditions. b. Unusual space limitations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Substitution requests for electrical equipment will be entertained under the following conditions: 1. Notification of Contractor's intent to request substitutions for convenience must be declared during the Electrical Preconstruction Conference so potential risks to system performance and construction schedule may be identified for Contractor's response in submission of the substitution request. Submission of requests for substitutions for convenience must meet the conditions and deadline specified in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" to receive approval. 2. For electrical equipment and systems, substitutions for cause are considered major construction risks. If it is possible that Contractor may need to request substitutions for cause because of equipment unavailability, or inability to meet construction schedule because of lead time, Contractor must declare the possibility during the Electrical Preconstruction Conference to permit establishing a mitigation plan for minimizing risks to system performance and construction schedule. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Electrical Installation Schedule: At preconstruction meeting, and periodically thereafter as dates change, provide schedule for electrical installation Work to Owner and Architect including, but not limited to, milestone dates for the following activities: 1. Submission of action submittals specified in Division 26. 260010-16 V-A-104 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 2. Orders placed for major electrical equipment. 3. Arrival of major electrical equipment on -site. 4. Preinstallation meetings specified in Division 26. 5. Utility service outages. 6. Utility service inspection and activation. 7. System startup, testing, and commissioning activities for major electrical equipment. 8. Pouring of concrete housekeeping pads for electrical equipment and testing of concrete samples. 9. Requests for special inspections. 10. Requests for inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Coordination Drawings for Duct Banks: 1. Show duct profiles and coordination with other utilities and underground structures. 2. Include plans and sections, drawn to scale, and show bends and locations of expansion fittings. C. Protection of In -Place Conditions: 1. Existing utility underground piping or conduits to remain. 2. Above grade utility devices to remain. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL WORK A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in the Contract Documents or manufacturers' written instructions, comply with NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 1 for installation of Work specified in Division 26. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. 3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP A. Commissioning Activities: 1. Lighting control scheduling. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Administrant for Low -Voltage Electrical Tests and Inspections: 1. Administer and perform tests and inspections. B. Administrant for Field Tests and Inspections of Lighting Installations: 260010-17 V-A-105 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 1„ Administer and perform tests and inspections with assistance of factory - authorized service representative. 3.5 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES A. Development of Facility EPM Program 1. Facility EPM Program must be developed by qualified EPM specialist. 2. Conduct Facility EPM Program analysis in accordance with NFPA 70B recommendations. a. Renovation Projects: 1) Facility diagrams must include connected existing equipment for entire facility where known. Areas of uncertainty should be clearly indicated. 2) Obtain copies of existing operation and maintenance data and existing Facility EPM Program information from Owner. 3) Facility EPM Program analysis should identify existing equipment that does not have available operation and maintenance data, and should explain the Owner's risks because this equipment is not included in Facility EPM Program. 4) Data for existing equipment outside scope of Project may be inserted in Facility EPM Program Binders without analysis. 5) Data for existing equipment impacted by scope of Project should be analyzed and documented similar to Project's new equipment data as much as possible. 3. Compile operation and maintenance data from Facility EPM Program analysis and submit Facility EPM Program Binders. 4. Facility EPM Program Binders: a. Description: Set of binders containing operation and maintenance data for facility's electrical equipment that was compiled during analysis of installed electrical Work for Facility EPM Program development. b. Referenced Standards: Content must comply with recommendations in NFPA 70B. C. General Characteristics: 1) Volume 1 - Introduction: a) Summarize how Facility EPM Program Analysis was performed, how data were collected, and how volumes are organized. b) Describe Facility EPM Program and provide recommended policies and procedures for implementing the program and keeping it current. 260010-18 V-A-106 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL c) Provide place for Owner to identify contact information for employees responsible for implementing and maintaining Facility EPM Program. 2) Volume 2 - Facility Safety, Hazards Awareness, and Emergency Procedures. - a) Include training requirements for employees and contractors. b) Include list of known facility hazards impacting IT&R activities. c) Include approval and permitting procedures for IT&R activities. d) Include incident emergency response procedures. e) Include emergency shutdown procedures. f) Include electrical disaster recovery procedures. 3) Volume 3 - Operating Procedures for Electrical Equipment and Controls: a) Include copies of demonstration and training videos. 4) Volume 4 - Facility Diagrams and Schedules: a) Include single -line diagrams. b) Include grounding and bonding diagrams. c) Include essential wiring diagrams. d) Include system communications diagrams (WAN, LAN, Wi-Fi, ERCES, MINIS, etc.) e) Include system automation diagrams (SCADA, BMS, lighting, HVAC, etc.). f) Include records of switchgear, switchboard, and panelboard schedules. g) Include time -current curves for overcurrent protective devices. h) Include list of load -current and overload -relay heaters with related motor nameplate data. 5) Volume 5 - Inventory of Facility Equipment Using Electrical Power: a) Include simplified floor plans showing equipment locations. b) Identify critical equipment (electrical or otherwise). c) Include identifying designations and nameplate data. d) Include warranty and maintenance contract information. 260010-19 V-A-107 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL 6) Volume 6 - Inventory of Facility Tools, Supplies, and Personnel Protective Equipment: a) Include schedules of maintenance material items recommended to be stored at facility. b) Include list of lamp types and photoelectric relays used in facility with ANSI and manufacturers' codes. c) Include calibration and servicing data for each item. 7) Volume 7 - Inspection, Testing, and Repair (IT&R) Plan: a) Include tables showing frequency of activities for each item. b) Include annual schedule with activities mapped to specific days of the year. c) Include exterior pole inspection and repair procedures. 8) Volume 8 - Inspection, Testing, and Repair (IT&R) Forms. 9) Volume 9 - Inspection, Testing, and Repair (IT&R) Procedures. 10) Volume 10 - Spare Parts List: a) Include list of all parts required to perform IT&R procedures. b) Identify quantities of which parts are recommended to be stored on -site. c) Include source contact information and budget cost for each item. 11) Volume 11 - Construction Project Closeout Record Documentation: a) Include records of power system studies and photometric studies. b) Include records of risk assessment studies. c) Include records of electrical system startup and commissioning activities. d) Include records of baseline inspections and tests. e) Include records of baseline infrared photographs with normal light photographs showing the location, direction, angle, and conditions necessary for reproducing each infrared photograph. f) Include records of baseline settings for adjustable equipment and devices. 5. Facility EPM Program Binders; 260010-20 V-A-108 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL a. Complete Set: On approved online or cloud solution and USB media that is clearly and permanently labeled with attached placard on lanyard to prevent misplacement. b. Volumes 2 and 8: Reproducible hardcopy on archival quality, 28 lb, acid -free, bond paper. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Prepare and submit the following;. 1. Provide emergency operation, normal operation, and preventive maintenance manuals for each system, equipment, and device listed below: a. Meter pedestal b. Lighting control devices. 2. Include the following information: a. Manufacturer's operating specifications. b. User's guides for software and hardware. C. Schedule of maintenance material items recommended to be stored at Project site. d. Detailed instructions covering operation under both normal and abnormal conditions. e. List of lamp types and photoelectric relays used on Project, with ANSI and manufacturers' codes. f. Manufacturer's instructions for setting field -adjustable components. g. Manufacturer's instructions for testing, adjusting, and reprogramming microprocessor controls. h. EPSS: Manufacturer's system checklists, maintenance schedule, and maintenance log sheets in accordance with NFPA 110. i. Include copies of demonstration and training videos. C. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: Provide software and firmware operational documentation in Facility EPM Program Binders, including the following: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Names, versions, and website addresses for locations of installed software. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 5. Testing and adjusting of panic and emergency power features. 6. For lighting controls, include the following: a. Adjustments of scene preset controls, adjustable fade rates, and fade overrides. b. Operation of adjustable zone controls. 260010-21 V-A-109 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260010 SUPPLEMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL D. Demonstration: Demonstrate to Owner's maintenance personnel how to operate the following systems and equipment: 1. Lighting control devices specified in Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices." E. Training: Train Owner's maintenance personnel on the following topics: 1. How to implement Facility EPM Program. 2. How to adjust, operate, and maintain devices specified in Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices." 3. How to adjust, operate, and maintain devices specified in Section 264313 "Surge Protective Devices for Low -Voltage Electrical Power Circuits." 4. How to adjust, operate, and maintain luminaires and photoelectric controls specified in Section 265619 "LED Exterior Lighting." END OF SECTION 260010-22 V-A-110 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Copper building wire. 2. Aluminum building wire. 3. Metal -clad cable, Type MC. 4. Fire -alarm wire and cable. 5. Connectors and splices. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: Indicate type, use, location, and termination locations. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COPPER BUILDING WIRE A. Description: Flexible, insulated and uninsulated, drawn copper current -carrying conductor with an overall insulation layer or jacket, or both, rated 600 V or less. B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Alpha Wire; brand of Belden, Inc. 2. Belden Inc. 3. General Cable; Prysmian Group North America. 4. Southwire Company, LLC. 260519-1 V-A-111 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 5. WESCO. C. Standards: 1. Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. 2. Conductor and Cable Marking: Comply with wire and cable marking according to UL's "Wire and Cable Marking and Application Guide." D. Conductors: Copper, complying with ASTM B3 for bare annealed copper and with ASTM B8 for stranded conductors. E. Conductor Insulation: 1. Type THHN and Type THWN-2. Comply with UL 83. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Description: Factory -fabricated connectors, splices, and lugs of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated; listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and use. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. 3M Electrical Products. 2. ABB, Electrification Business. 3. Hubbell Utility Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 4. O-Z/Gedney, brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. C. Jacketed Cable Connectors: For steel and aluminum jacketed cables, zinc die- cast with set screws, designed to connect conductors specified in this Section. D. Lugs: One piece, seamless, designed to terminate conductors specified in this Section. 1. Material: Copper. 2. Type: One hole with standard barrels. 3. Termination: Compression. 260519-2 V-A-112 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: 1. Copper, solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 2. Copper for feeders smaller than No.4 AWG; copper or aluminum for feeders No. 4 AWG and larger. Conductors must be solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: 1. Copper: a. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. B. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. C. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs -on -Grade, and Underground: Type THHN/THWN-2, single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533.13 "Conduits for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables. C. Use manufacturer -approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket -weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. 260519-3 V-A-113 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260519 LOW -VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible. F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 3.4 CONNECTIONS A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque -tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B. B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material. C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inch of slack. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify and color -code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor. END OF SECTION 260519-4 V-A-114 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes - I. Grounding and bonding conductors. 2. Grounding and bonding clamps. 3. Grounding and bonding bushings. 4. Grounding and bonding hubs. 5. Grounding and bonding connectors. 6. Grounding (earthing) electrodes. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. PBB: Primary bonding busbar, located in main distribution frame room, ideally near electrical service entrance. B. RBB: Rack bonding busbar, located in equipment cabinets and racks. C. SBB: Secondary bonding busbar, located in intermediate distribution frame rooms. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data:. 1. Grounding and bonding conductors. 2. Grounding and bonding clamps. 3. Grounding and bonding bushings. 4. Grounding and bonding hubs. 5. Grounding and bonding connectors. 6. Grounding (earthing) electrodes. B. Shop Drawings: Plans showing dimensioned locations of grounding features described in "Field Quality Control for Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Power" Article, including the following: 260526-1 V-A-115 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Test wells. 2. Rod electrodes. 3. Ring electrodes. 4. Grounding arrangements and connections for separately derived systems. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. In addition to items specified in Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical," include the following: a. Plans showing locations of grounding features described in "Field Quality Control for Grounding and Bonding of Electrical Power" Article, including the following: 1) Test wells. 2) Rod electrodes. 3) Ring electrodes. 4) Grounding arrangements derived systems. and connections for separately b. Instructions for periodic testing and inspection of grounding features at test wells and ring electrodes based on NFPA 70B. 1) Tests must determine if ground -resistance or impedance values remain within specified maximums, and instructions must recommend corrective action if values do not. 2) Include recommended testing intervals. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GROUNDING AND BONDING CONDUCTORS A. Equipment Grounding Conductor: 1. General Characteristics: 600 V, THHN/THWN-2 or THWN-2, copper wire or cable, green color, in accordance with Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. ASTM - Bare Copper Grounding and Bonding Conductor: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 260526-2 V-A-116 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. ERICO, brand of nVent Electrical plc. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. 2. Referenced Standards: Complying with one or more of the following: a. Soft or Annealed Copper Wire: ASTM B3. b. Concentric -Lay Stranded Copper Conductor: ASTM B8. C. Tin -Coated Soft or Annealed Copper Wire: ASTM B33. d. 19-Wire Combination Unilay-Stranded Copper Conductor: ASTM B787/B787M. C. UL KDSH - Protector Grounding Conductor- 1. Description: Conductors intended to be used for grounding primary protector or metallic members of cable sheath in accordance with Chapters 7 and 8 of NFPA 70. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Superior Essex Inc.; subsidiary of LS Corp. 3. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 4. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH; including UL 467. 5. Options: a. Color: green. 2.2 GROUNDING AND BONDING CLAMPS A. Description: Clamps suitable for attachment of grounding and bonding conductors to grounding electrodes, pipes, tubing, and rebar. Grounding and bonding clamps specified in this article are also suitable for use with communications applications. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: 260526-3 V-A-117 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. b. Grounding and Bonding Equipment for Communications: UL CCN KDSH; including UL 467. C. UL KDER and KDSH - Hex -Fitting -Type Pipe and Rod Grounding and Bonding Clamp: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Arlington Industries, Inc. C. Cooper B-line, brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. e. ERICO; brand of nVent Electrical plc. f. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. g. ILSCO. h. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. i. Panduit Corp. j. Raco Taymac Bell; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2. General Characteristics: a. Two pieces with zinc -plated bolts. b. Clamp Material: Die-cast zinc alloy. C. Listed for outdoor use. D. UL KDER and KDSH - U-Bolt-Type Pipe and Rod Grounding and Bonding Clamp: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Arlington Industries, Inc. C. Cooper B-line; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. e. ERICO; brand of nVent Electrical plc. f. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. 260526-4 V-A-118 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS g. ILSCO. h. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. i. Panduit Corp. j. Raco Taymac Bell; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2. General Characteristics: a. Clamp Material: Tinned brass. b. Listed for outdoor use. 2.3 GROUNDING AND BONDING BUSHINGS A. Description: Bonding bushings connect conduit fittings, tubing fittings, threaded metal conduit, and unthreaded metal conduit to metal boxes and equipment enclosures, and have one or more bonding screws intended to provide electrical continuity between bushing and enclosure. Grounding bushings have provision for connection of bonding or grounding conductor and may or may not also have bonding screws. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. C. UL KDER - Bonding Bushing- 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Arlington Industries, Inc. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. e. Raco Taymac Bell; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2. General Characteristics: Threaded bushing with insulated throat. 260526-5 V-A-119 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS D. UL KDER - Grounding Bushing: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Arlington Industries, Inc. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. e. Raco Taymac Bell; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2. General Characteristics: Threaded bushing with insulated throat and mechanical -type wire terminal. 2.4 GROUNDING AND BONDING HUBS A. Description: Hubs with certified grounding or bonding locknut. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with - NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. C. UL KDER - Grounding and Bonding Hub: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Arlington Industries, Inc. C. Burndy; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. d. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. e. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. 2. General Characteristics: Insulated, gasketed, watertight hub with mechanical -type wire terminal. 260526-6 V-A-120 Agreement No. 6866 2.5 Q C. SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS GROUNDING AND BONDING CONNECTORS Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL 467. b. Grounding and Bonding Equipment UL CCN KDSH; including UL 467. UL CCN KDER; including for Communications: UL KDER - Pressure -Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Cable Connector: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Burndy; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2. General Characteristics: Copper or copper alloy, for compression bonding of one or more conductor directly to copper busbar. Listed for direct burial. UL KDER - Lay -In Lug Mechanical -Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Terminal: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. ILSCO. 2. General Characteristics Mechanical -type, copper rated for direct burial terminal with set screw. UL KDER - Crimped Lug Pressure -Type Grounding and Bonding Busbar Terminal: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. C. ILSCO. 260526-7 V-A-121 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2. General Characteristics: Cast silicon bronze, solderless compression -type wire terminals; with long barrel and two holes spaced on 5/8 or 1 inch centers for two -bolt connection to busbar. 2.6 GROUNDING AND BONDING BUSBARS A. Description: Miscellaneous grounding and bonding device that serves as common connection for multiple grounding and bonding conductors. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. C. UL KDER - Equipment Room Grounding and Bonding Busbar: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cooper B-line; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. ERICO; brand of nVent Electrical plc. C. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. d. Hoffman; brand of nVent Electrical plc. e. ILSCO. f. Panduit Corp. g. alIG Fabrication (formerly ALT). 2. General Characteristics: a. Bus: Rectangular bar of annealed copper. b. Mounting Stand -Off Insulators: Lexan or PVC. 1) Comply with UL 891 for use in 600 V switchboards, impulse tested at 5000 V. 3. Options: a, Dimensions: 1/4 by 4 inch in cross section; length as indicated on Drawings. 260526-8 V-A-122 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS b. Predrilled Hole Pattern: Suitable for installing specified grounding and bonding connectors. C. Mounting Hardware: Stand-off brackets that provide 2 inch clearance to access rear of bus. Brackets and bolts must be stainless steel. D. UL KDER - Rack and Cabinet Bonding Busbar: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Cooper B-line; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. b. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. C. Hoffman; brand of nVent Electrical plc. d. Panduit Corp. 2. General Characteristics: a. Bus: Rectangular bar of hard -drawn solid copper. b. Horizontal Mounting Dimensions: Designed for mounting in 19 inch wide equipment racks or cabinets. C. Vertical Mounting Dimensions: Designed for mounting in 36 inch high equipment racks or cabinets. d. Predrilled Hole Pattern: Accepts connectors for grounding and bonding conductor sizes 14 AWG to 2/0 AWG. e. Mounting Hardware: Stainless steel or copper -plated, for attachment to rack. 2.7 GROUNDING (EARTHING) ELECTRODES A. Description: Grounding electrodes include rod electrodes, ring electrodes, metal underground water pipes, metal building frames, concrete -encased electrodes, and pipe and plate electrodes. R Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: a. Grounding and Bonding Equipment: UL CCN KDER; including UL 467. C. UL KDER - Rod Electrode: 260626-9 V-A-123 Agreement No. 6866 x SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. ERICO; brand of nVent Electrical plc. C. Harger Lightning & Grounding, business of Harger, Inc. d. alIG Fabrication (formerly ALT). 2. General Characteristics: Copper -clad steel, 3/4 inch by 10 ft. UL KDER - Chemically Charged Rod Electrode: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ALLTEC LLC. b. ERICO; brand of nVent Electrical plc. C. alIG Fabrication (formerly ALT). 2, General Characteristics: Copper tube, straight or L-shaped, charged with nonhazardous electrolytic chemical salts. a. Termination: Factory -attached 4/0 AWG bare conductor at least 48 inch long. b. Backfill Material: Electrode manufacturer's recommended material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION OF GROUNDING ELECTRICAL POWER A. Grounding and Bonding Conductors: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. AND BONDING PRODUCTS FOR Provide solid conductor for 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated. Custom -Length Insulated Equipment Bonding Jumpers: 6 AWG, 19- strand, Type THHN. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. Bonding Conductor: 4 AWG or 6 AWG, stranded conductor. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inch wide and 1/16 inch thick. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned -copper tape, braided conductors terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inch wide and 1/16 inch thick. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare copper conductor, 2/0 AWG minimum. 260526-10 V-A-124 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Grounding and Bonding Connectors: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. C. Grounding and Bonding Busbars: Provide in electrical equipment rooms, in rooms housing service equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. D. Substation Signal Reference Grid: 1. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with IEEE C2. a. Install 8 AWG bonding conductors below grade in a grid pattern on 2 ft centers. Bond grid conductors with exothermic welds where they cross each other. b. Grid must fill entire area inside equipment yard fence, and extend minimum 6.5 ft outside fence, so someone walking or running outside yard may not touch fence or open gate without first stepping inside grid. C. Bond each metal fence post and gate post to at least two grid conductors. d. Bond equipment housekeeping pads and sidewalks inside grid to at least two grid conductors. e. Bond underground metal pipe and conduit passing under grid to nearest grid conductor at both ends. E. Signal Reference Grid Tape Mesh: 1. Install tape mesh under floor finish with the following features: a. Tape mesh, 2 inch by 16 mil solid copper, 12 inch spacing. b. Tape mesh, 2 inch by 16 mil solid copper, 24 inch spacing. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL POWER A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Reference Standards: 1. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection 260526-11 V-A-125 Agreement No. 6866 C SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit. 2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. Special Techniques: Grounding and Bonding Conductors: a. Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. b. Underground Grounding Conductors: 1) Bury at least 30 inch below grade. 2) Duct -Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inch above duct bank when indicated as part of duct -bank installation. Z Grounding and Bonding Connectors: Make connections so possibility of galvanic action or electrolysis is minimized. Select connectors, connection hardware, conductors, and connection methods so metals in direct contact are galvanically compatible. a. Use electroplated or hot -tin -coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer in order of galvanic series. b. Make connections with clean, bare metal at points of contact. C. Make aluminum -to -steel connections with stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps. d. Make aluminum -to -galvanized -steel connections with tin-plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps. e. Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces. f. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1) Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate adjacent parts. 2) Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3) Use exothermic -welded connectors for outdoor locations; if disconnect -type connection is required, use bolted clamp. g. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 260526-12 V-A-126 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1) Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use bolted clamp connector or bolt lug -type connector to pipe flange by using one of lug bolts of flange. Where dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. 2) Water Meter Piping: Use braided -type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with bolted connector. 3) Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install bonding jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. Grounding for Steel Building Structure: Install driven ground rod at base of each corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 60 ft apart. 3, Grounding and Bonding Busbars: a. Install busbar horizontally, on insulated spacers 2 inch minimum from wall, 6 inch above finished floor unless otherwise indicated. b. Where busbars are indicated on both sides of doorways, route bonding conductor up to top of door frame, across top of doorway, and down; connect to continuation of horizontal busbar. 4. Electrodes: a. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inch below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated. 1) Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any. 2) Use exothermic welds for below -grade connections. b. For grounding electrode system, install at least two rods spaced at least 6 feet from each other and located at least same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to service grounding electrode conductor. 260526-13 V-A-127 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and must be at least 12 inch deep, with cover. 1) Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor. d. Ring Electrode: Install grounding conductor, electrically connected to each building structure ground rod and to each indicated item, extending around perimeter of area or item indicated. 1) Install tinned -copper conductor not less than 2/0 AWG for ring electrode and for taps to building steel. 2) Bury ring electrode not less than 24 inch from building's foundation. e. Concrete -Encased Electrode (Ufer Ground): 1) Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 70; use minimum of 20 ft of bare copper conductor not smaller than 4 AWG. a) If concrete foundation is less than 20 ft long, coil excess conductor within base of foundation. b) Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts. Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building's grounding grid or to grounding electrode external to concrete. 2) Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 70; using electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods, at least 20 ft long. If reinforcing is in multiple pieces, connect together by usual steel tie wires or exothermic welding to create required length. 5. Grounding at Service: a. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors must be connected to ground busbar. Install main bonding jumper between neutral and ground buses. 6. Grounding Separately Derived Systems: a. Generator: Install grounding electrode(s) at generator location. Electrode must be connected to equipment grounding conductor and to frame of generator. 260526-14 V-A-128 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 7. Grounding Underground Distribution System Components: a. Duct -Bank Grounding Conductor: Bury 12 inch above duct bank when indicated as part of duct -bank installation. b. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements. C. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inch will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide 1/0 AWG bare, tinned - copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with double wrapping of pressure -sensitive insulating tape or heat -shrunk insulating sleeve from 2 inch above to 6 inch below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout. d. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed - metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard -drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions with splicing and termination kits. e. Pad -Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods and ring electrode around pad. Ground pad -mounted equipment and noncurrent -carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned -copper conductor not less than 2 AWG for ring electrode and for taps to equipment grounding terminals. Bury ring electrode not less than 6 inch from foundation. 8. Equipment Grounding: a. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with feeders and branch circuits. b. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1) Feeders and branch circuits. 2) Lighting circuits. 3) Receptacle circuits. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR GROUNDING AND BONDING OF ELECTRICAL POWER A. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect. B. Tests and Inspections: 260526-15 V-A-129 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with calibrated torque wrench in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 3. Test completed grounding system at each location where maximum ground -resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, at ground test wells, and at individual ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before conductors are connected. a. Measure ground resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests by fall -of -potential method in accordance with IEEE Std 81. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. 4. Prepare dimensioned Drawings locating each test well, ground rod and ground -rod assembly, and other grounding electrodes. Identify each by letter in alphabetical order, and key to record of tests and observations. Include number of rods driven and their depth at each location, and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results. Describe measures taken to improve test results. C. Nonconforming Work: 1. Grounding system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective components and retest. D. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. 1. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values: a. Power and Lighting Equipment or System: 25 Q. 3.4 PROTECTION A. After installation, protect grounding and bonding cables and equipment from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. 260526-16 V-A-130 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260526 GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS END OF SECTION 260526-17 V-A-131 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Type ERMC-S duct raceways, elbows, couplings, and nipples. 2. Type LFMC duct raceways. 3. Type PVC duct raceways and fittings. 4. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable. 5. Electrically conductive corrosion -resistant compounds for threaded conduit. 6. Solvent cements. B. Products Installed, but Not Furnished, under This Section: 1. See Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for electrical equipment labels. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical' for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical" for seismic -load, wind -load, acoustical, and other field conditions applicable to Work specified in this Section. 3. Section 260519 "Low -Voltage for Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors (Type NUCC). 4. Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems" for exterior duct banks, manholes, and underground utility construction. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Conduit: A structure containing one or more duct raceways. B. Duct Raceway: A single enclosed raceway for conductors or cable.. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 260533.13-1 V-A-132 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Type ERMC-S d''uct raceways, elbows, couplings, and nipples. 2. Type LFMC duct raceways. 3. Type PVC duct raceways and fittings. 4. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable. 5. Electrically conductive corrosion -resistant compounds for threaded conduit. 6. Solvent cements. B. Sustainable design submittals. 1. Solvent cements. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers' Published Instructions: 1. Type ERMC-S duct raceways, elbows, couplings, and nipples. 2. Type LFMC duct raceways. 3. Type PVC duct raceways and fittings. 4. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable. 5. Electrically conductive corrosion -resistant compounds for threaded conduit. 6. Solvent cements. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TYPE ERMC-S DUCT RACEWAYS, ELBOWS, COUPLINGS, AND NIPPLES A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DYIX; including UL 6. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. 260533.13-2 V-A-133 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C, UL DYIX - Galvanized -Steel Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit (ERMC-S-G), Elbows, Couplings, and Nipples: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Allied Tube & Conduit; Atkore International. b. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. C. Topaz Lighting & Electric. d. Western Tube; Zekelman Industries. 2. Exterior Coating: Zinc. 3. Options: a. Interior Coating: Zinc. b. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 21 (trade size 3/4). C. Colors: As indicated on Drawings. 2.2 TYPE LFMC DUCT RACEWAYS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DXHR; including UL 360. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL DXHR - Steel Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC-S): 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Electri-Flex Company. C. International Metal Hose Co. 260533.13-3 V-A-134 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2. Material: Steel. 3. Options: a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 21 (trade size 3/4), b. Colors: As indicated on Drawings. 2.3 TYPE PVC DUCT RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DZYR; including UL 651. B. Source Quality Control- 1 - Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL DZYR - Schedule 40 Rigid PVC Conduit (PVC-40) and Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. JM Eagle. C. NAPCO;'Westlake Chemical Corp. d. Opti-Com Manufacturing Network, Inc (OMNI). e. Topaz Lighting & Electric. 2. Dimensional Specifications: Schedule 40. 3. Options: a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 21 (trade size 3/4). b. Markings: For use with maximum 90 deg C wire. D. UL DZYR - Schedule 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (PVC-80) and Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 260533.13-4 V-A-135 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. JM Eagle. C. Opti-Com Manufacturing Network, Inc (OMNI). d. Topaz Lighting & Electric. 2. Dimensional Specifications: Schedule 80. 3. Options: a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 21 (trade size 3/4). b. Markings: For use with maximum 90 deg C wire. 2.4 FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. B, Source Quality Control 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL DWTT - Fittings for Type ERMC and Type PVC, Duct Raceways: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. O-Z/Gedney, brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. e. Raco Taymac Bell; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. f. Southwire Company, LLC. g. Topaz Lighting & Electric. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DWTT; including UL 514B. 3. Options: 260533.13-5 V-A-136 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Material: Steel. b. Coupling Method: Raintight compression coupling with distinctive color gland nut. C. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: UL 651 with flexible bonding jumper. D. UL DXAS - Fittings for Type LFMC Duct Raceways: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Arlington Industries, Inc. b. Liquid Tight Connector Co. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DXAS; including UL 514B. 2.5 ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE CORROSION -RESISTANT COMPOUNDS FOR THREADED CONDUIT A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN FOIZ; including UL Subject 2419. B. Source Quality Control- 1 - Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL FOIZ - Electrically Conductive Corrosion -Resistant Compound for Threaded Conduit: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business, 2.6 SOLVENT CEMENTS A. Performance Criteria: 260533.13-6 V-A-137 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN DWTT; including UL 514B. B. Source Quality Control- 1, Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL DWTT - Solvent Cements for Type PVC Duct Raceways and Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Carlon b. Cantext Inc, C. Ipex d. Oatey PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION OF CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for selection of duct raceways. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Outdoors- 1 . Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: ERMC. 2. Exposed and Subject to Physical Damage: ERMC. a. Locations less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above finished floor. 3. Exposed and Not Subject to Physical Damage: ERMC. 4. Concealed Aboveground: ERMC. 5. Direct Buried: PVC-80 and PVC-40. 6. Concrete Encased Not in Trench: PVC-80 and PVC-40. 7. Concrete Encased in Trench: PVC-80 and PVC-40. 260533.13-7 V-A-138 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 8. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC. C. Indoors: 1. Hazardous Classified Locations: ERMC. 2. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: ERMC. Locations include the following: a. Loading docks. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet - handling units. C. Mechanical rooms. d. Gymnasiums. 3. Exposed and Subject to Physical Damage: ERMC. Locations include the following: a. Locations less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above finished floor. b. Stub -ups to above suspended ceilings. 4. Exposed and Not Subject to Physical Damage: ERMC. 5. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: PVC-40. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: ERMC. 7. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor -Driven Equipment): LFMC. D. Duct Fittings: Select fittings in accordance with NEMA FB 2.10 guidelines. 1. ERMC: Provide threaded -type fittings unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with the following: 1. Type ERMC-S: Article 344 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101. 2. Type LFMC: Article 350 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 101. 3. Type PVC: Article 356 of NFPA 70 and NECA NEIS 111. 4. Expansion Fittings: NEMA FB 2.40. 5. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. C. Special Installation Techniques: 1. General Requirements for Installation of Duct Raceways: 260533.13-8 V-A-139 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Complete duct raceway installation before starting conductor installation. b. Provide stub -ups through floors with coupling threaded inside for plugs, set flush with finished floor. Plug coupling until conduit is extended above floor to final destination or a minimum of 2 ft above finished floor. C. Install no more than equivalent of three 90-degree bends in conduit run. Support within 12 inch of changes in direction. d. Make bends in duct raceway using large -radius preformed ells except for parallel bends. Field bending must be in accordance with NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements. Provide only equipment specifically designed for material and size involved. e. Conceal conduit within finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated. Install conduits parallel or perpendicular to building lines. f. Support conduit within 12 inch of enclosures to which attached. g. Install duct sealing fittings at accessible locations in accordance with NFPA 70 and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed duct raceways, install fitting in flush steel box with blank cover plate having finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install duct sealing fittings in accordance with NFPA 70. h. Install devices to seal duct raceway interiors at accessible locations. Locate seals so no fittings or boxes are between the seal and the following changes of environments. Seal interior of duct raceways at the following points: 1) ' Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2) Where an underground service duct raceway enters a building or structure. 3) Conduit extending from interior to exterior of building. 4) Conduit extending into pressurized duct raceway and equipment. 5) Conduit extending into pressurized zones that are automatically controlled to maintain different pressure set points. 6) Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. i. Do not install duct raceways or electrical items on "explosion -relief' walls or rotating equipment. j. Do not install conduits within 2 inch of the bottom side of a metal deck roof. k. Keep duct raceways at least 6 inch away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes. Install horizontal duct raceway runs above water and steam piping. I. Cut conduit perpendicular to the length. For conduits metric designator 53 (trade size 2) and larger, use roll cutter or a guide to 260533.13-9 V-A-140 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS matte cut straight and perpendicular to the length. Ream inside of conduit to remove burrs. m. Install pull wires in empty duct raceways. Provide polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 lb tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inch of slack at both ends of pull wire. Cap underground duct raceways designated as spare above grade alongside duct raceway's in use, n. Install duct raceways square to the enclosure and terminate at enclosures without hubs with locknuts on both sides of enclosure wall. Install locknuts hand tight, plus one -quarter turn more. 1) Termination fittings with shoulders do not require two locknuts. o. Terminate threaded conduits into threaded hubs or with locknuts on inside and outside of boxes or cabinets. Install bushings on conduits up to metric designator 35 (trade size 1-1/4) and insulated throat metal bushings on metric designator41 (trade size 1-1/2) and larger conduits terminated with locknuts.. 2. Types ERMC: a. Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply listed compound that maintains electrical conductivity to threads of duct raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound manufacturer's published instructions. 3. Types LFMC: a. Provide a maximum of 36 inch of flexible conduit for equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 4. Types PVC: a. Do not install Type PVC, Type HDPE, or Type EPEC conduit where ambient temperature exceeds 122 deg F. Conductor ratings must be limited to 75 deg C except where installed in a trench outside buildings with concrete encasement, where 90 deg C conductors are permitted. b. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions for solvent welding and fittings. 5. Duct Raceways Embedded in Slabs: a. Run duct raceways larger than metric designator 27 (trade size 1) parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place duct raceway close to slab support. Secure duct raceways to reinforcement at maximum 10 ft intervals. 260533.13-10 V-A-141 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS b. Arrange duct raceways to cross building expansion joints with expansion fittings at right angles to the joint. C. Arrange duct raceways to ensure that each is surrounded by minimum of 2 inch of concrete without voids. d. Do not embed threadless fittings in concrete unless locations have been specifically approved by Architect. 6. Stub -ups to Above Recessed Ceilings: a. Provide ERMC for duct raceways. b. Provide a conduit bushing or insulated fitting to terminate stub -ups not terminated in hubs or in an enclosure. 7. Duct Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: a. Provide insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than 4 AWG.. 8. Duct Fittings: Install fittings in accordance with NEMA FB 2.10 guidelines. a. Flexible Conduit: Provide only fittings listed for use with flexible conduit type. Comply with NEMA FB 2.20. 9, Expansion -Joint Fittings: a. Install in runs of aboveground PVC that are located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F and that have straight -run length that exceeds 25 ft. Install in runs of aboveground ERMC conduit that are located where environmental temperature change may exceed 100 deg F and that have straight - run length that exceeds 100 ft. b. Install type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for the following locations- 1) Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperature change. 2) Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. 3) Indoor Spaces Connected with Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. 4) Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. C. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for PVC conduits. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.000078 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change for metal conduits. 260533.13-11 V-A-142 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260633.13 CONDUITS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS d. Install expansion fittings at locations where conduits cross building or structure expansion joints. e. Install expansion -joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions for conditions at specific location at time of installation. Install conduit supports to allow for expansion movement. 10. Identification: Provide labels for conduit assemblies, duct raceways, and associated electrical equipment. a. Provide warning signs. D. Interfaces with Other Work: 1. Coordinate with Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for installation of conduit hangers and supports. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect coatings, finishes, and cabinets from damage and deterioration. 1. Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc -rich paint recommended by manufacturer. 2. Repair damage to PVC coatings or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer. END OF SECTION 260533.13-12 V-A-143 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers. 2. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers. 3. Junction boxes and pull boxes. 4. Cover plates for device boxes. 5. Hoods for outlet boxes. B. Products Installed, but Not Furnished, under This Section: 1. See Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" for electrical equipment labels. C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Metallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers. 2. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers.. 3. Junction boxes and pull boxes. 4. Cover plates for device boxes. 5. Hoods for outlet boxes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop drawings for floor boxes. C. Sustainable design submittals. 1. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers. 2. Junction boxes and pull boxes. 3. Cover plates for device boxes. 260533.16-1 V-A-144 Agreement No. 6866 1.3 /0 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS Manufacturers' Published Instructions: I. Metallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers. 2. Nonmetallic outlet boxes, device boxes, rings, and covers. 3. Junction boxes and pull boxes. 4. Cover plates for device boxes. 5. Hoods for outlet boxes. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALLIC OUTLET BOXES, DEVICE BOXES, RINGS, AND COVERS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN QCIT; including UL 514A. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL QCIT - Metallic Outlet Boxes and Covers: 1. Description: Box having pryout openings, knockouts, threaded entries, or hubs in either the sides of the back, or both, for entrance of conduit, conduit or cable fittings, or cables, with provisions for mounting outlet box cover, but without provisions for mounting wiring device directly to box. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 260533.16-2 V-A-145 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS e. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. f. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. g. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. 3. Options: a. Material: Cast metal. b. Cast -Metal Depth: Minimum 2.4 inch. D. UL QCIT - Metallic Conduit Bodies: 1. Description: Means for providing access to interior of conduit or tubing system through one or more removable covers at junction or terminal point. In the United States, conduit bodies are listed in accordance with outlet box requirements. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. e. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. E, UL QCIT - Metallic Device Boxes: 1. Description: Box with provisions for mounting wiring device directly to box. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated., e. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. 3. Options: a. Material: Cast metal. b. Cast -Metal Depth: minimum 2.4 inch,: F. UL QCIT - Metallic Extension Rings: 260533.16-3 V-A-146 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Description: Ring intended to extend sides of outlet box or device box to increase box depth, volume, or both. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Cooper B-line; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. Crouse -Hinds, brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. e. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. f. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. g. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. G. UL QCIT - Metallic Floor Boxes and Floor Box Covers: 1. Description: Box mounted in floor with floor box cover and other components to complete floor box enclosure. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. C. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. d. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. e. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. H. UL QCIT - Metallic Raised -Floor Boxes and Floor Box Covers: 1. Description: Box mounted in raised -floor with floor box cover and other components to complete floor box enclosure. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. C. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. 1, UL QCIT - Metallic Recessed Access -Floor Boxes and Recessed Floor Box Covers: 260533.16-4 V-A-147 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1., Description: Floor box with provisions for mounting wiring devices below floor surface and floor box cover with provisions for passage of cords to recessed wiring devices mounted within floor box. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions, Hubbell Incorporated. C. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. 2.2 NONMETALLIC OUTLET BOXES, DEVICE BOXES, RINGS, AND COVERS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN QCMZ; including UL 514C. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. 2.3 JUNCTION BOXES AND PULL BOXES A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN BGUZ; including UL 50 and UL 50E. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL BGUZ - Outdoor Cast -Metal Junction and Pull Boxes: 260533.16-5 V-A-148 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Description: Box with a blank cover that serves the purpose of joining different runs of raceway or cable. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. b. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. C. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. 3. Options: a. Degree of Protection: Type 3R. 2.4 COVER PLATES FOR DEVICES BOXES A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN QCIT or UL CCN QCMZ; including UL 514D. 3. Wallplate-Securing Screws: Metal with head color to match wallplate finish. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL QCIT or QCMZ - Metallic Cover Plates for Device Boxes: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. Hubbell Wiring Device-Kellems; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions, Hubbell Incorporated, e. Intermatic, Inc. f. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. g. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. 260533.16-6 V-A-149 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS h. Panduit Corp. i. Pass & Seymour; Legrand North America, LLC. j. Wiremold; Legrand North America, LLC. 2. Options: a. Damp and Wet Locations: Listed, labeled, and marked for location and use. Provide gaskets and accessories necessary for compliance with listing. 2.5 HOODS FOR OUTLET BOXES A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. Listing Criteria: a. UL CCN QCIT or UL CCN QCMZ; including UL 514D. b. Receptacle, Hood, Cover Plate, Gaskets, and Seals: UL 498 Supplement SA when mated with box or enclosure complying with UL 514A, UL 514C, or UL 50E. 3. Mounts to box using fasteners different from wiring device. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Product Data: Prepare and submit catalog cuts, brochures, and performance data illustrating size, physical appearance, and other characteristics of product. 2. Manufacturer's Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. UL QCIT or QCMZ - Extra -Duty, While -in -Use Hoods for Outlet Boxes: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Intermatic, Inc. d. Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. Additional Characteristics: Marked "Extra -Duty" in accordance with UL 514D. 3. Options: 260633.16-7 V-A-150 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Provides gray, weatherproof, "while -in -use" cover. b. Manufacturer may combine nonmetallic device box with hood as extra -duty rated assembly. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit the following: 1. Shop Drawings for Floor Boxes: Show that floor boxes are located to avoid interferences and are structurally allowable. Indicate floor thickness at location where boxes are embedded in concrete floors and underfloor clearances where boxes are installed in raised floors. 3.2 SELECTION OF BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with NFPA 70 for selection of boxes and enclosures. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Degree of Protection- 1 . Outdoors: a. Type 3R unless otherwise indicated. b. Locations Exposed to Hosedown: Type 4. C. Locations Subject to Potential Flooding: Type 6P. d. Locations Aboveground Where Mechanism Must Operate When Ice Covered: Type 3S. e. Locations in -Ground or Exposed to Corrosive Agents: Type 4X. f. Locations in -Ground or Exposed to Corrosive Agents Where Mechanism Must Operate When Ice Covered: Type 3SX, C. Exposed Boxes Installed Less Than 2.5 m (8 ft) Above Floor: 1. Provide cast -metal boxes. Boxes with knockouts or unprotected openings are prohibited. 2. Provide exposed cover. Flat covers with angled mounting slots or knockouts are prohibited. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. 260533.16-8 V-A-151 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with the following: 1. Outlet, Device, Pull, and Junction Boxes: Article 314 of NFPA 70. 2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. C. Special Installation Techniques: 1. Provide boxes in wiring and raceway systems wherever required for pulling of wires, making connections, and mounting of devices or fixtures. 2. Mount boxes at heights indicated on Drawings. If mounting heights of boxes are not individually indicated, give priority to ADA requirements. Install boxes with height measured to center of box unless otherwise indicated. 3. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw -cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. Prepare block surfaces to provide a flat surface for a raintight connection between box and cover plate or supported equipment and box, whether installed indoors or outdoors. 4. Horizontally separate boxes mounted on opposite sides of walls so they are not in the same vertical channel. 5. Locate boxes so that cover or plate will not span different building finishes. 6. Support boxes in recessed ceilings independent of ceiling tiles and ceiling grid. 7. Support boxes of three gangs or more from more than one side by spanning two framing members or mounting on brackets specifically designed for purpose. 8. Fasten junction and pull boxes to, or support from, building structure. Do not support boxes by conduits. 9. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. 10. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 11. Do not install aluminum boxes, enclosures, or fittings in contact with concrete or earth. 12. Do not rely on locknuts to penetrate nonconductive coatings on enclosures. Remove coatings in the locknut area prior to assembling conduit to enclosure to ensure a continuous ground path. 13. Boxes and Enclosures in Areas or Walls with Acoustical Requirements: a. Seal openings and knockouts in back and sides of boxes and enclosures with acoustically rated putty. b. Provide gaskets for wallplates and covers. 14. Identification: Provide labels for boxes and associated electrical equipment. 260533.16-9 V-A-152 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260533.16 BOXES AND COVERS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components. b. Provide warning signs. C. Label each box with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate. D. Interfaces with Other Work. - Coordinate with sign manufacturer and installer. 3.4 PROTECTION A. After installation, protect boxes from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 260533.16-10 V-A-153 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Type PVC raceways and fittings. 2. Fittings for conduit, tubing, and cable. 3. Solvent cements. 4. Duct accessories. 5. Handholes and boxes for exterior underground wiring. 6. Manholes for exterior underground wiring. 7. Utility structure accessories. 8. Duct sealing. B Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" specifies additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 260519 "Low -Voltage for Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" specifies nonmetallic underground conduit with conductors (Type NUCC). 3. Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" specifies underground -line warning tape and concrete cable routing markers (warning planks). 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. B, Preinstallation Coordination Meeting(s): For underground ducts and raceways.. Conduct meeting(s) as videoconference or at Project site before. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For concrete and steel used in precast concrete handholes, also include product certificates as required by ASTM C858. B. Shop Drawings: 260543-1 V-A-154 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Electric Utility Duct Banks and Structures: a. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details, including attachments to other Work. b. Indicate locations of private property boundaries and utility easements. C. Include information required for approval by electric utility and for obtaining public space utility work permits. 2. Precast or Factory -Fabricated Concrete Structures: a. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details, including attachments to other Work. b. Include duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes, and methods and materials for waterproofing duct entry locations. C. Include reinforcement details. d. Include grounding details. e. Include dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling -in and lifting irons, sumps, and other accessories. f. Include joint details. 3. Factory -Fabricated Handholes and Boxes Other Than Precast Concrete: a. Include dimensioned plans, sections, and elevations, and fabrication and installation details. b. Include duct entry provisions, including locations and duct sizes, and methods and materials for waterproofing duct entry locations. C. Include cover design. d. Include grounding details. e. Include dimensioned locations of cable rack inserts, pulling -in and lifting irons, and other accessories. C. Field Quality -Control Submittals- 1 - Field quality -control reports. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: 1. For concrete and steel used in precast concrete handholes, as required by ASTM C858. B. Manufacturers' Published Instructions: Prepare and submit installation, testing, and operating instructions for product. C. Source Quality -Control Submittals: 260543-2 V-A-155 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Source quality -control reports. 1.5 REGULATORY AGENCY APPROVALS A. Shop Drawing submittals for electric utility duct banks and structures must be signed and sealed by qualified electrical professional engineer responsible for their preparation. Obtain approval by electric utility prior to submitting for action by Architect. B. Submit Shop Drawings for electric utility duct banks and structures for action by Architect prior to submitting for approval by electric utility. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TYPE PVC RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. General Characteristics: UL 651 and UL CCN DZYR. B. Schedule 40 Rigid PVC Conduit (PVC-40) and Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Calconduit; Atkore International. C. JM Eagle. d. Opti-Com Manufacturing Network, Inc (OMNI). 2. Dimensional Specifications: Schedule 40. 3. Options: a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 21 (trade size 3/4). b. Markings: For use with maximum 90 deg C wire. C. Schedule 80 Rigid PVC Conduit (PVC-80) and Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Calconduit; Atkore International. C. JM Eagle. 260543-3 V-A-156 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS d. Opti-Com Manufacturing Network, Inc (OMNI). 2. Dimensional Specifications: Schedule 80. 3. Options: a. Minimum Trade Size: Metric designator 21 (trade size 3/4). b. Markings: For use with maximum 90 deg C wire. 2.2 FITTINGS FOR CONDUIT, TUBING, AND CABLE A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. B. Metallic Fittings for Type PVC: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Appleton; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. C. Crouse -Hinds; brand of Eaton, Electrical Sector. d. O-Z/Gedney; brand of Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions, Appleton Group. e. Raco Taymac Bell; brand of Hubbell Electrical Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2. General Characteristics: UL 514B and UL CCN DWiT. 3. Options: a. Material: Steel. b. Coupling Method: Compression coupling. C. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: UL 1203. d. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: UL 651 with flexible external bonding jumper. 2.3 SOLVENT CEMENTS A. Performance Criteria- 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. General Characteristics: As recommended by conduit manufacturer in accordance with UL 514B and UL CCN DWTT. B. Solvent Cements for Type PVC Raceways and Fittings: 260543-4 V-A-157 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. - <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and products.> 2.4 DUCT ACCESSORIES A. Duct Spacers: Factory -fabricated, rigid, PVC interlocking spacers; sized for type and size of duct with which used, and selected to provide minimum duct spacing indicated while supporting duct during concreting or backfilling. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABB, Electrification Business. b. Cantex Inc. C. IPEX USA LLC. d. PenCell Plastics; brand of Hubbell Utility Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2.5 HANDHOLES AND BOXES FOR EXTERIOR UNDERGROUND WIRING A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70 and marked for intended location and use. 2. General Characteristics: a. ASTM C858 for design and manufacturing processes. b. SCTE 77. B. Source Quality Control- 1. Precast Concrete Utility Structures: Test and inspect in accordance with ASTM C1037. 2. Polymer Concrete and Nonconcrete Handhole and Pull -Box Prototypes: Test prototypes of handholes and boxes for compliance with SCTE 77. Strength tests must be for specified tier ratings of products supplied. Testing machine pressure gages must have current calibration certification, complying with ISO 9000 and ISO 10012, and traceable to NIST standards. a. Tests of materials must be performed by independent testing agency. b. Strength tests of complete boxes and covers must be by independent testing agency or manufacturer. Qualified registered professional engineer must certify tests by manufacturer. 260543-5 V-A-158 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Precast Concrete Handholes and Boxes: a. Description: Factory -fabricated, reinforced -concrete, monolithically poured walls and bottom unless open -bottom enclosures are indicated. Frame and cover must form top of enclosure and must have load rating consistent with that of handhole or box. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elmhurst -Chicago Stone Co. b. Oldcastle Infrastructure Inc.; CRH Americas. 3. Configuration: Units must be designed for flush burial and have bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Frame and Cover: a. Weatherproof cast-iron frame; with cast-iron cover with recessed cover hook eyes and tamper -resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts. b. Weatherproof steel frame, with steel cover with recessed cover hook eyes and tamper -resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts. C. Weatherproof steel frame, with concealed -hinge steel access door assembly; tamper -resistant, captive, cover -securing bolts; hold -open ratchet assembly; and recessed cover handle. d. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish must have minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. e. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC'. 5. Extensions and Slabs: Designed to mate with bottom of enclosure. Same material as enclosure. a. Extension must provide increased depth of 12 inch. b. Slab: Same dimensions as bottom of enclosure, and arranged to provide closure. 6. Joint Sealant: Asphaltic -butyl material with adhesion, cohesion, flexibility, and durability properties necessary to withstand maximum hydrostatic pressures at installation location with ground -water level at grade. 7. Knockout Panels: Precast openings in walls, arranged to match dimensions and elevations of approaching duct, plus additional 12 inch vertically and horizontally to accommodate alignment variations. 8. Duct Entrances in Handhole Walls: Cast end -bell or duct -terminating fitting in wall for each entering duct. 9. Handholes 12 inch wide by 24 inch long and larger must have inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons installed before concrete is poured. D, Polymer Concrete Handholes and Boxes with Polymer Concrete Cover: 260543-6 V-A-159 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Description: Molded of sand, concrete, and aggregate, bound together with polymer resin, and reinforced with steel or fiberglass or combination. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Armorcast Products Company; brand of Hubbell Utility Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. b. MacLean Highline. C. Oldcastle Infrastructure Inc.; CRH Americas. d. Quazite; brand of Hubbell Utility Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 3. Configuration: Units must be designed for flush burial and have open bottom unless otherwise indicated. 4. Cover: Weatherproof, secured by tamper -resistant locking devices and having structural load rating consistent with enclosure and installed location. a. Cover Finish: Nonskid finish must have minimum coefficient of friction of 0.50. b. Cover Legend: Molded lettering, "ELECTRIC'. 5. Conduit Entrance Provisions: Conduit -terminating fittings must mate with entering ducts for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 6. Direct -Buried Wiring Entrance Provisions: Knockouts equipped with insulated bushings or end -bell fittings, selected to suit box material, sized for wiring indicated, and arranged for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 7. Duct Entrance Provisions: Duct -terminating fittings must mate with entering duct for secure, fixed installation in enclosure wall. 8. Handholes 12 inch wide by 24 inch long and larger must have factory - installed inserts for cable racks and pulling -in irons. 9. Options: a. Color: Gray. 2.6 UTILITY STRUCTURE ACCESSORIES A. Description: Utility equipment and accessory items used for utility structure access and utility support, listed and labeled for intended use and application, and complying with the local utility company requirements. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. BILCO Company (The). 2. Elmhurst -Chicago Stone Co. 3. Oldcastle Infrastructure Inc.; CRH Americas, 260543-7 V-A-160 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 4. Quazite; brand of Hubbell Utility Solutions; Hubbell Incorporated. 2.7 DUCT SEALING A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Business. 2. American Polywater Corporation. 3. CommScope, Inc. 4. Gardner Bender. 5. Ideal Industries, Inc. 6. NSi Industries LLC. B. Duct -Sealing Compound: Nonhardening, safe for contact with human skin, not deleterious to cable insulation, and workable at temperatures as low as 35 deg F. Compound must be capable of withstanding temperature of 300 deg F without slump and adhering to clean surfaces of plastic ducts, metallic conduit, conduit and duct coatings, concrete, masonry, lead, cable sheaths, cable jackets, insulation materials, and common metals. Duct sealing compound must be removable without damaging ducts or cables. C. Inflatable Duct -Sealing System: Wraparound inflatable bladder that seals ducts that are empty or containing conductors against air and water infiltration. System is suitable for use in steel, plastic, or concrete ducts and penetrations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of duct, duct bank, manholes, handholes, and boxes with final arrangement of other utilities, site grading, and surface features as determined in field. Notify Architect if there is conflict between areas of excavation and existing structures or archaeological sites to remain. B. Coordinate elevations of duct and duct -bank entrances into manholes, handholes, and boxes with final locations and profiles of duct and duct banks, as determined by coordination with other utilities, underground obstructions, and surface features. Revise locations and elevations as required to suit field conditions and to ensure that duct and duct bank will drain to manholes and handholes, and as approved by Architect. 260543-8 V-A-161 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.2 SELECTION OF UNDERGROUND DUCTS A. Duct for Electrical Feeders: PVC-40, concrete encased unless otherwise indicated. B. Duct for Electrical Branch Circuits: PVC-40, direct buried unless otherwise indicated. C. Underground Ducts Crossing Paved Paths Walks and Driveways: PVC-40 direct buried. D. Underground Ducts Crossing Roadways: PVC-80, encased in reinforced concrete. E. Stub -ups: Concrete encased, PVC-40. 3.3 SELECTION OF UNDERGROUND ENCLOSURES A. Handholes and Boxes: 1. Units in Roadways and Other Deliberate Traffic Paths: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-10 structural load rating. 2. Units in Driveway, Parking Lot, and Off -Roadway Locations, Subject to Occasional, Nondeliberate Loading by Heavy Vehicles: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-10 structural load rating. 3. Units in Sidewalk and Similar Applications with Safety Factor for Nondeliberate Loading by Vehicles: Precast concrete, AASHTO HB 17, H-10 or Polymer concrete units, SCTE 77, Tier 8 structural load rating. 4. Cover design load must not exceed load rating of handhole or box. 3.4 EARTHWORK A. Excavation and Backfill: Comply with Section 312000 "Earth Moving," but do not use heavy-duty, hydraulic -operated, compaction equipment. B. Restoration: Restore area immediately after backfilling is completed or after construction vehicle traffic in immediate area is complete. C. Restore surface features at areas disturbed by excavation, and re-establish original grades unless otherwise indicated. Replace removed sod immediately after backfilling is completed. D. Restore areas disturbed by trenching, storing of dirt, cable laying, and other work. Restore vegetation and include necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging, and mulching. Comply with Section 329200 "Turf and Grasses" and Section 329300 "Plants." 260543-9 V-A-162 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS E. Cut and patch existing pavement in path of underground duct, duct bank, and underground structures in accordance with "Cutting and Patching" Article in Section 017300 "Execution." 3.5 INSTALLATION OF DUCTS AND DUCT BANKS A. Reference Standards: 1. Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with NEMA TCB 2 for installation of underground ducts and duct banks. 2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Special Techniques: 1. Where indicated on Drawings, install duct, spacers, and accessories into duct -bank configuration shown. Duct installation requirements in this Section also apply to duct bank. 2. Steel raceway, bends, and fittings in single duct run or duct bank on Project must be of same type. 3. Slope: Pitch duct minimum slope of 1:300 down toward manholes and handholes and away from buildings and equipment. Slope duct from high point between two manholes to drain in both directions. 4. Expansion and Deflection Fittings: Install expansion and deflection fitting in each duct in area of disturbed earth adjacent to manhole or handhole. 5. Install expansion fitting near center of straight line duct with calculated expansion of more than 3/4 inch. 6. Curves and Bends: a. Use 5-degree angle couplings for small changes in direction. Use manufactured long sweep bends with minimum radius of .48 inch, both horizontally and vertically, at other locations unless otherwise indicated. b. Field bending must be in accordance with NFPA 70 minimum radii requirements, except bends over 45 degrees must be made with minimum radius of 48 inch. Use only equipment specifically designed for material and size involved. Use PVC heating bender for bending PVC conduit. C. Duct must have maximum of 180 degrees of bends between pull points. 7, Joints: Use solvent -cemented joints in nonmetallic duct and fittings and make watertight in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. Stagger couplings so those of adjacent duct do not lie in same plane. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with minimum 3 inch of concrete for minimum of 12 inch on each side of coupling. 260543-10 V-A-163 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Install insulated grounding bushings on steel raceway terminations that are less than 12 inch below grade or floor level and do not terminate in hubs. 8. Installation Adjacent to High -Temperature Steam Lines: Where duct is installed parallel to underground steam lines, perform calculations showing duct will not be subject to environmental temperatures above 104 deg F. Where environmental temperatures are calculated to rise above 104 deg F, and anywhere duct crosses above underground steam line, in insulation blankets listed for direct burial to isolate duct bank from steam line to maintain maximum environmental temperature of 104 deg F. 9. End Bell Entrances to Manholes and Concrete and Polymer Concrete Handholes: Use end bells, spaced approximately 10 inch o.c. for 5 inch duct, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes. a. Begin change from regular spacing to end -bell spacing 10 ft from end bell, without reducing duct slope and without forming trap in line. b. Grout end bells into structure walls from both sides to provide watertight entrances. 10. Duct Terminators for Entrances to Cast -in -Place Manholes and Concrete Handholes: Use manufactured, cast -in -place duct terminators, with entrances into structure spaced approximately 6 inch o.c. for 4 inch duct, and vary proportionately for other duct sizes. a. Begin change from regular spacing to terminator spacing 10 ft from terminator, without reducing duct line slope and without forming trap in line. 11. Building Wall Penetrations: Make transition from underground duct to steel raceway at least 10 ft outside building wall, without reducing duct line slope away from building and without forming trap in line. Use fittings manufactured for transition to steel raceway type installed. Install steel raceway penetrations of building walls as specified in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling." 12. Sealing: Provide temporary closure at terminations of duct with pulled cables. Seal spare duct at terminations. Use sealing compound and plugs to withstand at least 15 psig hydrostatic pressure. 13. Pulling Cord: Install 200 Ibf test nylon cord in empty ducts. 14. Concrete -Encased Ducts and Duct Bank: a. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct. Prepare trench bottoms as specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for pipes 6 inch or less in nominal diameter. b. Width: Excavate trench 3 inch wider than duct on each side. 260543-11 V-A-164 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Depth: Install so top of duct envelope is at least 24 inch below finished grade in areas not subject to deliberate traffic, and at least 30 inch below finished grade in deliberate traffic paths for vehicles unless otherwise indicated. Install so top of duct envelope is below local frost line. d. Support duct on duct spacers coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor temperature. e. Spacer Installation: Place spacers close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of duct, with not less than five spacers per 20 ft of duct. Place spacers within 24 inch of duct ends. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inch between tiers. Secure spacers to earth and to duct to prevent floating during concreting. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps; do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. f. Minimum Space between Ducts: 3 inch between edge of duct and exterior envelope wall, 2 inch between ducts for like services, and 4 inch between power and communications ducts. g. Stub -ups to Outdoor Equipment: Extend concrete -encased steel raceway horizontally minimum of 60 inch from edge of equipment base. 1) Stub -ups must be minimum 4 inch above finished floor and minimum 3 inch from conduit side to edge of slab. h. Stub -ups to Indoor Equipment: Extend concrete -encased steel raceway horizontally minimum of 60 inch from edge of wall. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 1) Stub -ups must be minimum 4 inch above finished floor and no less than 3 inch from conduit side to edge of slab. i. Reinforcement: Reinforce concrete -encased duct where crossing disturbed earth and where indicated. Arrange reinforcing rods and ties without forming conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. j. Forms: Use walls of trench to form side walls of duct bank where soil is self-supporting and concrete envelope can be poured without soil inclusions; otherwise, use forms. k. Concrete Cover: Install minimum of 3 inch of concrete cover between edge of duct to exterior envelope wall, 2 inch between duct of like services, and 4 inch between power and communications ducts. 1. Place minimum 6 inch of engineered fill above concrete encasement of duct. m. Pouring Concrete: Comply with requirements in "Concrete Placement" Article in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." Place concrete carefully during pours to prevent voids under and 260543-12 V-A-165 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS between duct and at exterior surface of envelope. Do not allow heavy mass of concrete to fall directly onto ducts. Allow concrete to flow around duct and rise up in middle, uniformly filling open spaces. Do not use power -driven agitating equipment unless specifically designed for duct -installation application. 15. Direct -Buried Duct and Duct Bank: a. Excavate trench bottom to provide firm and uniform support for duct. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 Earth Moving for preparation of trench bottoms for pipes less than 6 inch in nominal diameter. b. Width: Excavate trench 3 inch wider than duct on each side. C. Depth: Install top of duct at least 36 inch below finished grade unless otherwise indicated. d. Set elevation of top of duct bank below frost line. e. Place minimum 3 inch of sand as bed for duct. Place sand to minimum of 6 inch above top level of duct. f. Support ducts on duct spacers coordinated with duct size, duct spacing, and outdoor temperature. g. Spacer Installation: Place spacers close enough to prevent sagging and deforming of duct, with not less than five spacers per 20 ft of duct. Place spacers within 24 inch of duct ends. Stagger spacers approximately 6 inch between tiers. Secure spacers to earth and to ducts to prevent floating during concreting. Tie entire assembly together using fabric straps, do not use tie wires or reinforcing steel that may form conductive or magnetic loops around ducts or duct groups. h. Install duct with minimum of 3 inch between ducts for like services and 6 inch between power and communications duct. i. After installing first tier of duct, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point and work toward end of duct run, leaving ducts at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Repeat procedure after placing each tier. After placing last tier, hand place backfill to 4 inch over duct and hand tamp. Firmly tamp backfill around ducts to provide maximum supporting strength. Use hand tamper only. After placing controlled backfill over final tier, make final duct connections at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction. Comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for installation of backfill materials. 16. Underground -Line Warning Tape: Bury conducting underground line specified in Section 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems" no less than 12 inch above concrete -encased duct and duct banks and approximately 12 inch below grade. Align tape parallel to and within 3 inch of centerline of duct bank. Provide additional warning tape for each 260543-13 V-A-166 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 12 inch increment of duct -bank width over nominal 18 inch. Space additional tapes 12 inch apart, horizontally across width of ducts. 17. Ground ducts and duct banks in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE HANDHOLES, AND BOXES A. Reference Standards: 1. Precast Concrete Handholes: Comply. with ASTM C891 unless otherwise indicated. 2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Special Techniques: Cast -in -Place Manholes: a. Finish interior surfaces with smooth -troweled finish. b. Knockouts for Future Duct Connections: Form and pour concrete knockout panels 1-1/2 to 2 inch thick, arranged as indicated. C. Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for cast -in -place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement. 2. Precast Concrete Handholes: a. Install units level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting duct to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. b. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on level bed of crushed stone or gravel graded from 1 inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. C. Field -cut openings for conduits in accordance with enclosure manufacturer's published instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 3. Elevations: a. Install handholes with bottom below frost line, below grade. b. Handhole Covers: In paved areas and trafficways, set surface flush with finished grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade. C. Where indicated, cast handhole cover frame integrally with handhole structure. 4. Drainage: Install drains in bottom of manholes where indicated, Coordinate with drainage provisions indicated. 260543-14 V-A-167 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3.7 INSTALLATION OF HANDHOLES AND BOXES OTHER THAN PRECAST CONCRETE A. Reference Standards: Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. B. Special Techniques: 1. Install handholes and boxes level and plumb and with orientation and depth coordinated with connecting duct, to minimize bends and deflections required for proper entrances. Use box extension if required to match depths of duct, and seal joint between box and extension as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, support units on level bed of crushed stone or gravel, graded from 1/2 inch sieve to No. 4 sieve and compacted to same density as adjacent undisturbed earth. 3. Elevation: In paved areas and trafficways, set cover flush with finished grade. Set covers of other handholes 1 inch above finished grade. 4. Install handholes and boxes with bottom below frost line. below grade. 5. Field cut openings for duct in accordance with enclosure manufacturer's published instructions. Cut wall of enclosure with tool designed for material to be cut. Size holes for terminating fittings to be used, and seal around penetrations after fittings are installed. 6. For enclosures installed in asphalt paving and subject to occasional, nondeliberate, heavy -vehicle loading, form and pour concrete ring encircling, and in contact with enclosure entry, and with top surface screeded to top of box cover frame. Bottom of ring must rest on compacted earth. a. Concrete: 3000 psi, 28-day strength, complying with Section 033000 "Cast -in -Place Concrete," with troweled finish. b. Dimensions: 10 inch wide by 12 inch deep. 7. Ground handholes and boxes in accordance with Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements on completion of installation of underground duct, duct bank, and utility structures. 2. Pull solid aluminum or wood test mandrel through duct to prove joint integrity and adequate bend radii, and test for out -of -round duct. Provide minimum 12 inch long mandrel equal to duct size minus 1/4 inch. If obstructions are indicated, remove obstructions and retest. 260543-15 V-A-168 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260543 UNDERGROUND DUCTS AND RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 3. Test handhole grounding to ensure electrical continuity of grounding and bonding connections. Measure and report ground resistance as specified in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Nonconforming Work- 1. Underground ducts, raceways, and structures will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Correct deficiencies and retest as specified above to demonstrate compliance. C. Assemble and submit test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 260543-16 V-A-169 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Labels. 2. Tapes and stencils. 3. Tags. 4. Cable ties. 5. Signs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product data. B. Samples: For each type of label and sign to illustrate composition, size, colors, lettering style, mounting provisions, and graphic features of identification products. C. Identification Schedule: For each piece of electrical equipment and electrical system components to be index of nomenclature for electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LABELS A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN PGDQ2 for components; including UL 969. 260553-1 V-A-170 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. UL PGDQ2 - Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Write -on, 3 mil thick, polyester flexible label with acrylic pressure -sensitive adhesive. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Ideal Industries, Inc. C. Panduit Corp. d. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Self -Lamination: Clear; UV-, weather-, and chemical -resistant; self - laminating, with protective shield over legend. Size labels such that clear shield overlaps entire printed legend. 3. Marker for Labels: a. Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. C. UL PGDQ2 - Self -Adhesive Labels: Polyester, thermal, transfer -printed, 3 mil thick, multicolor, weather- and UV -resistant, pressure -sensitive adhesive labels, configured for intended use and location. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Ideal Industries, Inc. C. Panduit Corp. 2. Minimum Nominal Size: a. 1-1/2 by 6 inch for raceway and conductors. b. 3-1/2 by 5 inch for equipment. C. As required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2.2 TAPES AND STENCILS A. Marker Tapes: Vinyl or vinyl -cloth, self-adhesive wraparound type, with circuit identification legend machine printed by thermal transfer or equivalent process. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries, LP, C. Champion America, 260553-2 V-A-171 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS d. Ideal Industries, Inc. e. Panduit Corp. B. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant, not less than 3 mil thick by 1 to 2 inch wide; compounded for outdoor use. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries, LP. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries, LP. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company.. C, Underground -Line Warning Tape: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Ideal Industries, Inc. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Tape: a. Recommended by manufacturer for method of installation and suitable to identify and locate underground electrical utiIity lines. b. Printing on tape must be permanent and may not be damaged by burial operations. C. Tape material and ink must be chemically inert and not be subject to degradation when exposed to acids, alkalis, and other destructive substances commonly found in soils. 3. Color and Printing: a. Comply with APWA Uniform Color Code using NEMA Z535.1 safety colors. b. Inscriptions for Red Tapes: "CAUTION BURIED ELECTRIC LINE BELOW". 4. Detectable Line -Warning Tape: 260553-3 V-A-172 Agreement No. 6866 2.3 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Detectable three -layer laminate, consisting of printed pigmented polyolefin film, solid aluminum -foil core, and clear protective film that allows inspection of continuity of conductive core, bright colored, compounded for direct -burial service. b. Width: 3 inch. C. Overall Thickness: 5 mil. d. Foil Core Thickness: 0.35 mil. e. Weight: 28 lb/1000 sq. ft. f. Tensile in accordance with ASTM D882: 70 Ibf and 4600 psi. TAGS A. Metal Tags: Brass or aluminum, 2 by 2 by 0.05 inch, with stamped legend, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries, LP. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. B. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags: Polyethylene tags, 0.023 inch thick, color -coded for phase and voltage level, with factory printed permanent designations, punched for use with self-locking cable tie fastener. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries, LP. C. Panduit Corp. d. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. C. Write -on Tags: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Brady Corporation. b. Carlton Industries, LP. C. Seton Identification Products; a Brady Corporation company. 2. Polyester Tags: 0.015 inch thick, with corrosion -resistant grommet and cable tie for attachment. 3. Marker for Tags: 260553-4 V-A-173 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS a. Permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by tag manufacturer. b. Machine -printed, permanent, waterproof, black ink marker recommended by printer manufacturer. 2.4 CABLE TIES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ideal Industries, Inc. 2. Panduit Corp. B. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2. Listing Criteria: UL CCN ZODZ; including UL 1565 or UL 62275. C. UL ZODZ - General -Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert, self -extinguishing, one piece, self-locking, and Type 6/6 nylon. 1. Minimum Width: 3/16 inch. 2. Tensile Strength at 73 deg F in accordance with ASTM D638: 12,000 psi. 3. Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F. 4. Color: Black, except where used for color -coding. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Self -Adhesive Identification Products: Before applying electrical identification products, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification product. 3.2 SELECTION OF COLORS AND IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS A. Pipe and Conduit Labeling: Comply with ASME A13.1. B. Color -Coding for Phase- and Voltage -Level Identification, 1000 V or Less: Use colors listed below for ungrounded branch -circuit conductors. 260553-5 V-A-174 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Color must be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger than 6 AWG when permitted by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Colors for 208Y/120 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. C. Phase C: Blue. 3. Colors for 240 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Black. b. Phase B: Red. 4. Colors for 480Y/277 V Circuits: a. Phase A: Brown. b. Phase B: Orange. C. Phase C: Yellow. 5. Color for Neutral (Grounded Conductor): White. 6. Color for Equipment Ground: Green. 7. Color for Isolated Ground: Green with two or more yellow stripes. C. Color -Coding Raceways, Cable Trays, Junction Boxes, and Conductors for Intrinsically -Safe Circuits: Light blue. When used to identify intrinsically -safe circuits, Article 504 of NFPA 70 requires that the color light blue not be used for any other purpose. D. Color -Coding Instructional Signs: Self-adhesive labels, including color code for grounded and ungrounded conductors. E. Accessible Fittings for Raceways: Identify cover of junction and pull box of the following systems with wiring system legend and system voltage. System legends must be as follows- 1 - "POWER." F. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, pull points, and locations of high visibility. Identify by system and circuit designation. G. Locations of Underground Lines: Underground -line warning tape for power. H. Vaults, Handholes, and Pull and Junction Boxes, 1000 V or Less: For conductors in pull and junction boxes, and handholes, use self-adhesive wraparound labels to identify phase. 260553-6 V-A-175 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft maximum intervals in congested areas. 2. Identify system voltage and system or service type with black letters on orange field. Accessible Raceways and Metal -Clad Cables, 1000 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits, More Than 30 A and 120 V to Ground: Identify with self-adhesive raceway labels. 1. Locate identification at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 50 ft maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25 ft maximum intervals in congested areas. 2. Identify system voltage and system or service type with black letters on orange field. J. Control -Circuit Conductor Identification: For conductors and cables in pull and junction boxes and handholes, use self-adhesive labels with conductor or cable designation, origin, and destination. K. Control -Circuit Conductor Termination Identification: For identification at terminations, provide self-adhesive labels with conductor designation. L. Conductors to Be Extended in Future: Attach write -on tags to conductors and list source. M. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Self-adhesive vinyl tape that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory - installed connections. N. Equipment Identification Labels: 1. Black letters on white field. 2. Outdoor Equipment: Laminated acrylic or melamine sign. 3. Equipment to Be Labeled: a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in location provided by panelboard manufacturer. Panelboard identification must be in form of engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label. b. Enclosures and electrical cabinets. C. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment. Install access doors or panels to provide view of identifying devices. 260553-7 V-A-176 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes typical for electrical equipment environments specified in Section 260011 "Facility Performance Requirements for Electrical." C. Paint: Comply with requirements in painting Sections for paint materials and application requirements. Retain paint system applicable for surface material and location (exterior or interior). D. Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self -tapping, stainless steel screws or stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers. E. Verify and coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in other Sections requiring identification applications, Drawings, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Use consistent designations throughout Project. F. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. G. Verify identity of item before installing identification products. H. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and operation and maintenance manual. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work. J. Install signs with approved legend to facilitate proper identification, operation, and maintenance of electrical systems and connected items. K. System Identification for Raceways and Cables under 1000 V: Identification must completely encircle cable or conduit. Place identification of two-color markings in contact, side by side. 1. Secure tight to surface of conductor, cable, or raceway. L. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field -installed alarm, control, and signal connections. M. Self -Adhesive Wraparound Labels: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and accessibility. N. Self -Adhesive Labels: Install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and operation and maintenance manual. 260553-8 V-A-177 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide single line of text with 1/2 inch high letters on 1-1/2 inch high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inch high. O. Marker Tapes: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and accessibility. P. Self -Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Secure tight to surface at location with high visibility and accessibility. 1. Field -Applied, Color -Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half -lapped turns for minimum distance of 6 inch where splices or taps are made. Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding. Q. Underground Line Warning Tape: 1. During backfilling of trenches, install continuous underground -line warning tape directly above cable or raceway at 12 inch below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in common trenchexceeds 16 inch overall. 2. Install underground -line warning tape for direct -buried cables and cables in raceways. R. Nonmetallic Preprinted Tags: 1. Place in location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using general-purpose cable ties. S. Write -on Tags: 1. Place in location with high visibility and accessibility. 2. Secure using general-purpose cable ties. T. Laminated Acrylic or Melamine Plastic Signs: 1. Attach signs that are not self-adhesive type with mechanical fasteners appropriate to location and substrate. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, provide single line of text with 1/2 inch high letters on 1-1/2 inch high sign; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inch high. U. Cable Ties: General purpose, for attaching tags, except as listed below: 1. Outdoors: UV -stabilized nylon. END OF SECTION 260553-9 V-A-178 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes.- 1 . Electrical equipment connected to Normal electrical systems. 2. Electrical equipment connected to Essential electrical systems that provide an alternative source of power in the absence of power from the Normal electrical system. 3. Controls and instrumentation. 4. Systems testing and verification, including Normal electrical systems.. B, Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. BoD: Basis -of -Design Document, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Cx: Commissioning, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." C. CXA: Commissioning Authority, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." D, OPR: Owner's Project Requirements, as defined in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements." E. "Systems," "Assemblies," "Subsystems," "Equipment," and "Components": Where these terms are used together or separately, they mean "as -built" systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Construction Checklists by CxA: Draft construction checklists will be created by CxA for Contractor review. B. Construction Checklists by Contractor: Include construction checklists for Normal and Essential power systems, and include controls and instrumentation 260800-1 V-A-179 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS that comply with requirements in Section 019113 "General Commissioning Requirements" for construction checklists: 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Equipment and Instrumentation Quality and Calibration: For test equipment and instrumentation required to perform electrical Cx work, perform the following: 1. Submit test equipment and instrumentation list. For each equipment or instrument, identify the following: a. Equipment/instrument identification number. b. Planned Cx application or use. C. Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. d. Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the equipment and instrumentation. 2. Test equipment and instrumentation must meet the following criteria: a. Capable of testing and measuring performance within the specified acceptance criteria. b. Be calibrated at manufacturer's recommended intervals with current calibration tags permanently affixed to the instrument being used. C. Be maintained in good repair and operating condition throughout duration of use on Project. d. Be recalibrated/repaired if dropped or damaged in any way since last calibrated. B. Proprietary Test Instrumentation and Tools: 1. Equipment Manufacturer's Proprietary Instrumentation and Tools: For installed equipment included in the Cx process, test instrumentation and tools manufactured or prescribed by equipment manufacturer to service, calibrate, adjust, repair, or otherwise work on its equipment or required as a condition of equipment warranty, perform the following: a. Submit proprietary instrumentation and tools list. For each instrument or tool, identify the following: 1) Instrument or tool identification number. 2) Equipment schedule designation of equipment for which the instrument or tool is required. 3) Manufacturer, make, model, and serial number. 4) Calibration history, including certificates from agencies that calibrate the instrument or tool, where appropriate. 260800-2 V-A-180 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS b. Include a separate list of proprietary test instrumentation and tools in operation and maintenance manuals. C. Electrical proprietary test instrumentation and tools become property of Owner at the time of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.1 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS A. Prepare detailed construction checklists for electrical systems, subsystems, equipment, and components. Complete and submit construction checklists. 2.2 CONSTRUCTION CHECKLIST REVIEW A. Review and provide written comments on draft construction checklists. CxA will create required draft construction checklists and provide them to Contractor. B. Return draft Construction Checklist review comments within 10 days of receipt. C. When review comments have been resolved, CxA will provide final construction checklists, marked "Approved for Use, (date)." D. Use only construction checklists, marked "Approved for Use, (date)." 2.3 GENERAL TESTING REQUIREMENTS A. Certify that electrical systems, subsystems, and equipment have been installed, calibrated, and started and that they are operating according to the Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings and submittals. B. Certify that electrical instrumentation and control systems have been completed and calibrated, that they are operating according to the Contract Documents and approved Shop Drawings and submittals, and that pretest set points have been recorded. C. Set systems, subsystems, and equipment into operating mode to be tested according to approved test procedures (for example, normal shutdown, normal auto position, normal manual position, unoccupied cycle, emergency power, and alarm conditions). D. Measure capacities and effectiveness of systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components, including operational and control functions to verify compliance with acceptance criteria. 260800-3 V-A-181 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS E. Test systems, assemblies, subsystems, equipment, and components operating modes, interlocks, control responses, and responses to abnormal or emergency conditions, and response according to acceptance criteria. F. Construction Checklists: Prepare and submit detailed construction checklists for electrical systems, subsystems, equipment, and components. G. Perform tests using design conditions, whenever possible. H. If tests cannot be completed because of a deficiency outside the scope of the electrical system, document the deficiency and report it to Owner. After deficiencies are resolved, reschedule tests. If seasonal testing is specified, complete appropriate initial performance tests and documentation and schedule seasonal tests. J. Coordinate schedule with, and perform Cx activities at the direction of the CxA. K. Comply with Construction Checklist requirements, including material verification, installation checks, startup, and performance tests requirements specified in Sections specifying electrical systems and equipment. L. Provide qualified testing and inspecting agency personnel in accordance with Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical," instrumentation, tools, and equipment to complete and document the following: 1. Performance tests. 2. Demonstration of a sample of performance tests. 3. Cx tests. 4. Cx test demonstrations. 2.4 Cx TESTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Verification of Normal Electrical System Operation: 1. Prerequisites: Acceptance of results for construction checklists for Division 26 electrical components associated with Normal electrical system. 2. Equipment and Systems to Be Tested: Division 26 electrical equipment. 3. Test Purpose: Verify operation of Normal electrical system. 4. Test Conditions: Energize components of Normal electrical system, one at a time. 5. Acceptance Criteria: Proper operation of Normal electrical system over a 24-hour period. B. Verification of Control and Instrumentation: 260800-4 V-A-182 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260800 COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1. Prerequisites: Acceptance of results for construction checklists. C. Test Purpose: Verify operation of control and monitoring systems for Normal electrical systems. D. Test Conditions: 1. Energize components of Normal electrical system. 2. Test operation of equipment. E. Acceptance Criteria: Operation of equipment according to OPR. END OF SECTION 260800-5 V-A-183 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Electronic time switches. 2. Outdoor photoelectric switches, low voltage.. 3. Lighting contactors. 4. Conductors and cables. B, Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show installation details for the following: a. Occupancy sensors. b. Vacancy sensors. 2. Interconnection diagrams showing field -installed wiring. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranties. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Extended Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer warrant that installed lighting control devices perform in accordance with specified requirements and 260923-1 V-A-184 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES agree to repair or replace, including labor, materials, and equipment, devices that fail to perform as specified within extended warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Faulty operation of lighting control software. b. Faulty operation of lighting control devices. 2. Extended Warranty Period: Three year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRONIC TIME SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or equal: 1. Intermatic 2. Tork, NSi B. Electronic Time Switches: Solid stater programmable, with alphanumeric display; complying with UL 917. 1. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by a qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. Z Contact Configuration: DPST. 3, Contact Rating: 20 A ballast load, 120/240 V(ac). 4. Programs: a. Two channels; each channel is individually programmable with two on -off set points on a 24-hour schedule with a skip -a -day weekly schedule. 5, Astronomic Time: All channels. 6, Automatic daylight savings time changeover. 7. Battery Backup: Not less than seven days reserve, to maintain schedules and time clock. 2.2 LIGHTING CONTACTORS A. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following or equal: 1. G.E. 2, ASCO. 3. Square D, 260923-2 V-A-185 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES B. Description: Electrically operated and electrically held, combination -type lighting contactors with nonfused disconnect, complying with NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508. 1. Current Rating for Switching: Listing or rating consistent with type of load served, including tungsten filament, inductive, and high -inrush ballast (ballast with 15 percent or less THD of normal load current). 2. Fault Current Withstand Rating: Equal to or exceeding the available fault current at the point of installation. 3. Enclosure: Comply with NEMA 250. 4. Provide with control and pilot devices as indicated on Drawings, matching the NEMA type specified for the enclosure. 2.3 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Power Wiring to Supply Side of Remote -Control Power Sources: Not smaller than No. 12 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." B. Classes 2 and 3 Control Cable. Multiconductor cable with stranded -copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." C. Class 1 Control Cable: Multiconductor cable with stranded -copper conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SENSORS A. Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling -mounted devices with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, smoke detectors, fire -suppression systems, and partition assemblies. B. Install and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's instructions. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CONTACTORS A. Mount electrically held lighting contactors with elastomeric isolator pads to eliminate structure -borne vibration unless contactors are installed in an enclosure with factory -installed vibration isolators. 260923-3 V-A-186 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 3.3 INSTALLATION OF WIRING A. Wiring Method: Comply with Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables." Minimum conduit size is 1/2 inch. B. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power -limited and nonpower-limited conductors in accordance with conductor manufacturer's instructions. C. Size conductors in accordance with lighting control device manufacturer's instructions unless otherwise indicated. D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, device, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets, and equipment enclosures. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify components and power and control wiring in accordance with Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems. B. Label time switches and contactors with a unique designation. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL & Tests and Inspections- 1. Operational Test: After installing time switches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. B. Nonconforming Work- 1 - Lighting control devices will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting lighting control devices to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 260923-4 V-A-187 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES 1. For occupancy and motion sensors, verify operation at outer limits of detector range. Set time delay to suit Owner's operations. 2. For daylighting controls, adjust set points and deadband controls to suit Owner's operations. 3. Align high -bay occupancy sensors using manufacturer's laser aiming tool. 3.7 MAINTENANCE A. Software and Firmware Service Agreement: 1. Technical Support: Beginning at Substantial Completion, verify that software and firmware service agreement includes software support for two years. 2. Upgrade Service: At Substantial Completion, update software and firmware to latest version. Install and program software upgrades that become available within two years from date of Substantial Completion. Verify upgrading software includes operating system and new or revised licenses for using software. a. Upgrade Notice: No fewer than 30 days to allow Owner to schedule and access the system and to upgrade computer equipment if necessary. 3. Upgrade Reports: Prepare written report after each update, documenting upgrades installed. END OF SECTION 260923-5 V-A-188 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: I. Lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards,. 2. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. B. Related Requirements: Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. GFCI: Ground -fault circuit interrupter. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Power panelboards. 2. Lighting and appliance branch -circuit panelboards. 3. Load centers. 4. Electronic -grade panelboards. 5. Disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. 6. Include materials, switching and overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and components indicated. 7. Include dimensions and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, and finishes. R Shop Drawings: For each panelboard and related equipment. 1. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, and details. 2. Show tabulations of installed devices with nameplates, conductor termination sizes, equipment features, and ratings. 3. Detail enclosure types including mounting and anchorage, environmental protection, knockouts, corner treatments, covers and doors, gaskets, hinges, and locks. 4. Detail bus configuration, current, and voltage ratings. 5. Short-circuit current rating of panelboards and overcurrent protective devices. 262416-1 V-A-189 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS 6. Include evidence of listing, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, for series rating of installed devices. 7. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices and auxiliary components. 8. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 9. Include time -current coordination curves for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device included in panelboards. Submit on translucent log -log graft paper; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Include Internet link for electronic access to downloadable PDF of coordination curves. C. Field Quality -Control Submittals: 1. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Panelboard Schedules: For installation in panelboards, B. Manufacturers' Published Instructions: Record copy of official installation instructions issued to Installer by manufacturer for the following: 1. Recommended procedures for installing panelboards. 2. Recommended torque settings for bolted connections on panelboards. 3. Recommended temperature range for energizing panelboards. C. Sample warranties. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty documentation. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed panelboards perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended -warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. 262416-2 V-A-190 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS B. Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that panelboards perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended -warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PANELBOARDS AND LOAD CENTERS COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Fabricate and test panelboards in accordance with IEEE 344 to withstand seismic forces defined in Section 260548.16 "Seismic Controls for Electrical Systems." B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing agency recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. C. Comply with NEMA PB 1. D. Comply with NFPA 70. E. Enclosures: Surface -mounted, dead -front cabinets. 1. Rated for environmental conditions at installed location. a. Within Outdoor Meter Pedestal Enclosure: UL 50E, Type 1. F. Incoming Mains: 1. Location: Bottom. G. Phase, Neutral, and Ground Buses: 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. H. Conductor Connectors: Suitable for use with conductor material and sizes. 1. Material: Tin-plated aluminum. 2. Main and Neutral Lugs: Compression type, with lug on neutral bar for each pole in panelboard. 3. Ground Lugs and Bus -Configured Terminators: Compression type, with lug on bar for each pole in panelboard. 262416-3 V-A-191 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS Quality -Control Label: Panelboards or load centers must be labeled, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, for use as service equipment with one or more main service disconnecting and overcurrent protective devices. Panelboards or load centers must have meter enclosures, wiring, connections, and other provisions for utility metering. Coordinate with utility company for exact requirements. J. Future Devices: Panelboards or load centers must have mounting brackets, bus connections, filler plates, and necessary appurtenances required for future installation of devices. K. Panelboard Short -Circuit Current Rating: 1. Rated for series -connected system with integral or remote upstream overcurrent protective devices and labeled by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction. Include label or manual with size and type of allowable upstream and branch devices listed and labeled, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, for series -connected short-circuit rating. 2. Fully rated to interrupt symmetrical short-circuit current available at terminals. Assembly listed, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, for 100 percent interrupting capacity. 2.2 LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE BRANCH -CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1, Eaton. 2. Square D, Schneider Electric. 3, Siemens. B. Listing Criteria: NEMA PB 1, lighting and appliance branch -circuit type. C, Mains: Circuit breaker. D. Branch Overcurrent Protective Devices: Bolt -on circuit breakers, replaceable without disturbing adjacent units. 2.3 DISCONNECTING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products matching panelboard manufacturer: 262416-4 V-A-192 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS B. MCCB: Comply with UL 489, with series -connected rating to meet available fault currents. 1. Thermal -Magnetic Circuit Breakers: a. Inverse time -current element for low-level overloads. b. Instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. C. Adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit -breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. 2. Current -Limiting Circuit Breakers: Frame sizes 400 A and smaller; let - through ratings less than NEMA FU 1, RK-5. 3. GFCI Circuit Breakers: Single- and double -pole configurations with Class A ground -fault protection (6 mA trip). 4. MCCB Features and Accessories: a. Standard frame sizes, trip ratings, and number of poles. b. Breaker handle indicates tripped status. C. UL listed for reverse connection without restrictive line or load ratings. d. Lugs: Mechanical style, suitable for number, size, trip ratings, and conductor materials. e. Application Listing: Appropriate for application; Type SWD for switching fluorescent lighting loads; Type HID for feeding fluorescent and HID lighting circuits. f. Ground -Fault Protection: Integrally mounted relay and trip unit with adjustable pickup and time -delay settings, push -to -test feature, and ground -fault indicator. g. Handle Padlocking Device: Fixed attachment, for locking circuit - breaker handle in on or off position. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Reference Standards: 1. Panelboards: Unless more stringent requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with NEMA PB 1.1. 2. Consult Architect for resolution of conflicting requirements. C. Special Techniques: 262416-5 V-A-193 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS 1. Mount panelboard cabinet plumb and rigid without distortion of box. 2. Install overcurrent protective devices and controllers not already factory installed. 3. Make grounding connections and bond neutral for services and separately derived systems to ground. Make connections to grounding electrodes, separate grounds for isolated ground bars, and connections to separate ground bars. 4. Install filler plates in unused spaces. 5. Stub two 2 inch empty conduits from panelboard into first branch feeder pull boc.. 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components, install warning signs . complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." B. Panelboard Nameplates: Label each panelboard with nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." C. Device Nameplates: Label each branch circuit device in power panelboards with nameplate complying with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." D, Install warning signs complying with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" identifying source of remote circuit. E. Panelboard Label: Manufacturer's name and trademark, voltage, amperage, number of phases, and number of poles must be located on interior of panelboard door. F. Breaker Labels: Faceplate must list current rating, UL and IEC certification standards, and AIC rating. G.. Circuit Directory: 1. Provide directory card inside panelboard door, mounted in metal frame with transparent protective cover. a. Circuit directory must identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish it from other circuits. 2. Provide computer -generated circuit directory mounted inside panelboard door with transparent plastic protective cover. a. Circuit directory must identify specific purpose with detail sufficient to distinguish it from other circuits. 262416-6 V-A-194 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262416 PANELBOARDS 3. Create directory to indicate installed circuit loads; incorporate Owner's final room designations. Obtain approval before installing. Handwritten directories are not acceptable. Install directory inside panelboard door. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation - resistance for each panelboard bus, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. B. Tests and Inspections. - Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test for low - voltage air circuit breakers stated in NETA ATS, Paragraph 7.6 Circuit Breakers. Do not perform optional tests. Certify compliance with test parameters. 2. Correct malfunctioning units on -site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. C. Nonconforming Work: 1. Panelboards will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. D. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports, including certified report that identifies panelboards included and that describes scanning results, with comparisons of two scans. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. END OF SECTION 262416-7 V-A-195 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fusible switches. 2. Nonfusible switches. 3. Enclosures. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical" for additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of enclosed switch, circuit breaker, accessory, and component indicated. Include nameplate ratings, dimensioned elevations, sections, weights, and manufacturers' technical data on features, performance, electrical characteristics, ratings, accessories, and finishes. 2. Enclosure types and details for types other than UL 50E, Type 1. 3. Current and voltage ratings. 4. Short-circuit current ratings (interrupting and withstand, as appropriate). 5. Include evidence of qualified electrical testing laboratory listing for series rating of installed devices. 6. Detail features, characteristics, ratings, and factory settings of individual overcurrent protective devices, accessories, and auxiliary components. 7. Include time -current coordination curves (average melt) for each type and rating of overcurrent protective device; include selectable ranges for each type of overcurrent protective device. Provide in electronic format. B. Shop Drawings: For enclosed switches and circuit breakers. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Include wiring diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Field Quality -Control Submittals: 1. Field quality -control reports. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample warranties. 262816-1 V-A-196 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty documentation. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed enclosed switches and circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended -warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion, full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. Bw Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that enclosed switches and circuit breakers perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to provide repair or replacement of components or products that fail to perform as specified within extended -warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial . Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Product Selection for Restricted Space: Drawings indicate maximum dimensions for enclosed switches and circuit breakers, including clearances between enclosures, and adjacent surfaces and other items. Comply with indicated maximum dimensions. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 2.2 FUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Business. 2. Eaton. 3. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division, 4. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty: 262816-2 V-A-197 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 1. Single throw. 2. Two pole. 3. 240 V(ac). 4. 200 A and smaller. 5. UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, with clips or bolt pads to accommodate indicated fuses. 6. Lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 5. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 2.3 NONFUSIBLE SWITCHES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ABB, Electrification Business. 2. Eaton. 3. Siemens Industry, Inc., Energy Management Division. 4. Square D; Schneider Electric USA. B. Type HD, Heavy Duty, Two Pole, Single Throw, 240 V(ac), 1200 A and Smaller: UL 98 and NEMA KS 1, horsepower rated, lockable handle with capability to accept three padlocks, and interlocked with cover in closed position. C. Accessories: 1. Equipment Ground Kit: Internally mounted and labeled for copper and aluminum ground conductors. 2. Neutral Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, capable of being grounded and bonded; labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 3. Isolated Ground Kit: Internally mounted; insulated, labeled for copper and aluminum neutral conductors. 4. Class R Fuse Kit: Provides rejection of other fuse types when Class R fuses are specified. 5. Service -Rated Switches: Labeled for use as service equipment. 262816-3 V-A-198 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2.4 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers: UL 489, NEMA KS 1, UL 50E, and UL 50, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. B, Enclosure Finish: Enclosure must be finished with gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited on cleaned, phosphatized galvannealed steel (UL 50E Types 3R, 12). C. Conduit Entry: UL 50E Types 4, 4X, and 12 enclosures may not contain knockouts. UL 50E Types 7 and 9 enclosures must be provided with threaded conduit openings in both endwalls. D, Operating Mechanism: Circuit -breaker operating handle must be externally operable with operating mechanism being integral part of box, not cover directly operable through dead front trim of enclosure (UL 50E Type 3R). Cover interlock mechanism must have externally operated override. Override may not permanently disable interlock mechanism, which must return to locked position once override is released. Tool used to override cover interlock mechanism must not be required to enter enclosure in order to override interlock. E. Enclosures designated as UL 50E Type 4, 4X stainless steel, 12, or 12K must have dual cover interlock mechanism to prevent unintentional opening of enclosure cover when circuit breaker is ON and to prevent turning circuit breaker ON when enclosure cover is open. F, UL 50E Type 7/9 enclosures must be furnished with breather and drain kit to allow their use in outdoor and wet location applications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SELECTION OF ENCLOSURES A. Outdoor Locations: UL 50E, Type 3R. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Special Techniques- 1. Coordinate layout and installation of switches, circuit breakers, and components with equipment served and adjacent surfaces. Maintain required workspace clearances and required clearances for equipment access doors and panels. 262816-4 V-A-199 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 2. Install individual wall -mounted switches and circuit breakers with tops at uniform height unless otherwise indicated. 3. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting of eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. 4. Install fuses in fusible devices. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field -installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved metal or laminated -plastic nameplate. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections for Switches: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. b. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. C. Verify that unit is clean. d. Verify blade alignment, blade penetration, travel stops, and mechanical operation. e. Verify that fuse sizes and types match the Specifications and Drawings. f. Verify that each fuse has adequate mechanical support and contact integrity. g. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: 1) Use low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt -torque levels must be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. h. Verify that operation and sequencing of interlocking systems is as described in the Specifications and shown on Drawings. i. Verify correct phase barrier installation. 262816-5 V-A-200 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS j. Verify lubrication of moving current -carrying parts and moving and sliding surfaces. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low -resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. b. Measure contact resistance across each switchblade fuseholder. Drop values may not exceed high level of manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. C. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with switch closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. d. Measure fuse resistance. Investigate fuse -resistance values that deviate from each other by more than 15 percent. e. Perform ground fault test in accordance with NETA ATS Section 7.14 "Ground Fault Protection Systems, Low -Voltage." B. Tests and Inspections for Molded -Case Circuit Breakers: 1. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: a. Verify that equipment nameplate data are as described in the Specifications and shown on Drawings. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. C. Inspect anchorage, alignment, grounding, and clearances. d. Verify that unit is clean. e. Operate circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation. f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods: 1) Use low -resistance ohmmeter. a) Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of lowest value. 2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque -wrench method in accordance with manufacturer's published data or NETA ATS Table 100.12. a) Bolt -torque levels must be in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use NETA ATS Table 100.12. 262816-6 V-A-201 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS g. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and chutes in unsealed units. h. Perform adjustments for final protective device settings in accordance with coordination study. 2. Electrical Tests: a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with low -resistance ohmmeter. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections. Investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. b. Perform insulation -resistance tests for one minute on each pole, phase -to -phase and phase -to -ground with circuit breaker closed, and across each open pole. Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer's published data. In absence of manufacturer's published data, use Table 100.1 from NETA ATS. Investigate values of insulation resistance less than those published in Table 100.1 or as recommended in manufacturer's published data. C. Perform contact/pole resistance test. Drop values may not exceed high level of manufacturer's published data. If manufacturer's published data are not available, investigate values that deviate from adjacent poles or similar switches by more than 50 percent of lowest value. d. Perform insulation resistance tests on control wiring with respect to ground. Applied potential must be 500 V(dc) for 300 V rated cable and 1000 V(dc) for 600 V rated cable. Test duration must be one minute. For units with solid state components, follow manufacturer's recommendation. Insulation resistance values may be no less than 2 MSS. e. Determine the following by primary current injection: 1) Long-time pickup and delay. Pickup values must be as specified. Trip characteristics may not exceed manufacturer's published time -current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 2) Short -time pickup and delay. Short -time pickup values must be as specified. Trip characteristics may not exceed manufacturer's published time -current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 3) Ground -fault pickup and time delay. Ground -fault pickup values must be as specified. Trip characteristics may not exceed manufacturer's published time -current characteristic tolerance band, including adjustment factors. 4) Instantaneous pickup. Instantaneous pickup values must be as specified and within manufacturer's published tolerances. f. Test functionality of trip unit by means of primary current injection. Pickup values and trip characteristics must be as specified and within manufacturer's published tolerances. 262816-7 V-A-202 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 262816 ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS g. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with manufacturer's published data. Minimum pickup voltage of shunt trip and close coils must be as indicated by manufacturer. h. Verify correct operation of auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators; zone interlocking; electrical close and trip operation; trip - free, anti -pump function; and trip unit battery condition. Reset trip logs and indicators. Investigate units that do not function as designed. i. Verify operation of charging mechanism. Investigate units that do not function as designed. 3. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. C. Nonconforming Work: 1. Enclosed switches and circuit breakers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. D. Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. 1. Test procedures used. 2. Include identification of each enclosed switch and circuit breaker tested and describe test results. 3. List deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust moving parts and operable components to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Set field -adjustable circuit -breaker trip ranges to values indicated on Drawings. END OF SECTION 262816-8 V-A-203 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 264113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Lightning protection system for the following: 1. Ordinary structures. 2. Monument sign. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layouts of the lightning protection system, with details of the components to be used in the installation. 2. Include raceway locations needed for the installation of conductors. 3. Details of air terminals, ground rods, ground rings, conductor supports, splices, and terminations, including concealment requirements. 4. Calculations required by NFPA 780 for bonding of metal bodies. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Lightning protection system Shop Drawings, drawn to scale, coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: B. Qualification Data: For Installer. C. Product certificates. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance data. B. Completion Certificate: 1. UL Master Label Certificate. 264113-1 V-A-204 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 264113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: UL-listed installer, category OWAY. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. ERICO; brand of nVent Electrical plc. 2. Harger Lightning & Grounding; business of Harger, Inc. 3. National Lightning Protection. 4. Preferred Lightning Protection. 5. VFC Lightning Protection. 6. alIG Fabrication (formerly ALT). 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Lightning Protection Standard: Comply with NFPA 780 requirements for Class I buildings. B, UL Lightning Protection Standard: Comply with UL 96A requirements for Class I buildings. C, Lightning Protection Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency as complying with UL 96, and marked for intended location and application. 2.3 MATERIALS A. Class I Main Conductors: 1. Stranded Copper: 57,400 circular mils in diameter.. B. Secondary Conductors: 1. Stranded Copper: 26,240 circular mils in diameter. C. Ground Loop Conductor: Stranded copper. D. Ground Rods: 264113-2 V-A-205 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 264113 LIGHTNING PROTECTION FOR STRUCTURES 1, Material: Copper -clad steel. 2. Diameter: 5/8 inch. 3. Rods shall be not less than 120 inches long. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install lightning protection components and systems according to UL 96A. B. Install conductors with direct paths from air terminals to ground connections. Avoid bends less than 90 degrees and 8 inches in radius and narrow loops. C. Conceal conductors within normal view from exterior locations at grade within 200 feet of building. Comply with requirements for concealed installations in U L 96A. D. Ground Ring Electrode: The conductor shall be not less than the main -size lightning conductor. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Aboveground concealed connections, and connections in earth or concrete, shall be done by exothermic welds or by high -compression fittings listed for the purpose. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1: Perform inspections as required to obtain a UL Master Label for system. B, Prepare test and inspection reports and certificates. END OF SECTION 264113-3 V-A-206 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes.- 1. Luminaires. 2. Luminaire fittings. 3. Electric -discharge lamp control equipment. 4. Lamps. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 260010 "Supplemental Requirements for Electrical' specifies additional abbreviations, definitions, submittals, qualifications, testing agencies, and other Project requirements applicable to Work specified in this Section. 2. Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" specifies wiring connections installed by this Section. 3. Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems" specifies electrical equipment labels and warning signs installed by this Section. 4. Section 260923 "Lighting Control Devices" specifies automatic control of lighting, including time switches, photoelectric relays, occupancy sensors, and multipole lighting relays and contactors installed by this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Correlated Color Temperature (CCT): The absolute temperature (in kelvins) of a blackbody 'whose chromaticity (color quality) most nearly resembles that of the fight source. B. Color Rendering Index (CRI): The measure of the degree of color shift objects undergo when illuminated by the light source as compared with the color of those same objects when illuminated by a reference light source. The lower the CRI of a light source, the more difficult it is to identify colors and stripes on electronic components and wiring. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For luminaires. 265000-1 V-A-207 Agreement No. 6866 2, 3,. SECTION 265000 LIGHTING a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letter, on letterhead of qualified electrical testing agency, certifying product's compliance with specified listing criteria. b. Product Certificates: Include product certificates stating compliance with standards listed below, signed by manufacturer or fabricator. 1) Manufacturers' Certified Data: Photometric data certified by manufacturer's laboratory with current accreditation under National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for Energy Efficient Lighting Products. 2) Testing Agency Certified Data: For luminaires indicated on Lighting Fixture Schedule on Drawings, photometric data certified by qualified independent testing laboratory. Photometric data for remaining luminaires must be certified by manufacturer. C. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange schedule and accompanying product data in order by luminaire and lamp designations indicated on Drawings. d. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy -efficiency data. e. Include photometric data and adjustment factors obtained from qualified laboratory tests. f. Include manufacturer's sample warranty language. For luminaire fittings. a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letterhead of qualified electrical testing agency, certifying compliance with specified listing criteria. b. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange and accompanying product data in order by luminaire designations indicated on Drawings. C. Include manufacturer's sample warranty language. For electric -discharge lamp control equipment. a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letterhead of qualified electrical testing agency, certifying compliance with specified listing criteria. b. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange and accompanying product data in order by luminaire designations indicated on Drawings. C. Include manufacturer's sample warranty language. 4. For lamps. letter, on product's schedule and lamp letter, on product's schedule and lamp 265000-2 V-A-208 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING a. Product Listing: Include copy of unexpired approval letter, on letterhead of qualified electrical testing agency, certifying product's compliance with specified listing criteria. b. Include schedule of submitted lighting products. Arrange schedule and accompanying product data in order by luminaire and lamp designations indicated on Drawings. C. Include life, output (lumens, CCT, and CRI), and energy -efficiency data. d. Include manufacturer's sample warranty language. B. Shop drawings. C. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturers' published instructions. B. Field Reports: 1. Manufacturer's field reports for field quality -control support. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Warranty documentation. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect exposed surface finishes on lighting equipment by applying strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 1.7 WARRANTY FOR LUMINAIRES A. Special Installer Extended Warranty: Installer warrants that fabricated and installed luminaires perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to repair or replace products that fail to perform as specified within extended -warranty period. Warranty must convey to Owner upon acceptance of the Work. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. B, Special Manufacturer Extended Warranty: Manufacturer warrants that luminaires perform in accordance with specified requirements and agrees to 265000-3 V-A-209 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING provide repair or replacement of products that fail to perform as specified within extended -warranty period. 1. Extended -Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion; full coverage for labor, materials, and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 LUMINAIRES A. Performance Criteria: 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended location and application. b. See individual product types below for listing criteria. C. Marked in accordance with UL CCN HYXT, including UL 1598, for compatible power supply, installation location, and environmental conditions. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Compile and submit product data. 2. Compile and submit sustainable design product data. 3. Compile and submit samples. C. Surface -Mounted Luminaire as listed in fixture schedule on electrical plans: 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings noted as Type °SA" or approved equal. 2. Product Description: Continuous 120V flexible linear neon style LED. 3. Product Listing Criteria, LED: UL CCN IFAM; including UL 1598. 4. Product Characteristics: a. Openings: Doors, frames, and access panels must operate smoothly, not leak light under operating conditions, and permit relamping without use of tools or parts falling from enclosure. b. Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 V(ac). C. Nominal Luminaire Operating Power Rating: 6 watt per linear foot. d. CRI: 90+. e. Driver Location: Internal. f. Materials: 265000-4 V-A-210 Agreement No. 6866 X SECTION 265000 LIGHTING 1) Enclosure: Silicone encased. 2) Enclosure Ingress Protection Rating: IP65, Wet location rated. g. LED Luminaires (UL): 1) Output Intensity: Not less than <330 lumens per foot>. 2) Efficacy: Not less than 52 Im/W. 3) Rated Life: 50,000 hours to L80. 4) CCT: 4000 K. 5. Required Product Options: a. Mounting Hardware: Mounting clips provided by the luminaire manufacturer. & Installation Markings: a. All Luminaires (UL): 1) "SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS." 2) "MIN 750C SUPPLY CONDUCTORS." 3) "AC ONLY." 4) Marked to identify voltage supply or type of branch circuit or both. b. LED Luminaires (UL): 1) "SUITABLE FOR OPERATION IN AMBIENTS NOT EXCEEDING 400C." In -Grade Luminaire as listed in fixture schedule on electrical plans- 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings noted as Type "SB" or approved equal. 2. Product Description: recessed in -grade 12.25" diameter aimable uplight. 3. Product Characteristics: a. Openings: Dust tight and sealed against direct jets of water and against temporary immersion. b. Nominal Operating Voltage: 120 V(ac). C. Nominal Luminaire Operating Power Rating: 10 W to 30 W. d. CR1:90+. e. Ballast or Driver Location: Internal. f. Materials: 1) Enclosure: Single piece compression molded fiberglass reinforced polyester composite, housing; free of sharp edges and burrs. 2) Enclosure Ingress Protection Rating: UL 50E Type 4X or IEC 60529 IP67. 265000-5 V-A-211 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING 3) Lenses, Diffusers, and Globes: a) Adjustable internal lamp. b) Spotlight distribution. c) Tempered flat borosilicate glass. d) Lens Thickness: Not less than 0.375 inch unless otherwise indicated. 4) Visible variations in metal finishes are unacceptable in adjoining components. g. LED Luminaires (UL): 1) Output Intensity: Not less than 1090 Im, 2) Efficacy: Not less than 109 ImM. 3) Rated Life: 50 000 hours to L70. 4) CCT: 4000 K. 1. Installation Markings: a. All Luminaires (UL): 1) "SUITABLE FOR USE IN POURED CONCRETE." 2) "SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATION." 2.2 LUMINAIRE FITTINGS A. Performance Criteria 1. Regulatory Requirements: a. Listed and labeled in accordance with NFPA 70, by qualified electrical testing laboratory recognized by authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. b. See individual product types below for listing criteria. B. Source Quality Control: 1. Compile and submit product data. 2. Compile and submit sustainable design product data. 3. Compile and submit samples. C. Luminaire Support Accessories: 1. Product Characteristics: a. Sized and rated for luminaire weight. b. Capable of maintaining luminaire position after cleaning and relamping. 265000-6 V-A-212 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in for luminaire to verify actual locations of luminaire and electrical connections before luminaire installation. C, Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Shop Drawings: Prepare and submit the following- 1 - Drawings, Diagrams, and Supporting Documents for Custom Luminaires: a. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting and attachment details. b. Include details of luminaire assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. C. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. B. Temporary Lighting: If approved by Architect, specified luminaires for Project may be installed for temporary lighting. Install and energize minimum quantity of luminaires necessary to meet needs of construction activities. When construction is sufficiently complete, remove, disassemble, clean, and relamp luminaires used for temporary lighting before reinstalling for Project delivery. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING A. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions. B. Reference Standards for Installation: Unless more stringent installation requirements are specified in Contract Documents or manufacturers' published instructions, comply with the following: 1. Installation of Exterior Lighting Systems: NECA NEIS 501. C. Special Installation Techniques: 265000-7 V-A-213 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING 1. Install luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished floor or grade unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install luminaires at height and aiming angle as indicated on Drawings. 3. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction. 4. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming. D. Systems Integration: Integrate lighting control devices and equipment with electrical power connections for operation of luminaires as specified. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL OF LIGHTNG A. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Schedule field tests with Architect. B. Field tests and inspections must be witnessed by Architect. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform manufacturer's recommended tests and inspections. 2. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation. 3. Verify operation of photoelectric or time clock controls. D. Nonconforming Work: 1. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. 2. Remove and replace defective units and retest. E, Field Quality -Control Reports: Collect, assemble, and submit test and inspection reports. F. Manufacturer Services: Engage factory -authorized service representative to support field tests and inspections. 1. Manufacturer's Field Reports for Field Quality -Control Support: Prepare and submit report after each visit by factory -authorized service representative, documenting activities performed at Project site. 3.5 PROTECTION A. After' installation, protect lighting equipment from construction activities. Remove and replace items that are contaminated, defaced, damaged, or otherwise caused to be unfit for use prior to acceptance by Owner. 265000-8 V-A-214 Agreement No. 6866 SECTION 265000 LIGHTING END OF SECTION 265000-9 V-A-215 Agreement No. 6866 MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 CONSTRUCTION AND DEBRIS RECYCLING FORMS FOR THE CITY OF EL SEGUNDO (INCLUDED AS PART OF SECTION III, SPECIAL PROVISIONS) Agreement No. 6866 Agreement No. 6866 PW INSTRUCTIONS City of El Segundo ➢ Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Construction and Demolition Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP) PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS (including MUNICIPAL ROAD CONSTRUCTION, OVERLAY, SIDEWALK REPAIR OR LAND CLEARING PROJECTS) INSTRUCTIONS Pursuant to the California Green Building Code of 2016 (2016 CALGreen), the City of El Segundo requires diversion (repurposed, reused, or recycled) of at least 65% of non -hazardous construction and demolition (C&D) debris from Public Works projects. A C&D Waste Management Plan must be submitted to the Public Works Department for municipal projects or projects on public property. The contents of this packet, when completed, constitute a C&D Debris Waste Management Plan (WMP). This packet is designed to track the amount of C&D debris diverted or disposed from your City -related (i.e. Public Works) project. If you believe your project cannot achieve the required diversion, you must complete and submit Form PW-D, the EXEMPTION REQUEST form, to the City (i.e. your Project Manager) explaining the circumstances, and requesting an exemption from the requirements. Ste 1; Complete Forms PW-A and P,W-B Form PW-A is the PROJECT INFORMATION form. This form asks for basic project information, such as name, type, description, location, and contractor contact information. Form PW-B is the PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET form. This form asks for estimated amounts of debris that will be generated by the project. onf/aorr t': If you are electing to contract with hauler(s) from the Authorized Hauler list who will handle recycling compliance on your behalf, complete Form PW-B (short form). Option 2: If you will be handling all waste management activities (through direct hauling or use of own bins), complete Form PW-B1. Estimate the weight of the C&D debris, by material type, that will be recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed and/or transformed from your project. You must complete either Form PW-B or PW-B1. Ste : Submit Forms to Public Works Forms PW-A and PW-B (or PW-131) must be submitted to your Public Works Project Manager and approved prior to commencing work. Step 3. Complete POST -PROJECT SUMMARY - FORM PW-C At least 5 business days prior to contractor requesting release of final project retention, submit a completed FORM PW-C to your Public Works Project Manager. *NOTE* A FACILITY INFO list showing nearby companies that accept C&D materials for recycling is included in this packet. This list was developed to assist you in finding local facilities to use as an alternative to disposal. If you use a certified mixed C&D processing facility, your project will meet the diversion requirements. There are authorized haulers that do business in El Segundo. The HAULER LIST showing companies that are authorized to collect solid waste inEl Segundo is included in this packet. You must use one of these haulers if contracting for waste removal service. For your convenience, there are electronic versions or me rorms inat ww auiomaucauy 601�U'a« ..a�.� a�••�•�••�•• �r and diversion based on the data entered. Rev. 12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6866 FORM PW-A Project Name: Contractor Name: Mailing Address: City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Date: PW Project Manager: PW Project Name: FORM PW-A - PROJECT INFORMATION Submit this form to the Public WWorks Department prior to commencing your project for all municipal orojects subiect to compliance„ or oroiects on oublic orooerty. Project Address / Location: City / State / Zip: Ofc Phone No.: Cell No: Email: Project Type: Mark appropriate box in each column with an "X": Road (construction, overlay, repair) Facility Improvement (renovation, alteration, or addition) MM*i USE FORMS PROVIDED BY EL SEGUNDO COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT DEP"f Land Clearing (trail, grading, etc.) ElOther Estimated Project Start Date: Estimated Project End Date: Request for Exemption: D (If you are requesting an exemption, fill out Form PW-D: Exemption Request) To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the proposed project. I have been made aware of the 2016 CALGreen requirements and will comply with all requirements. Print Name Title Signature Date OFFICE Approved Further Explanation Needed Reviewed lay - A,00roval Denied Exempt Due to Infeasibility Rev.12/4/2020 2 Agreement No. 6866 FORM PW-B City of Ell Segundo Date: Public Works Department PW Project Manager: 310 ��p,, ( ) 524-2300 PW Project Name: FORM PW-B - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS This form mulsattfibse corn leted and a roved or a dear litlon / buddin ermit will not be issued.. Instead of completing a detailed accounting of the types and quantities of C&D debris that will be generated from this project (FORM PW-B1), you have the option to select one of El Segundo's authorized waste haulers. These haulers can handle your project's debris in such a way as to comply with CALGreen standards. If you elect this option, please specify which authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) you will be using and sign the acknowledgement below. El Segundo authorized hauler(s) and/or facility(ies) can be found on the City's website: irot a l��r � .a 9 e � r� gr gar 3 u r;iva rr�rru rEC i� Rt �n4Ar to l i-LvcrrkFarosil u'Lcwonk It is your responsibility to ensure that the hauler knows you are contracting for "C&D Recycling Service" so that the material is properly handled and waste diverted. You need to obtain weight tickets from the hauler indicating the type and weight of the material collected. In order to comply with the requirements of the WMP, I will contract with the following hauler(s): Hauler: I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least _5 'bgpJjgss dates rigs Ilea t natl ins w; ctiu n,. Print Name Signature Date Rev. 12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6866 FROM PW-B1 City of El Segundo Date: Public Works Department PW Project Manager: ., (310) 524-2300 PW project Name: FORM PW-B1 - PRE -PROJECT WORKSHEET - PUBLIC WORKS PROJECTS [This form is to be completed only if you plan to use your own company -owned binaltrucks for disposition of material] This form must be com leted and gooroved or a demolition / building ermit will not be issued. In the table below, list estimated weight or cubic yards of debris that will be generated, recycled, reused, salvaged, disposed, and/or transformed by this project. You must include all recyclers, salvage companies, recycle facilities, mixed -use material recovery facilities, landfills, and/or transformation facilties that will be used for the project. List of materials to be generated from the project: ex rovo00- ,meta(, WncrefO, 4 P-halt drYwak cardboard, mixed C&D TONS Reused/Salvaged/Donated Ex.: Habitat for Humanity, Thirft Stores, regrind onsite, reuse fixtures, reuse dirt/concrete/asphalt Recycled A facility that accepts 100 % recyclable materials to be turned into other products, Delivered to Mixed C&D Recycling Facilties that recover some materials for recycling Disposed/Landfilled/Transformed Transfer station, landfill, orSERRF Generated (total of above) CUBIC YARDS Facilities to be Used I or my company elect not to use an authorized hauler because I or my company own containers (bins or roll -off boxes) Initial Here and/or dump vehicles and will not be contracting for debris removal services. I understand that I am responsible for obtaining copies of any and all weight tickets from all haulers and/or facilities Initial Here which receive debris from this project and that I will submit a Post -Project Summary (FORM PW-C) at least a business da ri r o �'naP onsoecton. , Print Name nature Date Rev. 12/4/2020 3-A Agreement No. 6866 Form PW-C City of El Segundo qq& Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 Form PW-C - Post Project Summa Project Name: Project Address: Contractor Name: Project Manager: Project Number: Date: This form must be submitted to the Public Works Department at least 5 (business days prior to project fina4zation, Provide facility name, material, and total tonnage disposed and/or diverted. Documentation must be attached (i.e. weight tickets). If an approved mixed waste processing facility was used, a report by the facility for this project is preferred. Return the completed form to the Public Works Department. You may use additional sheets if necessary. If ou used one of the Ci ers or facilities, com s � f°li(µ,jAl � ��w a � tt horized � m t 's out haul plete this section, then skip to the SIGNATURE section below. used to meet the recycling requirements. Weight tickets are attached. (List haulers and/or facilities that were used) I. FACILITIES Please list all facilities (i,e. landfill and/or transformation, recycling/reuse/salvage, mixed C&D debris processing, materals recovery) used for this FACILITY NAME TONS DELIVERED TONS DIVERTED TONS DISPOSED DIVERSION RATE 1 2 3 4 Other (reused on site) TOTALS ) ( ) p ing to letter. Totals port Please enter dilsollisal anddiversilon to�tlals�folr each item kaeB ��ccord re I ed must match those listed in Section I: TOTAL GENERATED (A) TOTAL DIVERTED[:_ TOTAL DISPOSED �(C'y OVERALL PROJECT DIVERSION RATE 0.00% % (B/A)'100 To the best of my knowledge, the above information is an accurate representation of the disposition of the construction and demolition materials generated on the jobsite. I understand that the City of El Segundo may audit disposal and recycling documentation for this project. Print Name Diversion Requirement Met: Reviewed and Approved by: Yes = No Signature Exemption: = Yes Date: No Rev. 12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6866 Form PW-D - City of El Segundo Public Works Department (310) 524-2300 '.0 Project Name: Contractor Name: Project Number: Form PW-D - Exem tion Request Project Address: Project Manager: Date: If it is infeasible for you to comply with all of the requirements set forth by the Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Form and you are. requesting an infeasibilty exemption, please use the following space to explain why your project should be considered exempt from recycling requirements, PW OFFICE USE ONLY Exemption Approved: Yes No Reviewed by: Date: Rev. 12/4/2020 Agreement No. 6866 MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PLANS Agreement No. 6866 . . . . . ...... CITY OF EL SEGUNDO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS PW 23-04: GATEWAY MONUMENT I C-1 S.EEI 2 C— DE-11101 — EC- I E.1- L—R., PLAN E-1 lROSON C.NIROL S 7 . —1 CCNSRUC DEr.,S 9 CD-2 CONSTRIC7111 DEIIIS 10 —, S—C— ll-S I I S— STRUCTIRILL N,rcs C- I Rr DS rG 1-1 GENERAL 1ORES AN SPE-CAIONI 17 E-3 I-IE INE 0-- 1. (e) EIECIR— —R C LICNIINR 11 E-2DI (W ELECTRICALE—O, 11.1 — 20 E-101 W) ELECT— R — LI1.NN,, vux ("I ELECTRICAL ELE-111 I'll "1* ELECTRICAL O—S 21 E-2 CLICTRI— C.111 2� 1-1.1 1ITLE 2� S--O — 10— BLLIOLIG & —11 FOHIS PROJECT, Vicinity Map NOT TO 9—E Survey PACIF, — coNs--s CHRIS VASSALLO 310-511-89 Bench Marks 3 R 01 1PE— I L A 1 2- 1 El L"l I "S v SIRCIT rlll I 11�',U C/L 1.1 ENC1,, 1 1, A-11 ON IMPERIAL-IG— (LA), 2- 1.1 WITH REO STREET Y—D PLOD 1.933 E/ C/L NUN N/S FENCE, 101,I9 Utilities -IT'll — IOlTHlN. ROealC ,.... N GAS SOuHER1 CALIFCRII GAS CO-1 OIL LINE K51ERIO,RZ IEGION SHELL IOSTRES IEA1 GII — .17 Scope of Work Project Information RRIG,ION -ER S-1-1 RECL—EO -11R — 11 CL S.. ENGINEER:'HER, E-1 110 ......... Agreement No. 6866 IMPERIAL HWY —*- � D, ----------- 32 C91, 1, 3�9� . ........ . .... . . .. IMPERIAL AVENUE Symbol Legend — .. .— Ea . .... ..... v XZ� I.T 714. —.11 r_-Izl Agreement No. 6866 IMPERIAL HWY IMPERIAL AVENUE I�.k!d'kY9a7IXal; Th F II ning BMPS Must Be Impleme—d For All Con,",b,n A tl Itl A Appll bl WASTE M lfrlC Agreement No. 6866 r d , —.. xflll.T CCWR'' ME «x,w ^ u; r.�� ,5.,, J,."-1: ' n ,Uma ro w n4V�'&'�Utl`w'9'0d�"�CUitli:''.I`�1fGi14GVC %a .z krvmm..mxni..�, �nw.�tx'µ•+xnmx..x+vti µeW ,••+' _""" �Rl// ru"uM1' ^W, x r 44'.%,e �nw «a M+MNwWw AR n u+w^ o +. EROSION CONTROL AN 0 10 tl :. ...,,,...�. ...m ....: .... 4 �y Agreement No. 6866 IMPERIAL HWY 14 r � r w ry 1. ryr,�,�K rrmA O pp rua.+.r,w.0 C C wa �.� 00 C ti6.a�;7nu,�.mmvnx 4.Nsrr:m ....,. Agreement No. 6866 IMPERIAL HWY Zj— r. 7iT� ........... )o rmn IMPERIAL AVENUE P�� Agreement No. 6866 GENERAL NOTES 0 ..... .. . . 530w. Fall 45� u GATE POST OHCIIJN2!��," �749' 0 V, (,Xr AO✓UNDM3 Lea . . .. . ........ AVENUE . . . ........... . wa Z t GROUND ROD . . .......... INDEPENDENT GROUNDING PLAN t IGP-1 Agreement No. 6866 MINT r -XPANV, --- I X . ......... ....... MQNUMENAT[ON W AAgj"MEN T -------- . .............. ------------ -7 --------- PF "0 1, ........ . . MON UMf,"NT SIQ TWQ xi .... .. . ................. LziL� �11 MONUMF-r' rSIGNI,ET-rr FAfRICATI Agreement No. 6866 L F4 §IGN LETTER DJMFN G N, I , .......... . .. QJ§TQM LnHAL,,KE-T MAP I "ZI-1 "-Y-M - SAMPIF ATIDGRE TI fir— r i,u-j L,& j Agreement No. 6866 LU §IgNl,ETl'L'S6LUM,1 UMFIRAMI:9 . . . . . . . ........... tq ISi^hR RANFOR N 2ALM-AT -E F'A' Al k 177 R -V ........ . .. . ........ U10MARKVUMR% INC. Agreement No. 6866 LANDMARX PROMAES, lAr 9 M, MIN Cam MN'M, of -, Agreement No. 6866 IMPERIAL HWY Q�l IS Nk IMPERIAL AVENUE :v 9=1 znm V-1-1.11 =.11=11=1 %mO4� t4z 2�±' . .... ..... -= ... ...... . . .............. . . ........ Agreement No. 6866 . ......... A. W um QATE VM v 0 =10E= 471431:-- ,V POP�UP �IPRAY zppi-\ fl -0 - QIJ12K CURL EA VN, Vr, 4- REMOTE ODNIRCM, VXvE IRRIGATION NOTES 0-0wus1 5, nla'L M1=1 Agreement No. 6866 IMPERIAL HWY IMPERIAL AVENUE M Agreement No. 6866 ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST O-LpCMCASYMSOL U-S! {ccwroI .......... . ...... STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS -;—TNr'k LINE,,OIAGP"M POWER SIGNAL .............. ..... . . ..... In '—s72, qp ED El >ozz: I', qp qp < ® + (D <D WRING UT 'LIGHTING . .... . ..... o .0 v D . .......... APPLICABLE CODES . . ......... ......... ISCI So, S— MISCELLANEOUS SHEET INDEX ft cagD uNic URM ii, . .... ...... . ....... . . . ...... . . 0 SCOPE OF WORK v --- - - - -------- - ---------- t,3ii ------------ 'ia-- rww-,M2 fff-aw, . .. .... W�rfzw —11, ... .... . .... OF EL lEllNM IDS T, A —A o JIM GRXP P"O, 'a E-001 Agreement No. 6866 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES A,A IDS IMGRMP E-002 Agreement No. 6866 ........... :7= ... ....... .. AA IDS IDS GROUP NEW ELECTRICAL SERVICE REDEVAL -M— I.A. NE.. CC! AIL ............ I . . — Q I . EE L, a I F OLD .AD,,- L LOAD Via 7 Ig TOUTIILR� .—E SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM& PANEL SCHEDULES EIINEERING I—SION ........... E-003 Agreement No. 6866 GENERAL NOTES rwr�m tro »„w a � ^` w ^ ,xw« «•iia x � u w,xn w•uw x w n r�N g ry" rxa. rlE. «4 e " .-l-" gM KEY NOTES Q a nr� uc�.w xw+,..xux xariwaw;ww. ws. Oviwxxm o.�x. O o am�ooxxnox. �'•• m�xv n.we.wo eo aoox von oxmvrovex.. p .xnx vx�ceu ocnxsxn �' c x.oe owensnxc.wo van ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN +'�•+'. 'p ........................ .....m, cu ........... u IF JA rcn xrrm rwr *BASE BID Undo xud =.AID IDS f o� Cfr 1 ....•. 10.5 GROUP E / D� ,.w.L 1Di CE "W NOTITO CANTRACTOR 11 Agreement No. 6866 ....... ._ ELECTRICAL ELEVATION FRONT VIEW »•..ra 2 h� r. 4WD Y �� 0 0 ELECTRICAL ELEVATION SIDE VIEW n%'s q 'BASE BID 1+ —CFELIEGU DOE—IrvEE .,.,. ® ,. _ti �, DS IDS GROUP ,,.. LD • Agreement No. 6866 LL 0 ....... _.... 'BID ALTERNATIVE 1 U' MW c ix , NOTICE TO OOMRAOTOR M GENERAL NOTES ma a ''n +x wrm mn .wH" , ww maw vm.m m w � i as m m' rv..aw.ew r ewo r M. wwe u""zwa°t. �n n cwN4nY+'Yg4.'4b t 0. KEYNOTES Qw rwa� e i v �:uax _y—.o ET UZN wx ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING PLAN •••••••••• •••••••• ��w... f�«-p a GLIFowM UNoa IDS�P we �g 10.S GRWP � �'� vwr✓M„"� �'" f¶ E 101 Agreement No. 6866 GENERAL NOTES r ro _ a L _,_. .... _.... .... _.,�.m.... --- ..... ,..ff KEYNOTES ELECTRICAL ELEVATION BACK VIEW +ars � 't 1 £ µ w a k ^•••• -•--.-.-. .-. - - ....�. . ........ _„ ELECTRICAL ELEVATION SIDE VIEW wrs .. 'BID ALTERNATIVE 1' AA IDS , w v o los CROUP E 201 t Agreement No. 6866 E� 9 rn _ i a . rr I � 1 _s.Zj u u 2 METERED UNDERGROUND SERVICE PEDESTAL DETAIL rruo-a. '' .... MYERS MEUG16 CABINET DETAIL an�eP s=A _ AA I ......... erraNEcrwrx IDS GROUP � �F is ^" a. - oEru�s ..................d E 001 Agreement No. 6866 �. lZ W 77,12 l0. MAIN SERVICE GROUNDING SYSTEM DETAIL .,4,, yj 77 :p a ., te ry FaE"E EoufAEu r r I 9�EU 101 aFo1WF1F1rt5 y'✓p,ixn ✓m. ,m'n � — wi.wv',NM+k f AF [o1WRiER III au�oEn efwwEp S�F 1... 3 - x 11 W gft!1 "YLs I�C I �. �✓: I wu � S _. zo S ""'?"...rTl- ^>a^,� rsx'r w,uc. xFace.F �..rw.Po�"NNSn j f ------------ r 1 ........TYPICAL PULL BOX DETAIL nr lw«,y TYPICAL TRENCHING DETAILAA «.r,✓rrc b uu IDS E ti { Fu IDS GROUP e P iw `"•�'.. aeon m v. Agreement No. 6866 . .�.� I DS ,aos vacua ur E-A01 Agreement No. 6866 Agreement No. 6866 BUILDING AND SAFEf`I FORMS BSF-2 ...................... Agreement No. 6866 MAIN STREET I IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 CONCEPTUAL RENDERING FOR REFERENCE ONLY Agreement No. 6866 Agreement No. 6866 MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA EDISON (SCE) DESIGN PLANS Agreement No. 6866 91221n1 rfl.,W CCIMMM-PU51 %tw UG KEIV[NAY(.)R 16KV SMAYETM SUB W )UPANYAL AVM; D21M 7, AI a girl tiwY All fPl Mi . . ......... FINAL DESIGN APPROVED FOR CONSMCTION Agreement No. 6866 (EMNAIGR 161(V SEPULVEDASUR ... ....... NO MMVm-,NA ................ . .. ME IQ �N4 CUS.I.Q.-MEP AND CRIEW MAP M-2) I 05D Agreement No. 6866 clr� ELS-EG,UND0 January 12, 2024 ADDENDUM NO. 1 to THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFICATIONS AND PLANS for MAIN STREET / IMPERIAL HIGHWAY MONUMENT SIGN PROJECT PROJECT NO.: PW 23-04 ATTENTION BIDDERS: The following additions, modifications, and clarifications to the specifications shall be included in, and become a part of, any contract which may be executed for the above project in the City of El Segundo: 1. The bid due date and time is still Tuesday, January 30, 2024, at 11:00 am. Questions Received / City Responses 2. Regarding drawing CD-1 detail G: For BA-1 there is a callout for a ventilation gap on the letter edge that looks like it is exposed to the elements. Even though there are weep holes, unless this is sealed (which defeats the purpose for ventilation), it will eventually fill up with water when the weep hole become clogged with debris over time. Please let me know if there is a different understanding of this callout. City response: As noted the detail includes both base bid (BB) and bid alternate 1 (BA I). BA1, the LED strip lighting is mounted on the sign itself and exposed to water/wind. BB, the sign is illuminated from external lighting in grade and includes the aluminum frame which then encloses the BA lighting niche. In both cases, we have the weep hole to allow for discharge of rain (BA 1) or condensation (BB). There is opportunity to refine to the design during the shop drawing review phase. 3. Will the city provide an electrical point of connection near the signs, or it is within the Contractor's scope to lay conduits from the nearest pole? City response: Refer to sheet E-101. The electrical point of connection and service to the sign is part of the base bid scope of work for the contractor. Page 1 of 2 350 Main Street, El Segundo, CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489 Agreement No. 6866 EL EG 'NDO As evidence that the BIDDER has read this Addendum, the BIDDER must acknowledge same in the space provided below and submit this Addendum with the Bid Proposal. Failure to provide such acknowledgement shall render the bid as non -responsive and subject to rejection. Signature: Print Company Name: Page 2 of 2 Date: 350 Main Street, El Segundo; CA 90245-3895 (310) 524-2300 Fax (310) 640-0489